UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

Form 10-K



 

 
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

or

 
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from            to            

Commission file number: 000-51251



 

LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)



 

 
Delaware   20-1538254
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 
330 Seven Springs Way
Brentwood, Tennessee
  37027
(Address Of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

(615) 920-7000

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)



 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

   
Title of Each Class     Name of Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share        NASDAQ Global Select Market
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights        NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE



 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

     
Large accelerated filer þ   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o
          (Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No þ

The aggregate market value of the shares of registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2014, was approximately $2.2 billion.

As of February 6, 2015, the number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s Common Stock was 44,198,634.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2015 annual meeting of stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
PART I
 

Item 1.

Business

    1  

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

    31  

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

    44  

Item 2.

Properties

    45  

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

    47  

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

    49  
PART II
 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

    50  

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

    54  

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations

    56  

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    93  

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

    93  

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure

    93  

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

    94  

Item 9B.

Other Information

    94  
PART III
 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

    95  

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

    95  

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

    95  

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

    96  

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

    96  
PART IV
 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

    97  
SIGNATURES     103  
Exhibit Index     104  

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1. Business.

Overview of Our Company

LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., a Delaware corporation, acting through its subsidiaries, operates general acute care hospitals primarily in non-urban communities in the United States (“U.S.”). Unless the context otherwise requires, LifePoint and its subsidiaries are referred to herein as “LifePoint,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us.” At December 31, 2014, on a consolidated basis, we operated 67 hospital campuses in 21 states, having a total of 8,254 licensed beds. Effective January 1, 2015, we sold Lakeland Community Hospital (“Lakeland”), Northwest Medical Center (“Northwest”) and Russellville Hospital (“Russellville”) located throughout northwest Alabama. Upon completion of this sale, we operated 64 hospital campuses in 21 states, having a total of 8,024 licensed beds. We generate revenues primarily through hospital services offered at our facilities. We generated $4,483.1 million, $3,678.3 million and $3,391.8 million in revenues during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Our hospitals typically provide the range of medical and surgical services commonly available in hospitals in non-urban markets. These services include general surgery, internal medicine, obstetrics, emergency room care, radiology, oncology, diagnostic care, coronary care, rehabilitation services, pediatric services, and, in some of our hospitals, specialized services such as open-heart surgery, skilled nursing, psychiatric care and neuro-surgery. In many markets, we also provide outpatient services such as same-day surgery, laboratory, x-ray, respiratory therapy, imaging, sports medicine and lithotripsy. The services provided at any specific hospital depend on factors such as community need for the service, whether physicians necessary to operate the service line safely are members of the medical staff of that hospital, whether the service might be supported by community residents, and any contractual or certificate of need restrictions that exist. Like most hospitals located in non-urban markets, our hospitals do not engage in extensive medical research and medical education programs. However, six of our hospitals have affiliations with medical schools, including the clinical rotation of medical and pharmacy students, and two of our hospitals own and operate schools of nursing and other allied health professions.

We seek to fulfill our mission of Making Communities Healthier® by striving to (1) improve the quality and types of healthcare services available in our communities; (2) provide physicians with a positive environment in which to practice medicine, with access to necessary equipment and resources; (3) develop and provide a positive work environment for employees; (4) expand each hospital’s role as a community asset; and (5) improve each hospital’s financial performance. We expect our hospitals to be the place where patients choose to come for care, where physicians want to practice medicine and where employees want to work.

Business Strategy

Opportunities in Existing Markets

We believe that growth opportunities remain in our existing markets. Growth at our hospitals is dependent in part on how successful our hospitals are in their efforts to recruit physicians to their respective medical staffs, whether those physicians are active members of their respective medical staffs over a long period of time and whether and to what extent members of our hospitals’ medical staffs admit patients to our hospitals or utilize our outpatient service lines.

We believe that growth at our hospitals is dependent in part on the quality of care provided in our facilities, adding new service lines in our existing markets and investing in new technologies desired by physicians and patients. The quality of healthcare services provided at our hospitals is an increasingly important factor to patients when deciding where to seek care, to physicians when deciding where to practice and to governmental and private third party payors when determining the reimbursement that is paid to our hospitals. Because in virtually every case the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) core measure scores and other quality measures, such as Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers & Systems (“HCAHPS”) scores, 30-day readmission rates, patient falls and adverse drug events, ascribed to our hospitals are impacted by the practice decisions of the physicians on our hospital medical staffs, we have implemented strategies to educate and partner with medical staff members to improve scores at our hospitals,

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

especially those that are below our average or below management’s expectation. We are committed to further improving our hospitals’ quality scores through targeted strategies, including increased education and engagement campaigns, clinical decision support tools, subject matter expert facilitation and hospital-specific action plans.

Additionally, in most of our markets, a significant portion of patients who require services available at acute care hospitals leave our markets to receive such care. We believe this presents an opportunity for growth, and we are working with the hospitals in communities where this phenomenon exists to implement new strategies or enhance existing strategies to attract patients. We regularly conduct operating reviews of our hospitals to pinpoint new service lines that allow residents of our communities to receive healthcare services closer to home. When such needed service lines are identified, we focus on recruiting the physicians necessary to operate such service lines appropriately. For example, our hospitals have responded to physician interest in requests for hospitalists by introducing or strengthening hospitalist programs where appropriate. Our hospitals have taken other steps to allow more community residents to receive appropriate care close to home, such as structured efforts to solicit input from medical staff members and to respond promptly to legitimate unmet physician needs for necessary equipment or trained support staff.

While responsibly managing our operating expenses, we have also made significant, targeted investments in our hospitals to add new technologies, modernize facilities and expand the services available. These investments should assist in our efforts to attract and retain physicians, to offset outmigration of patients and to make our hospitals more desirable to our employees and potential patients. More recently, economic factors including, potentially, self-rationing of healthcare services, among other factors, seem to have made it more difficult to increase the number of patients who seek care at many of our hospitals.

Opportunities in New Markets

We believe that strategic acquisitions and partnerships can supplement our efforts to achieve organic growth in our existing markets, and in the past couple of years, newly acquired hospitals have accounted for the majority of our growth. We continue to focus on strategic growth through acquisition and integration of well-positioned hospitals in growing areas of the U.S. where valuations are attractive and we can identify opportunities for improved financial performance through our management and strategic initiatives. We are also focused on developing strategic partnerships with not-for-profit healthcare providers to achieve growth in new regions. We believe that such opportunities remain strong as community hospitals continue to see the benefits of scale and the additional resources available through a partnership with a large organization such as ours. We believe that the additional regulatory burdens imposed by healthcare reform initiatives are also causing hospitals to pursue strategic acquisitions and partnerships.

In 2011, we formed Duke LifePoint Healthcare, a joint venture between LifePoint and a wholly-controlled affiliate of Duke University Health System, Inc. (“Duke”), with a mission to own and operate community hospitals as well as improve the delivery of healthcare services. We own a controlling interest in Duke LifePoint Healthcare. We believe this partnership, which combines our operational resources and experience with Duke’s expertise in the development of clinical services and quality systems, further strengthens our ability to acquire well-positioned hospitals. Since its formation in 2011, we have completed the acquisition of twelve acute care hospitals through Duke LifePoint Healthcare. Additionally, in 2012, we entered into a joint venture agreement with Norton Healthcare, Inc. to form the Regional Healthcare Network of Kentucky and Southern Indiana (“RHN”), the purpose of which is to own and operate hospitals in non-urban communities in Kentucky and Southern Indiana. Through RHN, we acquired Scott Memorial Hospital (“Scott Memorial”), a 25 bed critical access hospital located in Scottsburg, Indiana, effective January 1, 2013.

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Acquisitions

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, through Duke LifePoint Healthcare, we acquired:

Conemaugh Health System (“Conemaugh”), which is comprised of Conemaugh Memorial Medical Center, a 470 bed acute care hospital, 39 bed rehabilitation facility and 30 bed long-term care facility located in Johnstown, Pennsylvania, Meyersdale Medical Center (“Meyersdale”), a 20 bed critical access hospital located in Meyersdale, Pennsylvania, and Miners Medical Center, a 30 bed acute care hospital located in Hastings, Pennsylvania, effective September 1, 2014;
Haywood Regional Medical Center (“Haywood”), a 169 bed acute care hospital located in Clyde, North Carolina, effective August 1, 2014;
WestCare Health System (“WestCare”), which is comprised of Harris Regional Hospital, an 86 bed acute care hospital located in Sylva, North Carolina, and Swain County Hospital, a 48 bed critical access hospital located in Bryson City, North Carolina, effective August 1, 2014;
an 80% interest in an entity that owns and operates Rutherford Regional Hospital (“Rutherford”), a 143 bed acute care hospital located in Rutherfordton, North Carolina, effective June 1, 2014;
an 80% interest in an entity that owns and operates Wilson Medical Center (“Wilson”), a 294 bed hospital and 90 bed long-term care facility located in Wilson, North Carolina, effective March 1, 2014;
Marquette General Hospital (“Marquette General”), a 307 bed hospital system located in Marquette, Michigan, effective September 1, 2012; and
an 80% interest in an entity that owns and operates Twin County Regional Hospital (“Twin County”), a 141 bed hospital located in Galax, Virginia, effective April 1, 2012.

Additionally, during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we acquired:

Bell Hospital (“Bell”), a 25 bed critical access hospital located in Ishpeming, Michigan, effective December 1, 2013;
an 80% interest in an entity that owns and operates Portage Health (“Portage”), a 36 bed hospital and 60 bed long-term care facility located in Hancock, Michigan, effective December 1, 2013;
an 80% interest in an entity that owns and operates Fauquier Health (“Fauquier”), a 97 bed hospital and 113 bed long-term care facility located in Warrenton, Virginia, effective November 1, 2013; and
Woods Memorial Hospital (“Woods Memorial”), a 72 bed hospital and 88 bed long-term care facility located in Etowah, Tennessee, effective July 1, 2012. Effective December 1, 2013, the operations of Woods Memorial were consolidated into Athens Regional Medical Center located in Athens, Tennessee to form Starr Regional Medical Center.

Cost Management

We strive to improve our operating performance by making our revenue cycle processes more efficient, making an even higher level of purchases through our group purchasing organization, operating more efficiently and effectively, and working to appropriately standardize our policies, procedures and practices across all of our affiliated hospitals.

As part of our ongoing efforts to further manage costs and improve the results of our revenue cycle, we have partnered with a third party to provide certain nonclinical business functions, including payroll processing, supply chain management and revenue cycle functions. We believe this model is the most cost effective and efficient approach to managing these nonclinical business functions across multi-facility enterprises.

Additionally, in connection with our efforts to responsibly manage purchasing costs, we participate along with other healthcare companies in a group purchasing organization, HealthTrust Purchasing Group, which

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

makes certain national supply and equipment contracts available to our facilities. We owned an approximate 4.6% equity interest in this group purchasing organization at December 31, 2014.

Operations

We seek to operate our hospitals in a manner that positions them to compete effectively and to further our mission of Making Communities Healthier®. The operating strategies of our hospitals are determined largely by local hospital leadership and are tailored to each of their respective communities. Generally, our overall operating strategy is to: (1) expand the breadth of services offered at our hospitals in an effort to attract community patients that might otherwise leave their community for healthcare; (2) recruit, attract and retain physicians interested in practicing in the non-urban communities where our hospitals are primarily located; (3) recruit, retain and develop hospital executives and staff interested in working and living in the non-urban communities where our hospitals are primarily located; (4) negotiate favorable, facility-specific contracts with managed care and other private third-party payors; and (5) efficiently leverage resources across all of our hospitals. In appropriate circumstances, we may selectively acquire hospitals or other healthcare facilities where our operating strategies can improve performance.

As of December 31, 2014, with the exception of certain of our critical access hospitals, including Bluegrass Community Hospital (“Bluegrass”), Bell and Meyersdale, all of our hospitals are accredited by the Joint Commission. With such accreditation, our hospitals are deemed to meet the Medicare Conditions of Participation and are, therefore, eligible to participate in government-sponsored provider programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Bluegrass, Bell and Meyersdale participate in the Medicare program by otherwise meeting the Medicare Conditions of Participation.

Services Provided and Peer Review

The range of services that can be offered at any of our hospitals depends significantly on the efforts, abilities and experience of the physicians on the medical staffs of our hospitals, most of whom have no long-term contractual relationship with us. Under state laws and other licensing standards, hospital medical staffs are generally self-governing organizations subject to ultimate oversight by a hospital’s local governing board. Our hospitals are staffed by licensed physicians who have been admitted to the medical staffs of individual hospitals, and in many cases, credentialed (or authorized) to provide specialized services by the medical executive (or other comparable) committees of the hospitals and the local governing boards. The medical executive or other applicable committees are generally comprised of physicians on a hospital’s medical staff, and the boards generally include members of a hospital’s medical staff as well as community leaders. In addition to medical staff credentialing decisions, these boards establish policies concerning medical, professional and ethical practices, monitor these practices, and are responsible for reviewing these practices in order to determine that they conform to established standards of proper and appropriate medical care. Although we maintain quality assurance programs to support and monitor quality of care standards and to meet accreditation and regulatory requirements, decisions about whether physicians can practice at our hospitals, the scope of each such physician’s practice, the oversight of the quality of the care being provided by such physicians, and physician disciplinary or corrective actions are made or are the responsibility of the medical executive, peer review, quality assurance, utilization review, and other related medical staff committees and the local governing boards at each hospital. As a result, our ability to address quality of care and performance concerns relating to non-employed physicians may be limited. We also monitor patient care evaluations and other quality of care assessment activities on a regular basis.

Members of the medical staffs of our hospitals are free to serve on the medical staffs of hospitals not owned or operated by LifePoint. Members of our medical staffs are free to terminate their affiliation with our hospitals or admit their patients to competing hospitals at any time. Although we own a number of physician practices and, where permitted by law, employ some physicians, the majority of the physicians who practice at our hospitals are not our employees. It is essential to our ongoing business that we attract and retain skilled employees and an appropriate number of quality physicians and other healthcare professionals in all specialties on our medical staffs.

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In our markets, physician recruitment and retention are affected by a shortage of physicians in certain sought-after specialties, the difficulties that physicians are experiencing in obtaining affordable malpractice insurance or finding insurers willing to provide such insurance, and the challenges that can be associated with practicing medicine in small groups or independently.

Availability of Information

Our website is www.lifepointhospitals.com. We make available free of charge on this website under “Investor Relations — SEC Filings” our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such materials with, or furnish them to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Sources of Revenue

Our hospitals receive payment for patient services from the federal government primarily under the Medicare program, state governments under their respective Medicaid programs, health maintenance organizations (“HMOs”), preferred provider organizations (“PPOs”) and other private insurers, as well as directly from patients (“self-pay”).

Our revenues by payor and approximate percentages of revenues during the years specified below were as follows (in millions):

           
  2014   2013   2012
     Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
Medicare   $ 1,361.4       30.4 %    $ 1,199.5       32.6 %    $ 1,170.3       34.5 % 
Medicaid     619.8       13.8       517.0       14.1       494.6       14.6  
HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers     2,476.7       55.2       1,876.1       51.0       1,645.5       48.5  
Self-pay     744.9       16.6       766.5       20.8       653.9       19.3  
Other     98.1       2.2       69.6       1.9       51.9       1.5  
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts     5,300.9       118.2       4,428.7       120.4       4,016.2       118.4  
Provision for doubtful accounts     (817.8 )      (18.2 )      (750.4 )      (20.4 )      (624.4 )      (18.4 ) 
Revenues   $ 4,483.1       100.0 %    $ 3,678.3       100.0 %    $ 3,391.8       100.0 % 

Patients generally are not responsible for any difference between customary hospital charges and amounts reimbursed for the services under Medicare, Medicaid, private insurance plans, HMOs or PPOs, but are responsible for services not covered by these plans, exclusions, deductibles or co-payment features of their coverage. The amounts of exclusions, deductibles and co-payments generally have been increasing each year as employers have been shifting a higher percentage of healthcare costs to employees. During the year ended December 31, 2014, our self-pay revenues decreased primarily as a result of a shift from self-pay to Medicaid and HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers for a portion of our patient population which primarily was a result of healthcare reform and the expansion of Medicaid coverage in certain of the states in which we operate. At December 31, 2014, only eight of the states in which we operate are currently implementing expansions to their Medicaid programs. These reductions partially offset trends our hospitals have experienced in recent years, including increases in self-pay revenues due to a combination of broad economic factors, including high levels of unemployment in many of our markets and increasing numbers of individuals and employers who choose not to purchase insurance or who purchase insurance plans with high deductibles and high co-payments.

Medicare

Our revenues from Medicare were approximately $1,361.4 million, or 30.4% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014. Medicare provides hospital and medical insurance benefits, regardless of income, to persons age 65 and over, some disabled persons and persons with end-stage renal disease. All of our hospitals are currently certified as providers of Medicare services. Amounts received under the Medicare

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

program are often significantly less than the hospital’s customary charges for the services provided. Since 2003, Congress and CMS have made several sweeping changes to the Medicare program and its reimbursement methodologies, such as the implementation of the prescription drug benefit that was created by the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “MMA”) and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the “Affordable Care Act”). Additionally, the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 and the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (“ATRA”) required further reductions in Medicare payments, and the Budget Control Act of 2011 (“BCA”) imposed a 2% reduction in Medicare spending which began on April 1, 2013.

Medicare Inpatient Prospective Payment System

Under the Medicare program, hospitals are reimbursed for the costs of acute care inpatient stays under an inpatient prospective payment system (“IPPS”). Under the IPPS, our hospitals are paid a prospectively determined amount for each hospital discharge that is based on the patient’s diagnosis. Specifically, each discharge is assigned to a Medicare severity diagnosis related group (“MS-DRG”), which groups patients that have similar clinical conditions and that are expected to require a similar amount of hospital resources. Each MS-DRG is, in turn, assigned a relative weight that is prospectively set and that reflects the average amount of resources, as determined on a national basis, that are needed to treat a patient with that particular diagnosis, compared to the amount of hospital resources that are needed to treat the average Medicare inpatient stay. The IPPS payment for each discharge is based on two national base payment rates or standardized amounts, one that covers hospital operating expenses and another that covers hospital capital expenses. The base MS-DRG payment rate for operating expenses has two components, a labor share and a non-labor share. Although the labor share is adjusted by a wage index to reflect geographical differences in the cost of labor, the base MS-DRG payment rate does not consider the actual costs incurred by an individual hospital in providing a particular inpatient service.

The base MS-DRG operating expense payment rate that is used by the Medicare program in the IPPS is adjusted by an update factor on an annual basis. The index used to adjust the base MS-DRG payment rate, which is known as the “hospital market basket index,” gives consideration to the inflation experienced by hospitals in purchasing goods and services. For federal fiscal years (“FFYs”) 2015 (which began on October 1, 2014 and will end on September 30, 2015), 2014 (which began on October 1, 2013 and ended on September 30, 2014), and 2013 (which began on October 1, 2012 and ended on September 30, 2013), the hospital market basket index increased 2.9%, 2.5%, and 2.6%, respectively. Generally, however, the percentage increase in the MS-DRG payment rate has been lower than the projected increase in the cost of goods and services purchased by hospitals. In addition, as mandated by the Affordable Care Act, the hospital market basket increases for FFY 2015, FFY 2014 and FFY 2013 were reduced by CMS by 0.20%, 0.30% and 0.10%, respectively. For FFY 2012 and each subsequent fiscal year, as also mandated by the Affordable Care Act, the market basket increase is reduced by a productivity adjustment equal to the 10-year moving average of changes in annual economy-wide private nonfarm business multi-factor productivity. For FFY 2015, FFY 2014 and FFY 2013, the productivity adjustment equated to a 0.5%, 0.5% and 0.7% reduction in the market basket increase, respectively. In addition, in FFY 2013, FFY 2012 and FFY 2011, IPPS payment rates to hospitals were increased by 1.0%, decreased by 2.0% and decreased by 2.9%, respectively, for documentation and coding adjustments that were required by the Transitional Medical Assistance, Abstinence Education, and Qualifying Individuals Programs Extension Act of 2007 (the “TMA Act”), and decreased by 0.8% in both FFY 2015 and FFY 2014 for additional documentation and coding adjustments required by ATRA. The market basket increase for FFY 2014 was also reduced by 0.2% to offset the cost of the changes that were implemented to the Medicare program’s admission and medical review criteria for hospital inpatient admissions services in connection with the “two midnight rule,” which is discussed in more detail below.

From FFY 2005 through 2007, the MMA required all acute care hospitals to participate in CMS’s Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting Program (the “IQR Program”) in order to receive the full hospital market basket update. Beginning in FFY 2007, the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (the “DRA”) expanded the number of quality measures that were required to be reported and increased the reduction in reimbursement to hospitals that do not participate in the IQR Program from 0.4% to 2.0%. Beginning in FFY 2015, hospitals that do not participate in the IQR Program will lose one-quarter of the percentage in their payment updates.

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our hospitals reported all quality measures required by CMS related to the IQR Program and will receive the full market basket update through FFY 2015.

On October 1, 2007, CMS replaced the previously existing 538 diagnosis related groups with 745 MS-DRGs. The MS-DRGs are intended to more accurately reflect the cost of providing inpatient services and eliminate any incentives that hospitals may have to only treat the healthiest and most profitable patients. The MS-DRGs were phased-in over a two year period, with FFY 2009, which began on October 1, 2008, being the first year that IPPS payments to hospitals were based entirely on the new MS-DRGs.

To offset the effect of the coding and discharge classification changes that CMS believed would occur as hospitals implemented the MS-DRG system, CMS established prospective documentation and coding adjustments to the national standardized amounts of (1.2%) in FFY 2008 and (1.8%) in both FFYs 2009 and 2010. However, the TMA Act, which was enacted on September 29, 2007, effectively decreased the reductions for FFYs 2008 and 2009 to (0.6%) and (0.9%), respectively. In addition, the TMA Act required CMS to conduct a “look-back” beginning in FFY 2010 and make appropriate changes to the reduction percentages based on actual FFY 2008 and 2009 claims data. Based on its evaluation, CMS determined that IPPS payments increased by 2.5% in FFY 2008 and 5.4% in FFY 2009 due solely to the implementation of the MS-DRG System. The increases exceeded the cumulative prospective adjustments by 5.8% for FFYs 2008 and 2009. The TMA Act required CMS to recoup the increase in spending in FFYs 2008 and 2009 by FFY 2012. In the IPPS final rule for FFY 2011, CMS reduced the standardized amount by (2.9%), which represented half of the required retrospective adjustment. The remaining (2.9%) retrospective reduction was implemented in FFY 2012. However, because the (2.9%) retrospective reduction that was made in FFY 2011 was restored in FFY 2012, the retrospective adjustment that was made in FFY 2012 was essentially negated. The (2.9%) retrospective reduction that was made in FFY 2012 was restored in FFY 2013.

The TMA Act also required CMS to make an additional prospective cumulative adjustment of (3.9%) to eliminate the full effect of the documentation and coding changes on future payments. The TMA Act gave CMS discretion as to the timing of the implementation of the prospective documentation and coding adjustment, and CMS did not implement any portion of the adjustment in FFYs 2010 and 2011. CMS did, however, implement a (2.0%) prospective documentation and coding adjustment in FFY 2012 and completed the remaining (1.9%) prospective adjustment in FFY 2013.

In addition to the adjustments that were required by the TMA Act, ATRA, which was enacted on January 1, 2013, required CMS to recoup $11 billion from IPPS payments in FFYs 2014 through 2017 to offset an additional increase in aggregate payments to hospitals that Congress believes occurred from FFY 2008 through 2013 solely as the result of the transition to the MS-DRG system and was not recaptured by the adjustments that were mandated by the TMA Act. In FFY 2014 and FFY 2015, CMS applied (0.8%) adjustments as part of the recovery process required by ATRA. CMS has indicated that it expects to make similar adjustments in FFY 2016 and FFY 2017 to recover the remaining outstanding amount.

The following tables list our historical Medicare MS-DRG and capital payments for the years presented (in millions):

   
  Medicare
MS-DRG
Payments
  Medicare
Capital
Payments
2014   $ 585.5     $ 45.9  
2013   $ 535.5     $ 41.7  
2012   $ 517.0     $ 41.1  

In addition to MS-DRG and capital payments, hospitals may qualify for outlier payments for cases involving patients whose treatment costs are extraordinarily high when compared to the costs of treating an average patient in the same DRG.

Hospitals may also qualify for Medicare disproportionate share hospital (“DSH”) payments, if they treat a high percentage of low-income patients. The adjustment is generally based on the hospital’s disproportionate patient percentage (“DPP”), which is equal to the sum of the percentage of Medicare inpatient days attributable to patients eligible for both Medicare Part A and Supplemental Security Income (SSI), and

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the percentage of total inpatient days attributable to patients eligible for Medicaid but not Medicare Part A. Hospitals whose DPP meets or exceeds a specified threshold amount are eligible for a DSH payment adjustment. The Affordable Care Act requires Medicare DSH payments to providers to be reduced by 75% beginning in FFY 2014, subject to adjustment if the Affordable Care Act does not decrease uncompensated care to the extent anticipated. The amount that is withheld will be reduced by the percentage change in uninsured individuals under the age of 65 from 2013 to the current year (as normalized to reflect the October 1 commencement date for each FFY) minus 0.1% in FFY 2014 and minus 0.2% in FFY 2015 and then paid as additional payments to DSH hospitals based on the amount of uncompensated care provided by each hospital relative to the amount of uncompensated care provided by all hospitals receiving DSH payments during the applicable time period. The IPPS final rule for FFY 2015 established the uncompensated care amount which will be distributed to qualifying hospitals in FFY 2015 at $7.65 billion, down from $9.05 billion in FFY 2014. Medicare DSH payments received in the aggregate by our hospitals for 2014, 2013 and 2012 were approximately $73.5 million, $67.8 million and $68.8 million, respectively.

“Two Midnight Rule”

In addition, CMS has issued the “two midnight rule,” which revised its longstanding guidance to hospitals and physicians relating to when hospital inpatient admissions are deemed to be reasonable and necessary for payment under Medicare Part A and provides that, in addition to services that are designated as inpatient-only, surgical procedures, diagnostic tests and other treatments are generally only appropriate for inpatient hospital admission and payment under Medicare Part A when the physician (i) expects the beneficiary to require a stay that crosses at least two midnights and (ii) admits the beneficiary to the hospital based upon that expectation. CMS is prohibited from allowing recovery auditors to conduct inpatient hospital status reviews on claims with dates of admission October 1, 2013 through March 31, 2015, but, in the future, reviews could be conducted on claims with dates of admission after that time.

While the IPPS final rule for FFY 2014 became effective on October 1, 2013, CMS initially indicated that, for a period of 90 days after the effective date of the rule, it would not permit recovery auditors and other Medicare review contractors to review inpatient admissions of one midnight or less that began between October 1, 2013 and December 31, 2013. CMS subsequently extended that delay to inpatient admissions that occur on or prior to September 30, 2014. CMS did, however, instruct Medicare Administrative Contractors (“MACs”) to review, on a pre-payment basis, a small sample (approximately 10 – 25) of inpatient hospital claims relating to admissions that occur between March 31, 2014 and September 30, 2014, and that span less than two midnights after admission in order to determine each hospital’s compliance with the new inpatient admission and medical review criteria. Hospitals can rebill denied inpatient hospital admissions in accordance with the rule.

On April 1, 2014, President Obama signed the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (“PAMA”) into law. Among other things, PAMA prohibits CMS from allowing recovery auditors to conduct inpatient hospital patient status reviews on claims with dates of admission October 1, 2013 through March 31, 2015, and permits CMS to continue to allow MACs to review, on a pre-payment basis, a small sample of inpatient hospital claims relating to admissions that span less than two midnights and that occur on or after October 1, 2013 but before March 31, 2015, in order to determine hospital compliance with the new inpatient admission and medical review criteria.

On May 15, 2014, CMS solicited comments in the IPPS proposed rule for FFY 2015 regarding the development of an alternative payment methodology under the Medicare program for short inpatient hospital stays. Among other things, CMS is seeking input on how to define a short inpatient hospital stay for Medicare payment purposes and how to determine the appropriate payment amounts for short inpatient hospital stays. In the IPPS final rule for FFY 2015, CMS indicated it would consider the comments received in future rulemaking.

We cannot predict whether Congress or CMS will further delay the review of inpatient admissions of one midnight or less by recovery auditors or other Medicare review contractors or the impact that any such reviews will have on our business and results of operations when they are allowed by CMS. In addition, legislation has been introduced in Congress that, among other things, would generally prohibit Medicare review contractors from denying claims due to the length of a patient’s stay or a determination that services

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

could have been provided in an outpatient setting and require CMS to develop a new payment methodology for services that are provided during short inpatient hospital stays. Federal lawsuits have also been filed challenging the two midnight rule primarily on the grounds that the implementation of the rule itself, and the payment reduction associated with the rule (i.e., 0.2% IPPS payment reduction to hospitals) violate the Administrative Procedure Act. We cannot predict whether the legislation that has been introduced in Congress will be adopted or, if adopted, the amount of reimbursement that would be paid under any alternative payment methodology that is developed by CMS. We also cannot predict whether the federal court challenges to the two midnight rule will be successful.

Medicare Hospital Outpatient Prospective Payment System

The Balanced Budget Refinement Act of 1999 (“BBRA”) established a prospective payment system for outpatient hospital services that commenced on August 1, 2000. Under Medicare’s hospital outpatient prospective payment system (“OPPS”), hospital outpatient services are classified into groups called ambulatory payment classifications (“APCs”). Services in each APC are clinically similar and are similar in terms of the resources they require. Depending on the services provided, a hospital may be paid for more than one APC for an encounter. CMS establishes a payment rate for each APC by multiplying the scaled relative weight for the APC by a conversion factor. The payment rate is further adjusted to reflect geographic wage differences. The APC conversion factors for calendar years (“CYs”) 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $74.144, $72.672 and $71.313, respectively, after the inclusion of the 0.7% reduction for CY 2015, the 0.8% reduction for CY 2014, and the 0.8% reduction for CY 2013 that were required by the Affordable Care Act. APC classifications and payment rates are reviewed and adjusted on an annual basis, and, historically, the rate of increase in payments for hospital outpatient services has been higher than the rate of increase in payments for inpatient services. To receive the full increase, hospitals must satisfy the reporting requirements of the Hospital Outpatient Quality Data Reporting Program (the “HOPQDRP”). Hospitals that do not satisfy the reporting requirements of the HOPQDRP are subject to a reduction of 2.0% from the fee schedule increase factor. Our hospitals reported all quality measures required by CMS for HOPQDRP and will receive the full market basket update through CY 2015.

The following table lists our historical Medicare APC payments for the years presented (in millions):

 
  Medicare
APC Payments
2014   $ 387.4  
2013   $ 328.4  
2012   $ 309.2  

Medicare Dependent and Low Volume Hospital Programs

On December 26, 2013, the Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013 (the “Pathway Act”) was enacted. Among other things, the Pathway Act extended through March 31, 2014, the Medicare dependent hospital program, which provides enhanced payment support for rural hospitals that have no more than 100 beds and at least 60% of their inpatient days or discharges covered by Medicare, and the Medicare low volume hospital program, which provides additional Medicare reimbursement for general acute care hospitals that are located a certain distance from another general acute care hospital and have less than a certain number of Medicare discharges each fiscal year. PAMA extended both of these programs through March 31, 2015. If the Medicare dependent hospital program and Medicare low volume hospital program are not extended beyond March 31, 2015, we anticipate that our reimbursement will be reduced by approximately $12.8 million for 2015.

Medicare Bad Debt Reimbursement

Under Medicare, the costs attributable to the deductible and coinsurance amounts that follow reasonable collection efforts and remain unpaid by Medicare beneficiaries can be added to the Medicare share of allowable costs as cost reports are filed. Hospitals generally receive interim pass-through payments during the cost report year which were determined by the fiscal intermediary from the prior cost report filing.

The amounts uncollectible from specific beneficiaries are to be charged off as bad debts in the accounting period in which the accounts are deemed to be worthless. In some cases, an amount previously written off as a bad debt and allocated to the program may be recovered in a subsequent accounting period. In these cases,

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the recoveries must be used to reduce the cost of beneficiary services for the period in which the collection is made. In determining reasonable costs for hospitals, the amount of bad debts otherwise treated as allowable costs is reduced by 35%. Under this program, our hospitals received an aggregate of approximately $18.1 million, $21.7 million and $20.2 million for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Physician Services

Physician services are reimbursed under the Medicare physician fee schedule (“PFS”) system, under which CMS has assigned a national relative value unit (“RVU”) to most medical procedures and services that reflects the various resources required by a physician to provide the services relative to all other services. Each RVU is calculated based on a combination of work required in terms of time and intensity of effort for the service, practice expense (overhead) attributable to the service and malpractice insurance expense attributable to the service. These three elements are each modified by a geographic adjustment factor to account for local practice costs then aggregated. The aggregated amount is multiplied by a conversion factor that accounts for inflation and targeted growth in Medicare expenditures (as calculated by the sustainable growth rate (“SGR”)) to arrive at the payment amount for each service. While RVUs for various services may change in a given year, any alterations are required by statute to be virtually budget neutral.

The PFS rates are adjusted each year, and reductions in both current and future payments are anticipated. The SGR formula, if implemented as mandated by statute, would result in significant reductions to payments under the PFS. Since 2003, Congress has passed multiple legislative acts delaying application of the SGR to the PFS. For CY 2014, CMS issued a final rule that would have applied the SGR and resulted in an aggregate reduction of 20.1% to all physician payments under the PFS for CY 2014. The Pathway Act delayed application of the SGR and provided for a 0.5% increase in PFS payment rates through March 31, 2014. PAMA extended the 0.5% increase in PFS payment rates established by the Pathway Act through December 31, 2014, and also provided that there will be no increase to the CY 2015 PFS from January 1, 2015, through March 31, 2015. For the remainder of CY 2015, CMS has issued a final rule that will apply the SGR and result in a 21.2% reduction in PFS rates.

Medicaid

Our revenues under the various state Medicaid programs, including state-funded managed care programs, were approximately $619.8 million, or 13.8% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014. These payments are typically based on fixed rates determined by the individual states. Included in these payments are DSH and other supplemental payments received under various state Medicaid programs. For 2014, 2013 and 2012, our revenues attributable to DSH and other supplemental payments were approximately $155.7 million, $128.7 million and $119.7 million, respectively. The increase in revenues from DSH and other supplemental payments is primarily attributable to additional funding provided by certain states, which was made available in part by additional annual state provider taxes on certain of our hospitals and changes in classification of state programs.

Medicaid programs are funded by both the federal government and state governments to provide healthcare benefits to certain low-income individuals and groups. These programs and the reimbursement methodologies are administered by the states and vary from state to state and from year to year. Amounts received under the Medicaid programs are often significantly less than the hospital’s customary charges for the services provided. Most state Medicaid payments are made under a prospective payment system, fee schedule, cost reimbursement programs, or some combination of these three methods.

Many states in which we operate are facing budgetary challenges and have adopted, or may be considering, legislation that is intended to control or reduce Medicaid expenditures, enroll Medicaid recipients in managed care programs, and/or impose additional taxes on hospitals to help finance or expand their Medicaid programs. Budget cuts, federal or state legislation, or other changes in the administration or interpretation of government health programs by government agencies or contracted managed care organizations could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Annual Cost Reports

Hospitals participating in the Medicare and some Medicaid programs, whether paid on a reasonable cost basis or under a prospective payment system, are required to meet certain financial reporting requirements. Federal and, where applicable, state regulations require submission of annual cost reports identifying medical costs and expenses associated with the services provided by each hospital to Medicare beneficiaries and Medicaid recipients.

Annual cost reports required under the Medicare and some Medicaid programs are subject to routine governmental audits. These audits may result in adjustments to the amounts ultimately determined to be payable to us under these reimbursement programs. Finalization of these audits often takes several years. Providers may appeal any final determination made in connection with an audit.

Recovery Audit Contractors

In 2005, CMS began using recovery audit contractors (“RACs”) to detect Medicare overpayments not identified through existing claims review mechanisms. The RAC program relies on private companies to examine Medicare claims filed by healthcare providers. RACs perform post-discharge audits of medical records to identify Medicare overpayments resulting from incorrect payment amounts, non-covered services, medically unnecessary services, incorrectly coded services, and duplicate services and are paid on a contingency basis. RACs have the authority to look back at claims up to five years old, provided that the claim was paid on or after October 1, 2007. Any claims identified as overpayments are subject to a RAC program appeals process. The RAC program began as a demonstration project in five states and was made permanent by the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006. The permanent RAC program was gradually expanded across the U.S. in 2008 and 2009 and is currently operating in all 50 states. The Affordable Care Act further expanded the use of RACs and required each state to establish a Medicaid RAC program by January 1, 2012.

The original recovery audit contracts expired in February 2014, and CMS is in the process of procuring new agreements for the RAC program. However, a number of pre and post-award contests have been filed in connection with the procurement process, due, in large part, to the payment and other reforms CMS is attempting to implement to the RAC program through the new contracts, and it is unlikely that any of those contests will be resolved prior to the second half of 2015. As a result, CMS has extended, on a limited basis, the current recovery audit contracts through December 31, 2015, but is only allowing the RACs to conduct certain automated reviews and a limited number of complex reviews on topics that are selected by CMS.

Although we believe our claims for reimbursement submitted to the Medicare and Medicaid programs are accurate, many of our hospitals have had Medicare claims audited by the RAC program. While our hospitals have successfully appealed many of the adverse determinations raised by Medicare RAC audits, we cannot predict if this trend will continue or the results of any future audits. We cannot predict the volume or outcome of any future audits conducted by the various state Medicaid RAC programs to which our hospitals will be subject. In September 2014, in response to concerns that the Medicare program’s denials of reimbursement for short-term care have caused a significant growth in claim appeals, CMS announced that it was offering an administrative agreement to any hospital willing to withdraw its pending appeals in exchange for timely partial payment in an amount equal to 68% of the net allowable amount of the claims at issue. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we participated in that administrative agreement and withdrew certain of our pending appeals for claims previously denied under the RAC program in exchange for payments that resulted in an increase to revenue of approximately $4.5 million. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2014, we were successful in appealing many of our previous adverse RAC determinations. Accordingly, during the year ended December 31, 2014, including both our participation in the CMS administrative agreement, as well as our success in appealing adverse RAC determinations, we recognized additional revenue of approximately $9.1 million. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, RAC audits resulted in reductions to revenue of approximately $6.8 million and $16.9 million, respectively.

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HMOs, PPOs and Other Private Insurers

In addition to government programs, our hospitals are reimbursed by differing types of private payors including HMOs, PPOs, other private insurance companies and employers. Also included in this category are the patient responsibility portions for co-payment and deductible obligations under these programs. Our revenues from HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers were approximately $2,476.7 million, or 55.2% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014. To attract additional volume, most of our hospitals offer discounts from established charges to certain large group purchasers of healthcare services. These discount programs often limit our ability to increase charges in response to increasing costs. Generally, patients covered by HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers will be responsible for certain co-payments and deductibles.

Self-pay and Charity Care

Self-pay revenues are derived from patients who do not have any form of healthcare coverage. Our revenues from self-pay patients were approximately $744.9 million, or 16.6% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014. The revenues associated with self-pay patients are generally reported at our gross charges. We evaluate these patients, after the patient’s medical condition is determined to be stable, for qualifications of Medicaid or other governmental assistance programs, as well as our local hospital’s policy for charity care. We do not report a charity care patient’s charges in revenues or in the provision for doubtful accounts as it is our policy not to pursue collection of amounts related to these patients.

A significant portion of self-pay patients are admitted through the emergency department and often require high-acuity treatment. High-acuity treatment is more costly to provide and, therefore, results in higher billings. During the year ended December 31, 2014, our self-pay revenues decreased primarily as a result of a shift from self-pay to Medicaid and HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers for a portion of our patient population which primarily was a result of healthcare reform and the expansion of Medicaid coverage in certain of the states in which we operate. These reductions partially offset trends our hospitals have experienced in recent years, including increases in self-pay revenues due to a combination of broad economic factors, including high levels of unemployment in many of our markets and increasing numbers of individuals and employers who choose not to purchase insurance or who purchase insurance plans with high deductibles and high co-payments.

The following table lists our self-pay revenues and charity care write-offs for the years presented (in millions):

     
  Self-Pay
Revenues
  Charity Care
Write-Offs
  Combined
Total
2014   $ 744.9     $ 80.9     $ 825.8  
2013   $ 766.5     $ 132.1     $ 898.6  
2012   $ 653.9     $ 112.5     $ 766.4  

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

To provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the carrying value of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value. The primary uncertainty lies with uninsured patient receivables and deductibles, co-payments or other amounts due from individual patients. Our provision for doubtful accounts had the effect of reducing total revenues by approximately $817.8 million, or 18.2% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014. Prior to 2014, our provision for doubtful accounts as a percentage of revenue increased steadily year over year as a result of increases in our self-pay revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2014, our self-pay revenues decreased primarily as a result of a shift from self-pay to Medicaid and HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers for a portion of our patient population, which primarily was a result of healthcare reform and the expansion of Medicaid coverage in certain of the states in which we operate. As a result, for the year ended December 31, 2014, our provision for doubtful accounts as a percentage of revenue also decreased.

We have an established process to determine the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts that relies on a number of analytical tools and benchmarks to arrive at a reasonable allowance. No single statistic or measurement determines the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Some of the analytical tools that we utilize include, but are not limited to, historical cash collection experience, revenue trends by payor classification and revenue days in accounts receivable.

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Health Care Reform

The Affordable Care Act dramatically altered the U.S. healthcare system and was intended to decrease the number of uninsured Americans and reduce the overall cost of healthcare. The Affordable Care Act attempts to achieve these goals by, among other things, requiring most Americans to obtain health insurance, providing additional funding for Medicaid in states that choose to expand their programs, reducing Medicare and Medicaid DSH payments to providers, expanding the Medicare program’s use of value-based purchasing programs, tying hospital payments to the satisfaction of certain quality criteria, bundling payments to hospitals and other providers, and instituting certain private health insurance reforms. Although some of the measures contained in the Affordable Care Act did not take effect until 2014 or do not take effect until later, certain of the reductions in Medicare spending, such as negative adjustments to the Medicare hospital inpatient and outpatient prospective payment system market basket updates and the incorporation of productivity adjustments to the Medicare program’s annual inflation updates, became effective prior to 2014. During 2014, and primarily as a result of the expansion of health insurance coverage, we experienced an increase in revenues from providing care to certain previously uninsured individuals. While we expect this trend to continue, the future impact and timing of such expansion remains difficult to predict, will be gradual and may not offset scheduled decreases in reimbursement.

There have been and likely will continue to be a number of legal challenges to various provisions of the Affordable Care Act. For example, in 2012, the U.S. Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of the Affordable Care Act, including the “individual mandate” provisions of the Affordable Care Act that generally require all individuals to obtain healthcare insurance or pay a penalty. However, the U.S. Supreme Court also held that the provision of the Affordable Care Act that authorized the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) to penalize states that choose not to participate in the expansion of the Medicaid program by removing all of their existing Medicaid funding was unconstitutional. As a result, at December 31, 2014, only eight of the states in which we operate are currently implementing expansions to their Medicaid programs. Accordingly, some low-income persons in other states that are not expanding Medicaid may not have insurance coverage as intended by the Affordable Care Act. In addition, the U.S. Supreme Court has agreed to hear a case known as King v. Burwell during 2015. This case challenges the extension of premium subsidies to individuals residing in the 37 states that have federally-run health insurance exchanges. If the U.S. Supreme Court decides that the Affordable Care Act does not authorize premium subsidies to federally-run health insurance exchange participants, premium subsidies for individuals purchasing their insurance through federally-run health insurance exchanges would become unavailable and would likely result in many of those individuals dropping their coverage and increasing the number of uninsured.

The Affordable Care Act changes how healthcare services are covered, delivered, and reimbursed. The net effect of the Affordable Care Act on our business is subject to numerous variables, including the law’s complexity, lack of complete implementing regulations and interpretive guidance, gradual implementation and possible amendment, as well as the uncertainty as to the extent to which states will choose to expand their Medicaid programs and the extent to which individuals will elect coverage. In addition, a number of the provisions of the Affordable Care Act that were scheduled to become effective in 2014, such as the employer mandate, the Small Business Health Option Program, and the state-run exchange verification of income and Medicaid agency electronic notification of eligibility for tax credit and subsidy requirements, have been delayed until 2015 or 2016, and additional delays in the implementation of these or other provisions of the Affordable Care Act could be imposed in the future. As a result, we are unable to predict with any certainty the net effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations of the expected increases in insured individuals using our facilities, the reductions in government healthcare reimbursement spending, and numerous other provisions of the Affordable Care Act that may affect us. We are also unable to predict with a high level of precision how providers, payors, employers and other market participants will continue to respond to the various reform provisions because many provisions will not be implemented for several years under the Affordable Care Act’s implementation schedule. Furthermore, several bills have been and may continue to be introduced in Congress to delay, defund or repeal implementation of or amend significant provisions of the Affordable Care Act, and the results of such legislative efforts may impact our business in the future.

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expanded Coverage

Based on original Congressional Budget Office (“CBO”) and CMS estimates, by 2019, the Affordable Care Act was expected to expand coverage to 32 to 34 million additional individuals (resulting in coverage of an estimated 94% of the legal U.S. population). This increased coverage was expected to occur through a combination of public program expansion and private sector health insurance and other reforms. However, in July 2012, the CBO revised its estimate to reflect the impact of the U.S. Supreme Court’s determination that the provision of the Affordable Care Act that authorized the Secretary of HHS to penalize states that choose not to participate in the expansion of the Medicaid program was unconstitutional. On January 26, 2015, the CBO projected, as a result of the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision and other factors, that there will be four million more uninsured individuals in 2015 and three million more uninsured individuals in 2022 than originally projected.

Medicaid Expansion

The primary public program coverage expansion will occur through changes in Medicaid, and to a lesser extent, expansion of the Children’s Health Insurance Program (“CHIP”). The most significant changes will expand the categories of individuals eligible for Medicaid coverage and permit individuals with relatively higher incomes to qualify. The federal government reimburses the majority of a state’s Medicaid expenses, and it conditions its payment on the state meeting certain requirements. The federal government currently requires that states provide coverage for only limited categories of low-income adults under 65 years old (e.g., women who are pregnant, and the blind or disabled). In addition, the income level required for individuals and families to qualify for Medicaid varies widely from state to state.

The Affordable Care Act materially changed the requirements for Medicaid eligibility. As originally enacted, commencing January 1, 2014, the Affordable Care Act essentially required all state Medicaid programs to provide Medicaid coverage to virtually all adults under 65 years old with incomes at or under 133% of the federal poverty level (“FPL”). In addition, the Affordable Care Act also required states to apply a “5% income disregard” to the Medicaid eligibility standard, so that Medicaid eligibility would effectively be extended to those with incomes up to 138% of the FPL. To offset the cost of the Medicaid program’s expansion, the Affordable Care Act authorized the federal government to provide states with “matching funds” (referred to as “Enhanced FMAP”) to cover the costs of covering the newly eligible individuals. Beginning in 2014, states began receiving an Enhanced FMAP for the individuals enrolled in Medicaid pursuant to the Affordable Care Act. The Enhanced FMAP percentage is as follows: 100% for CYs 2014 through 2016; 95% in 2017; 94% in 2018; 93% in 2019; and 90% in 2020 and thereafter. It is currently anticipated that the new eligibility requirements will expand Medicaid and CHIP coverage by an estimated 11 million individuals in 2015 and 16 million individuals in 2022, with a disproportionately large percentage of the new Medicaid coverage likely to be in states that currently have relatively low income eligibility requirements.

In 2012, the U.S. Supreme Court held that the provision of the Affordable Care Act that authorized the Secretary of HHS to penalize states that choose not to participate in the expansion of the Medicaid program by removing all of their existing Medicaid funding was unconstitutional. As a result, the expansion of the Medicaid program to all individuals under 65 years old with incomes at or under 133% of FPL is now optional. CMS has stated that there is no deadline for states to determine whether they will expand their Medicaid programs and has indicated that if a state does decide to expand its Medicaid program, it may also decide to drop the expanded coverage at a later date. While the CBO estimates that the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision will likely result in the Medicaid and CHIP programs covering four million fewer individuals in 2022, it is unclear how many states will elect to implement the Medicaid expansion and when that expansion will occur. Therefore, we are unable to predict the future impact of the Medicaid expansion on our business model, financial condition or result of operations.

The Affordable Care Act also provides that the federal government will subsidize states that create non-Medicaid plans for residents whose incomes are greater than 133% of the FPL but do not exceed 200% of the FPL. Approved state plans will be eligible to receive federal funding. The amount of that funding per individual will be equal to 95% of subsidies that would have been provided for that individual had he or she enrolled in a health plan offered through one of the health insurance exchanges (the “Exchanges”), as discussed below.

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, beginning in 2014, the Affordable Care Act allows Medicaid participating hospitals to make presumptive determinations of Medicaid eligibility for certain categories of individuals, such as pregnant women, infants, children, and parents and other caretaker relatives and their spouses. If an individual is found to be presumptively eligible for Medicaid benefits, the hospital will get paid for the services it provides during the temporary presumptive eligibility period, just as though the patient were already enrolled in the Medicaid program. However, states have significant flexibility in developing their state-specific presumptive eligibility rules and can establish standards that hospitals must meet in order to make presumptive eligibility determinations. For example, a state may impose standards related to the accuracy of a hospital’s presumptive eligibility determinations, require hospitals to tell individuals how to apply for and obtain a full Medicaid application, establish policies that require hospitals to assist individuals in completing a Medicaid application, and develop proficiency standards, trainings, and audits with which hospitals must comply. If a presumptive eligibility determination is made in accordance with the applicable federal and state presumptive eligibility requirements, a state will not be permitted to recoup money from the hospital for the services that were rendered during the presumptive eligibility period. A state may, however, disqualify a hospital from making future presumptive eligibility determinations if the hospital does not meet the state’s established performance standards.

Historically, states often have attempted to reduce Medicaid spending by limiting benefits and tightening Medicaid eligibility requirements. Effective March 23, 2010, the Affordable Care Act required states to at least maintain Medicaid eligibility standards established prior to the enactment of the law for adults until January 1, 2014 and for children until October 1, 2019. States with budget deficits may, however, seek exemptions from this requirement, but only to address eligibility standards that apply to adults making more than 133% of the FPL.

Private Sector Expansion

The expansion of health coverage through the private sector as a result of the Affordable Care Act will occur through new requirements on health insurers, employers and individuals. Commencing January 1, 2014, health insurance companies were prohibited from imposing annual coverage limits, dropping coverage, excluding persons based upon pre-existing conditions or denying coverage for any individual who is willing to pay the premiums for such coverage. Since January 1, 2011, each health plan has been required to keep its annual non-medical costs lower than 15% of premium revenue for the group market and lower than 20% in the small group and individual markets or rebate its enrollees the amount spent in excess of the percentage. In addition, since September 23, 2010, health insurers have not been permitted to deny coverage to children based upon a pre-existing condition and must allow dependent care coverage for children up to 26 years old.

Larger employers will be subject to new requirements and incentives to provide health insurance benefits to their full time employees. Effective January 1, 2015, employers with 100 or more employees that do not offer health insurance to 70% of their full-time employees and their dependents are subject to a penalty if an employee obtains coverage through one of the newly created Exchanges and the coverage is subsidized by the government. Effective January 1, 2016, that requirement will be extended to employers with 50 to 99 employees, and all employers subject to the requirement will be required to offer health insurance coverage to 95% of their full-time employees and their dependents in order to avoid penalties. The employer penalties will range from $2,000 to $3,000 per employee, subject to certain thresholds and conditions.

As enacted, the Affordable Care Act uses various means to induce individuals who do not have health insurance to obtain coverage. As of January 1, 2014, individuals were required to maintain health insurance for a minimum defined set of benefits or pay a tax penalty; however, individuals technically had until March 31, 2014 to obtain insurance. The penalty in most cases is $95 in 2014, $325 in 2015, $695 in 2016, and indexed to a cost of living adjustment in subsequent years. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), in consultation with HHS, is responsible for enforcing the tax penalty, although the Affordable Care Act limits the availability of certain IRS enforcement mechanisms. In addition, for individuals and families below 400% of the FPL, the cost of obtaining health insurance will be subsidized by the federal government. Those with lower incomes will be eligible to receive greater subsidies. It is anticipated that those at the lowest income levels will have the majority of their premiums subsidized by the federal government, in some cases in excess of 95% of the premium amount. To facilitate the purchase of health insurance by individuals and small employers, each state was required to establish an Exchange by January 1, 2014. Based on CBO estimates,

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

approximately 25 million individuals will obtain their health insurance coverage through an Exchange by 2019. The Affordable Care Act requires that the Exchanges be designed to make the process of evaluating, comparing and acquiring coverage simple for consumers. Health insurers participating in the Exchange must offer a set of minimum benefits to be defined by HHS and may offer more benefits, and must offer at least two, and up to five, levels of plans that vary by the percentage of medical expenses that must be paid by the enrollee. Each level of plan must require the enrollee to share certain specified percentages of medical expenses up to the deductible/co-payment limit. Health insurers may establish varying deductible/co-payment levels, up to the statutory maximum (estimated to be between $6,000 and $7,000 for an individual). The health insurers must cover 100% of the amount of medical expenses in excess of the deductible/co-payment limit. For example, an individual making 100% to 200% of the FPL will have co-payments and deductibles reduced to about one-third of the amount payable by those with the same plan with incomes at or above 400% of the FPL.

Any benefits to us from the expansion of private sector coverage depend in large part on our success in contracting with payors whose policies are listed on the Exchanges. We currently have contracts with Exchange payors in every state in which we operate, and the reimbursement rates paid under those contracts generally are comparable to that paid to us by other private payors.

Public Program Spending

The Affordable Care Act provides for Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare program spending reductions between 2010 and 2019. The CBO previously estimated that these program spending reductions would include $156 billion in Medicare fee-for-service market basket and productivity reimbursement reductions for all providers, the majority of which would come from hospitals. CMS previously set this estimate at $233 billion. The CBO’s estimate also included an additional $36 billion in reductions of Medicare and Medicaid DSH funding ($22 billion for Medicare and $14 billion for Medicaid). The CMS estimate included an additional $64 billion in reductions of Medicare and Medicaid DSH funding, with $50 billion of the reductions coming from Medicare.

Payments for Hospitals

Under the Medicare program, hospitals receive reimbursement for general, acute care hospital inpatient services under the IPPS. CMS establishes fixed IPPS payment amounts per inpatient discharge based on the patient’s assigned MS-DRG. These MS-DRG rates are updated each FFY, which begins October 1, using the hospital market basket index, which takes into account inflation experienced by hospitals and other entities outside the healthcare industry in purchasing goods and services.

The Affordable Care Act provides for a number of types of annual reductions in the market basket. One is a general reduction of a specified percentage each FFY starting in 2010 and extending through 2019. These reductions are as follows: FFY 2010, 0.25% for discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2010; 2011 (0.25%); 2012 (0.1%); 2013 (0.1%); 2014 (0.3%); 2015 (0.2%); 2016 (0.2%); 2017 (0.75%); 2018 (0.75%); and 2019 (0.75%).

Another type of reduction to the market basket is a “productivity adjustment” that was implemented by HHS beginning in FFY 2012. The amount of that reduction is the projected nationwide productivity gains over the preceding 10 years. To determine the projection, HHS uses the Bureau of Labor Statistics (“BLS”) 10-year moving average of changes in specified economy-wide productivity (the BLS data is typically a few years old). The Affordable Care Act does not contain guidelines for HHS to use in projecting the productivity figure. The market basket update for FFY 2015, FFY 2014 and FFY 2013 was reduced by 0.5%, 0.5% and 0.7%, respectively, as a result of this productivity adjustment.

Additional types of reductions include reductions in connection with Medicare’s value-based purchasing program, Hospital-Acquired Condition (HAC) Reduction Program and Hospital Readmission Reduction Program, all of which are discussed in more detail below.

In addition to those reductions, there may be other upward or downward adjustments that CMS makes to the annual market basket update in any year, making it impracticable to predict in advance the overall impact on MS-DRG rates.

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Quality-Based Payment Adjustments and Reductions for Inpatient Services

The Affordable Care Act established or expanded provisions to promote value-based purchasing and to link payments to quality and efficiency. Among other things, it requires HHS to implement a value-based purchasing program for inpatient hospital services. This program applied beginning in FFY 2013 to payments for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2012, and rewards hospitals based either on how well the hospitals perform on certain quality measures or how much the hospitals’ performance improves on certain quality measures from their performance during a baseline period. As part of the program, the Affordable Care Act requires HHS to reduce inpatient hospital payments for all discharges by a percentage beginning at 1.0% in FFY 2013 and increasing by 0.25% for each fiscal year up to 2.0% in FFY 2017 and subsequent years. HHS will pool the amount collected from these reductions to fund payments to reward hospitals that meet and exceed certain quality performance standards established by HHS. Under the program, each hospital’s performance is evaluated during a specified performance period, and hospitals receive points on each of a number of pre-determined measures based on the higher of (i) their level of achievement relative to an established standard or (ii) their improvement in performance from their performance during a prior baseline period. Each hospital’s combined scores on all the measures are translated into value-based incentive payments beginning with inpatient discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2012. Hospitals that receive higher total performance scores receive higher incentive payments than those that receive lower total performance scores. Because the Affordable Care Act provides that the funds pooled and otherwise set aside for the value-based purchasing program will be fully distributed, hospitals with high scores may receive greater reimbursement under the value-based purchasing program than they would have otherwise, and hospitals with low scores may receive reduced Medicare inpatient hospital payments.

In addition, the Affordable Care Act prohibits the use of federal funds under the Medicaid program to reimburse providers for medical assistance provided to treat HACs. With respect to Medicare, beginning in FFY 2015, hospitals that fall into the top 25.0% of national risk-adjusted HAC rates for all hospitals in the previous year will receive a 1.0% reduction in their total Medicare payments. Hospitals with excessive readmissions for conditions designated by HHS will receive reduced payments for all inpatient discharges, not just discharges relating to the conditions subject to the excessive readmission standard.

Beginning in FFY 2013, inpatient payments were reduced if a hospital experiences “excessive readmissions” within a 30-day period of discharge for heart attack, heart failure, pneumonia or other conditions designated by HHS. Hospitals with what HHS defines as “excessive readmissions” for these conditions will receive reduced payments for all inpatient discharges, not just discharges relating to the conditions subject to the excessive readmission standard. Each hospital’s performance will be publicly reported by HHS. HHS has the discretion to determine what “excessive readmissions” means, the amount of the payment reduction and other terms and conditions of this program. The basic maximum payment reduction amount is 1.0% for FFY 2012, 2.0% for FFY 2014, and 3.0% for FFY 2015 and beyond.

Outpatient Market Basket and Productivity Adjustment

Hospital outpatient services paid under OPPS are classified into APCs. The APC payment rates are updated each calendar year based on the market basket. The first two market basket changes outlined above — the general reduction and the productivity adjustment — apply to outpatient services as well as inpatient services, although these are applied on a calendar year basis. The percentage changes specified in the Affordable Care Act summarized above as the general reduction for inpatients — e.g., 0.2% in 2015 — are the same for outpatients.

Medicare and Medicaid Disproportionate Share Hospital Payments

The Medicare DSH program provides for additional payments to hospitals that treat a disproportionate share of low-income patients. Under the Affordable Care Act, beginning in FFY 2014, Medicare DSH payments were reduced to 25% of the amount they otherwise would have been absent the new law. The remaining 75% of the amount that would otherwise be paid under Medicare DSH will be effectively pooled, and this pool will be reduced further each year by a formula that reflects reductions in the national level of uninsured who are under 65 years of age. In other words, the greater the level of coverage for the uninsured nationally, the more the Medicare DSH payment pool will be reduced. Each hospital will then be paid, out of the reduced DSH payment pool, an amount allocated based upon its level of uncompensated care.

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In FFY 2015, the 75.0% portion of the Medicare DSH payment was reduced by 1.3% from FFY 2014 as a result of the change in the percentage of uninsured and the impact of hospitals that have undergone a merger.

The Affordable Care Act does not mandate what data source HHS must use to determine the reduction, if any, in the uninsured population nationally. In addition, with respect to defining “uncompensated care” for the purposes of the Medicare DSH reductions, the IPPS final rules for FFY 2014 and FFY 2015 provide that instead of actually measuring the amount of uncompensated care that is provided by DSH hospitals, CMS will use Medicaid days and Medicare Supplemental Security Income (“SSI”) days as proxies for determining levels of uncompensated care. While difficult to predict, the use of Medicaid and Medicare SSI days to approximate levels of uncompensated care could have an adverse effect on DSH hospitals that are located in states that have opted to not expand their Medicaid programs.

In addition to Medicare DSH funding, hospitals that provide care to a disproportionately high number of low-income patients may receive Medicaid DSH payments. The federal government distributes federal Medicaid DSH funds to each state based on a statutory formula. The states then distribute the DSH funding among qualifying hospitals. Although federal Medicaid law defines some level of hospitals that must receive Medicaid DSH funding, states have broad discretion to define additional hospitals that also may qualify for Medicaid DSH payments and the amount of such payments. As originally enacted, the Affordable Care Act reduced funding for the Medicaid DSH hospital program in FFYs 2014 through 2020 by the following amounts: 2014 ($500 million); 2015 ($600 million); 2016 ($600 million); 2017 ($1.8 billion); 2018 ($5 billion); 2019 ($5.6 billion); and 2020 ($4 billion). In addition, the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 (the “Tax Relief Act”) and the ATRA provide for additional Medicaid DSH reductions of $4.1 billion in FFY 2021 and $4.2 billion in FFY 2022, respectively. However, the Pathway Act repealed the Medicaid DSH reductions that were set to become effective in FFY 2014 and delayed the Medicaid DSH reductions that were set to become effective in FFY 2015 until FFY 2016. It also increased the Medicaid DSH reductions that were to become effective in FFY 2016 from $600 million to $1.2 billion and extended Medicaid DSH reductions through FFY 2023. PAMA further delays the Medicaid DSM reductions required by the Affordable Care Act that were scheduled to become effective in FFY 2016 to FFY 2017 and extends those reductions through FFY 2024. Under PAMA, the Medicaid DSH reductions will be $1.8 billion in FFY 2017, $4.7 billion in FFYs 2018 – 2020, $4.8 billion in FFY 2021, $5 billion in FFYs 2022 – 2023, and $4.4 billion in FFY 2024.

Accountable Care Organizations

The Affordable Care Act requires HHS to establish a Medicare Shared Savings Program that promotes accountability and coordination of care through the creation of accountable care organizations (“ACOs”). The Medicare Shared Savings Program allows providers (including hospitals), physicians and other designated professionals and suppliers to voluntarily work together to invest in infrastructure and redesign delivery processes to achieve high quality and efficient delivery of services. The program is intended to produce savings as a result of improved quality and operational efficiency. ACOs that achieve quality performance standards established by HHS will be eligible to share in a portion of the amounts saved by the Medicare program. To date, approximately 420 ACOs have been established to participate in the Medicare program, and additional ACOs are being established by private payors.

Bundled Payment Pilot Programs

The Affordable Care Act created the Center for Medicare & Medicaid Innovation (the “Innovation Center”) with responsibility for establishing demonstration projects and other initiatives in order to identify, develop, test and encourage the adoption of new methods of delivering and paying for healthcare that create savings under the Medicare and Medicaid programs while improving quality of care. One initiative announced by the Innovation Center is a voluntary bundled payment initiative involving over 400 participants that links payments to participating providers for services provided during an episode of care. As required by the Affordable Care Act, HHS established a separate five-year, voluntary, national pilot program on payment bundling for Medicare services. Under the program, organizations enter into payment arrangements that include financial and performance accountability for episodes of care, and these models are intended to lead to higher quality, more coordinated care at a lower cost to the Medicare program. Participating providers agree to receive one payment for services provided to Medicare patients for certain medical conditions or episodes of

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

care. The Affordable Care Act also provides for a bundled payment demonstration project for Medicaid services, but CMS has not yet implemented this project. HHS may select up to eight states to participate, and these state programs may target particular categories of beneficiaries, selected diagnoses or geographic regions of the state. The selected state programs will provide one payment for both hospital and physician services provided to Medicaid patients for certain episodes of inpatient care.

Specialty Hospital Limitations

Over the last decade, we have faced competition from hospitals that have physician ownership. The Affordable Care Act prohibits newly created physician-owned hospitals from billing for Medicare patients referred by their physician owners. While the Affordable Care Act grandfathers existing physician-owned hospitals, it does not allow these hospitals to increase the percentage of physician ownership and significantly restricts their ability to expand services. As of December 31, 2014, we operate one hospital through a joint venture with physicians in which we own a controlling interest.

Impact of Affordable Care Act on the Company

The expansion of health insurance coverage under the Affordable Care Act has resulted in an increase in the number of patients using our facilities who have either private or public program coverage. Further, the Affordable Care Act provides for a value-based purchasing program, which could create possible sources of additional revenue.

While the Affordable Care Act has had a positive impact on revenue, it is difficult to predict with great precision the timing or size of any potential revenue gains to us as a result of these elements of the Affordable Care Act, because of uncertainty surrounding a number of material factors, including the following:

how many previously uninsured individuals will ultimately obtain coverage as a result of the Affordable Care Act (the CBO made a number of assumptions to derive an estimate of 26 million, including how many individuals will ignore substantial subsidies and decide to pay the penalty rather than obtain health insurance, the number of individuals who will obtain insurance through an Exchange and the number of states that will expand their Medicaid programs);
what percentage of the future newly insured patients will be covered under the Medicaid program and what percentage will be covered by private health insurers;
the number of states that ultimately elect to expand their Medicaid programs and when that expansion occurs;
the extent to which states will enroll any new Medicaid participants in managed care programs;
the pace at which insurance coverage expands, including the pace of different types of coverage expansion;
the change, if any, in the volume of inpatient and outpatient hospital services that are sought by and provided to previously uninsured individuals;
the future rates paid to hospitals by private payers for newly covered individuals under different plans, including those covered through the newly created Exchanges and those who might be covered under the Medicaid program under contracts with the state;
the future rates paid by state governments under the Medicaid program for newly covered individuals;
how the value-based purchasing and other quality programs will be implemented;
the percentage of individuals in the Exchanges who select the high deductible plans and their ability to pay the deductibles;
whether the net effect of the Affordable Care Act, including the prohibition on excluding individuals based on pre-existing conditions, the requirement to keep medical costs lower than a specified percentage of premium revenue, other health insurance reforms and the annual fee applied

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to all health insurers, will be to put pressure on the bottom line of health insurers, which in turn might cause them to seek to reduce payments to hospitals with respect to both newly insured individuals and their existing business; and
the possibility that implementation of provisions expanding health insurance coverage will be overturned, delayed or even blocked due to court challenges or revised or eliminated as a result of court challenges and efforts to repeal or amend the new law.

On the other hand, the Affordable Care Act provides for significant reductions in the growth of Medicare spending, reductions in Medicare and Medicaid DSH payments and the establishment of programs where reimbursement is tied to quality and integration. Since 44.2% of our revenues in 2014 were from Medicare and Medicaid, collectively, reductions to these programs will significantly impact us and could offset any positive effects of the Affordable Care Act. It is difficult to predict with great precision the size of the revenue reductions to Medicare and Medicaid spending, because of uncertainty regarding a number of material factors, including the following:

the amount of overall revenues we will generate from Medicare and Medicaid business when the reductions are fully implemented;
whether reductions required by the Affordable Care Act will be changed by statute;
the size of the Affordable Care Act’s annual productivity adjustment to the market basket in future years;
the amount of the Medicare DSH reductions that will be made, commencing in FFY 2014;
the allocation to our hospitals of the Medicaid DSH reductions, commencing in FFY 2017;
what the losses in revenues will be, if any, from the Affordable Care Act’s quality initiatives;
how successful ACOs in which we participate, if any, will be at coordinating care and reducing costs;
the scope and nature of potential changes to Medicare reimbursement methods, such as an emphasis on bundling payments or coordination of care programs; and
reductions to Medicare payments CMS may impose for “excessive readmissions.”

Because of the many variables involved, we are unable to predict the future effect on the Company of the expected increases in insured individuals using our facilities, the reductions in Medicare spending and reductions in Medicare and Medicaid DSH funding, and numerous other provisions in the Affordable Care Act that may affect us. Additionally, in light of the U.S. Supreme Court’s ruling on the constitutionality of the Affordable Care Act, it is unclear how many states will ultimately implement the Medicaid expansion. Due to these factors, we are unable to predict with any reasonable certainty or otherwise quantify the future impact of the Affordable Care Act on our business model, financial condition or result of operations.

Competition for Patients

Our hospitals and other healthcare businesses operate in extremely competitive environments. Competition among healthcare providers occurs primarily at the local level. Accordingly, each facility develops its own strategies to address competition locally. A hospital’s position within the geographic area in which it operates is affected by a number of competitive factors, including, but not limited to:

the scope, breadth and quality of services a hospital offers to its patients and physicians;
whether new, competitive services are subject to certificate of need or other restrictions;
the number, quality and specialties of the physicians who admit and refer patients to the hospital;
nurses and other healthcare professionals employed by the hospital or on the hospital’s staff;
the hospital’s reputation;
its managed care contracting relationships;

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

its location and the location and number of competitive facilities and other healthcare alternatives;
the physical condition of its buildings and improvements;
the quality, age and state-of-the-art of its medical equipment;
its parking or proximity to public transportation;
the length of time it has been a part of the community;
the relative convenience of the manner in which care is provided (for example, whether services are available on an outpatient basis and whether services can be obtained quickly);
the choices made by the physicians on the medical staff of the hospital; and
the charges for its services.

In addition, tax-exempt competitors may have certain financial advantages not available to our facilities, such as endowments, charitable contributions, tax-exempt financing, and exemptions from sales, property and income taxes. In certain states, some not-for-profit hospitals are permitted by law to directly employ physicians while for-profit hospitals are prohibited from doing so.

We also face increasing competition from specialized care providers, including outpatient surgery, oncology, physical therapy and diagnostic centers, as well as competing services rendered in physician offices. To the extent that other providers are successful in developing specialized outpatient facilities, our market share for those specialized services will likely decrease. Physician competition also has increased as physicians, in some cases, have become equity owners in surgery centers and outpatient diagnostic centers to which they refer patients. Some of our hospitals have developed specialized outpatient facilities where necessary to compete with these other providers.

Competition for Professionals

Our hospitals must also compete for professional talent. A significant factor in our future success will be the ability of our hospitals to attract and retain physicians, as it is physicians who decide whether a patient is admitted to the hospital and the procedures to be performed. We seek to attract physicians by striving to employ excellent nurses, equipping our hospitals with technologically advanced equipment and an attractive, up-to-date physical plant, properly maintaining the equipment and physical plant, and otherwise creating an environment within which physicians choose to practice. While physicians may terminate their association with our hospitals at any time, we believe that by striving to maintain and improve the quality of care at our hospitals and by maintaining ethical and professional standards, our hospitals will be better positioned to attract and retain qualified physicians with a variety of specialties.

We also recruit physicians to the communities in which our hospitals are located. The types, amount and duration of compensation and assistance we can provide to recruited physicians are limited by the federal physician self-referral law (Stark law), the Anti-kickback Statute, state anti-kickback statutes, and related regulations. The Stark law requires, among other things, that recruitment assistance can only be provided to physicians who meet certain geographic and practice requirements, that the amount of assistance cannot be changed during the term of the recruitment agreement, and that the recruitment payments cannot generally benefit physicians currently in practice in the community beyond recruitment costs actually incurred. In addition to these legal requirements, there is competition from other communities and facilities for these physicians, and this competition continues after the physician begins practicing in one of our communities.

Many physicians today prefer to be employed, rather than operating their own practices or joining existing medical groups. Our hospitals and affiliated entities had more employed physicians at the end of 2014 than at the end of 2013. When employing office-based physicians, we also often employ office employees and other personnel necessary to support these physicians and incur additional expenses as a result. We expect this trend to continue.

We compete with other healthcare providers in recruiting and retaining qualified management and staff personnel responsible for the day-to-day operations of each of our hospitals, including nurses and other non-physician healthcare professionals. In some markets, the scarce availability of nurses and other medical

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

support personnel presents a significant operating issue. This shortage may require us to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain nurses and other medical support personnel, recruit personnel from foreign countries, and hire more expensive temporary personnel. We also depend on the available labor pool of semi-skilled and unskilled employees in each of the markets in which we operate.

Employees

At December 31, 2014, we had approximately 38,000 employees. The majority are hospital-based employees, including nursing staff, physical and occupational therapists, laboratory and radiology technicians, pharmacy staff, facility maintenance workers and the administrative staffs of our hospitals. Additionally, we employ a number of physicians. We are subject to federal minimum wage and hour laws and various state labor laws, and we maintain a number of different employee benefit plans. Approximately 1,200 of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements. We consider our employee relations to be generally good. Some of our hospitals experience union organizing activity from time to time; however, we do not currently expect any of these efforts to materially affect our future operations.

Government Regulation

Overview

All participants in the healthcare industry are required to comply with extensive government regulations at the federal, state and local levels. Under these laws and regulations, hospitals must meet requirements for licensure and to qualify to participate in government healthcare programs, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs. These requirements relate to the adequacy of medical care, equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures, maintenance of adequate records, rate-setting, compliance with building codes and environmental protection laws. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we may be subject to criminal penalties and civil sanctions, and our hospitals may lose their licenses and ability to participate in Medicare and Medicaid. In addition, government regulations frequently change. When regulations change, we may be required to make changes in our facilities, equipment, personnel and services so that our hospitals remain licensed and qualified to participate in these programs. We believe that our hospitals are in substantial compliance with current federal, state and local regulations and standards.

Acute care hospitals are subject to periodic inspection by federal, state and local authorities to determine their compliance with applicable regulations and requirements necessary for licensing, certification and accreditation. All of our hospitals are currently licensed under appropriate state laws and are qualified to participate in the Medicare and Medicaid programs. In addition, as of December 31, 2014, with the exception of Bluegrass, Bell and Meyersdale, all of our hospitals were accredited by the Joint Commission.

Utilization Review

Federal law contains numerous provisions designed to ensure that services rendered by hospitals to Medicare and Medicaid patients meet professionally recognized standards and are medically necessary and that claims for reimbursement are properly filed. These provisions include a requirement that a sampling of admissions of Medicare and Medicaid patients must be reviewed by quality improvement organizations, which review the appropriateness of Medicare and Medicaid patient admissions and discharges, the quality of care provided, the validity of MS-DRG classifications and the appropriateness of cases of extraordinary length of stay or cost on a post-discharge basis. Quality improvement organizations may deny payment for services or assess fines and also have the authority to recommend to HHS that a provider which is in substantial noncompliance with the standards of the quality improvement organization be excluded from participation in the Medicare program. Utilization review is also a requirement of most non-governmental managed care organizations.

Value-Based Purchasing

There is a trend in the healthcare industry toward value-based purchasing of healthcare services. These value-based purchasing programs include both public reporting of quality data and preventable adverse events tied to the quality and efficiency of care provided by facilities. Governmental programs including Medicare and Medicaid currently require hospitals to report certain quality data to receive full reimbursement updates. In addition, Medicare does not reimburse for care related to certain preventable adverse events, reduces

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

payments to hospitals that have high HAC rates and rewards hospitals that meet or exceed certain quality performance standards established by CMS. Many large commercial payers currently require hospitals to report quality data, and several commercial payers also do not reimburse hospitals for certain preventable adverse events.

In 2011, we were selected by HHS to participate in the Hospital Engagement Network as part of the nationwide Partnership for Patients Initiative designed to reduce injuries to patients in a hospital setting as well as minimize exposure to preventable illnesses through 2013. Subsequently, in 2013, we were selected to participate in a one year extension under the program. As part of our participation in the project, we received funding from HHS throughout 2014 to sponsor various types of training and education focused on patient safety and quality of care.

Fraud and Abuse Laws

Participation in Medicare and/or Medicaid programs is heavily regulated by federal statutes and regulations. If a hospital fails to comply substantially with the numerous federal laws governing the facility’s activities, the hospital’s participation in the Medicare and/or Medicaid programs may be terminated, and/or civil or criminal penalties may be imposed. For example, a hospital may lose its ability to participate in Medicare and/or Medicaid programs if it performs, among other things, any of the following acts:

making claims to Medicare and/or Medicaid for services not provided or misrepresenting actual services provided in order to obtain higher payments;
paying money to induce the referral of patients or purchase of items or services where such items or services are reimbursable under a federal or state healthcare program; or
failing to provide appropriate emergency medical screening services to any individual who comes to a hospital’s campus or otherwise failing to properly treat and transfer emergency patients.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) broadened the scope of the fraud and abuse laws by adding several criminal statutes that apply to all health plans regardless of whether any payments by such plans are made by or through a federal healthcare program. In addition, HIPAA created civil penalties for certain proscribed conduct, including upcoding and billing for medically unnecessary goods or services and established new enforcement mechanisms to combat fraud and abuse. These new mechanisms include a bounty system, where a portion of the payments recovered is returned to the applicable government agency, as well as a whistleblower program. HIPAA also expanded the categories of persons that may be excluded from participation in federal and state healthcare programs.

The Anti-kickback Statute prohibits the payment, receipt, offer or solicitation of anything of value, whether in cash or in kind, with the intent of generating referrals or orders for services or items covered by a federal or state healthcare program. Violations of the Anti-kickback Statute are punishable by criminal and civil fines, exclusion from federal and state healthcare programs, imprisonment and damages up to three times the total dollar amount involved.

The Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) of HHS is responsible for identifying fraud and abuse activities in government programs. In order to fulfill its duties, the OIG performs audits, investigations and inspections. In addition, it provides guidance to healthcare providers by identifying types of activities that could violate the Anti-kickback Statute. The OIG has identified the following hospital/physician incentive arrangements as potential violations:

payment of any incentive by a hospital based on physician referrals of patients to the hospital;
use of free or significantly discounted office space or equipment;
provision of free or significantly discounted billing, nursing or other staff services;
free training (other than compliance training) for a physician’s office staff, including management and laboratory technique training;
guarantees which provide that if a physician’s income fails to reach a predetermined level, the hospital will pay any portion of the remainder;

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

low-interest or interest-free loans, or loans which may be forgiven if a physician refers patients to the hospital;
payment of the costs for a physician’s travel and expenses for conferences;
payment of services which require few, if any, substantive duties by the physician or which are in excess of the fair market value of the services rendered; or
purchasing goods or services from physicians at prices in excess of their fair market value.

We have a variety of financial relationships with physicians who refer patients to our hospitals, including employment contracts, leases, joint ventures, independent contractor agreements and professional service agreements. Physicians may also own shares of our common stock. We provide financial incentives to recruit physicians to relocate to communities served by our hospitals. These incentives for relocation include minimum revenue guarantees and, in some cases, loans. The OIG is authorized to publish regulations outlining activities and business relationships that would be deemed not to violate the Anti-kickback Statute. These regulations are known as “safe harbor” regulations. Failure to comply with the safe harbor regulations does not make conduct illegal, but instead the safe harbors delineate standards that, if complied with, protect conduct that might otherwise be deemed in violation of the Anti-kickback Statute. We intend for all our business arrangements to be in full compliance with the Anti-kickback Statute and seek to structure each of our arrangements with physicians to fit as closely as possible within an applicable safe harbor. However, not all of our business arrangements fit wholly within safe harbors, so we cannot guarantee that these arrangements will not be scrutinized by government authorities or, if scrutinized, that they will be determined to be in compliance with the Anti-kickback Statute or other applicable laws. If we violate the Anti-kickback Statute, we would be subject to criminal and civil penalties and/or possible exclusion from participating in Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental healthcare programs.

The Stark law prohibits physicians from referring Medicare and Medicaid patients to selected types of healthcare entities in which they or any of their immediate family members have ownership or a compensation relationship unless an exception applies. These types of referrals are commonly known as “self referrals”. A violation of the Stark law may result in a denial of payment and require refunds to patients and the Medicare program for all claims that were unlawfully submitted during the entire period that the violation existed, civil monetary penalties of up to $15,000 for each violation, civil monetary penalties of up to $100,000 for circumvention schemes, civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each day that an entity fails to report required information to HHS, and exclusion from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs and other federal programs. In addition, violations of the Stark law could also result in penalties under the federal False Claims Act. There are ownership and compensation arrangement exceptions to the self-referral prohibition. There are also exceptions for many of the customary financial arrangements between physicians and facilities, including employment contracts, leases and recruitment agreements, and there is a “whole hospital exception,” which allows a physician to make a referral to a hospital if the physician owns an interest in the entire hospital, as opposed to an ownership interest in a department of the hospital. The Affordable Care Act significantly modified the requirements of the whole hospital exception and placed a number of restrictions on the ownership structure, operations, and expansion of physician owned hospitals. One of our facilities is subject to those requirements. We intend for our financial arrangements with physicians to comply with the exceptions included in the Stark law and regulations. In recent years, CMS has issued a number of proposed and final rules modifying the Stark law exceptions. While some changes have been implemented, others remain in proposed form or have been delayed. Further, the Stark law and related regulations have been subject to little judicial interpretation to date. We anticipate that there will be further changes in the future that will require us to continue to modify our activities.

In addition to issuing new regulations, or applying new interpretations to existing rules or regulations, the federal government has modified its approach for ensuring compliance with and enforcing penalties for violations of the Stark law. In 2010, CMS also issued a “self-referral disclosure protocol” for hospitals and other providers that wish to self-disclose potential violations of the Stark law and attempt to resolve those potential violations and any related overpayment liabilities at levels below the maximum penalties and amounts set forth in the statute.

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Federal False Claims Act

The federal False Claims Act prohibits providers from, among other things, knowingly submitting false or fraudulent claims for payment to the federal government. The federal False Claims Act defines the term “knowingly” broadly, and while simple negligence generally will not give rise to liability, submitting a claim with reckless disregard to its truth or falsity can constitute the “knowing” submission of a false or fraudulent claim for the purposes of the False Claims Act. The “qui tam” or “whistleblower” provisions of the False Claims Act allow private individuals to bring actions under the False Claims Act on behalf of the government. These private parties are entitled to share in any amounts recovered by the government, and, as a result, the number of “whistleblower” lawsuits that have been filed against providers has increased significantly in recent years. When a private party brings a qui tam action under the federal False Claims Act, the defendant will generally not be aware of the lawsuit until the government makes a determination whether it will intervene and take a lead in the litigation. If a provider is found to be liable under the federal False Claims Act, the provider may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government plus mandatory civil monetary penalties of between $5,500 to $11,000 for each separate false claim. The government has used the federal False Claims Act to prosecute Medicare and other government healthcare program fraud such as coding errors, billing for services not provided, submitting false cost reports, and providing care that is not medically necessary or that is substandard in quality.

Changes in the Regulatory Environment

The Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act of 2009 (“FERA”) expanded the scope of the federal False Claims Act by, among other things, creating liability for knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing an obligation to pay money to the federal government and broadening protections for whistleblowers. In addition, the Affordable Care Act made several significant changes to healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including providing additional enforcement tools to the government, increasing cooperation between agencies by establishing mechanisms for the sharing of information and enhancing criminal and administrative penalties for non-compliance. For example, the Affordable Care Act (1) provides $350 million in increased federal funding over 10 years to fight healthcare fraud, waste and abuse; (2) expands the scope of the RAC program to include Medicaid; (3) authorizes HHS, in consultation with the OIG, to suspend Medicare and Medicaid payments to a provider of services or a supplier “pending an investigation of a credible allegation of fraud;” (4) provides Medicare contractors with additional flexibility to conduct random prepayment reviews; and (5) requires providers to adopt compliance programs that meet certain specified requirements as a condition of their Medicare enrollment. The Affordable Care Act also expanded the scope of the False Claims Act to cover payments in connection with health insurance exchanges if those payments include any federal funds and provides that claims submitted in connection with patient referrals that result from violations of the Stark law or the Anti-kickback Statute constitute false claims for the purposes of the federal False Claims Act.

In addition to the changes mentioned above, the Affordable Care Act created federal False Claims Act liability for the knowing failure to report and return an overpayment within 60 days of the identification of the overpayment or the date by which a corresponding cost report is due, whichever is later. To avoid liability, providers must, among other things, carefully and accurately code claims for reimbursement, promptly return overpayments, and accurately prepare cost reports. In light of the provisions of FERA and the Affordable Care Act relating to reporting and refunding overpayments and the robust funding for enforcement activities and audits, an increasing number of health care providers have self-reported potential violations of law, including technical violations of certain fraud and abuse laws, and refunded overpayments to avoid incurring fines and penalties. It is likely such refunds and voluntary disclosures will continue in the future, and we will make such refunds and disclosures in accordance with the law.

State Laws

Many of the states in which we operate have adopted laws similar to the Anti-kickback Statute and the Stark law. These state laws are generally very broad in scope and typically apply to patients whose treatment is covered by the Medicaid program and, in some cases, to all patients regardless of payment source. In addition, many of the states in which we operate have false claims statutes that impose civil and/or criminal liability for the types of acts prohibited by the federal False Claims Act or that otherwise prohibit the submission of false or fraudulent claims to the state government or Medicaid program. Violations of these

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

laws are punishable by civil and/or criminal penalties and, in many cases, the loss of the facility’s license. Although we believe that our operations and arrangements with physicians and other referral sources comply with the applicable state fraud and abuse laws, most of these laws have not been interpreted by any court or governmental agency, and there can be no assurance that the regulatory authorities responsible for enforcing these laws will determine that our arrangements comply with the applicable requirements.

Emergency Medical Treatment and Active Labor Act

All of our facilities are subject to the Emergency Medical Treatment and Active Labor Act (“EMTALA”). This federal law requires any hospital that participates in the Medicare program to conduct an appropriate medical screening examination of every person who presents to the hospital’s emergency department for treatment and, if the patient is suffering from an emergency medical condition, to either stabilize that condition or make an appropriate transfer of the patient to a facility that can handle the condition. The obligation to screen and stabilize emergency medical conditions or transfer exists regardless of a patient’s ability to pay for treatment. Off-campus facilities such as specialty clinics, surgery centers and other facilities that lack emergency departments or otherwise do not treat emergency medical conditions are not generally subject to the EMTALA. They must, however, have policies in place that explain how the location should proceed in an emergency situation, such as transferring the patient to the closest hospital with an emergency department. There are severe penalties under the EMTALA if a hospital fails to screen or appropriately stabilize or transfer a patient or if the hospital delays appropriate treatment in order to first inquire about the patient’s ability to pay, including civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in the Medicare program. In addition, an injured patient, the patient’s family or a medical facility that suffers a financial loss as a direct result of another hospital’s violation of the law can bring a civil suit against that other hospital. CMS has actively enforced the EMTALA and has indicated that it will continue to do so in the future. Although we believe that our hospitals comply with the EMTALA, we cannot predict whether CMS will implement new requirements in the future and, if so, whether our hospitals will comply with any new requirements.

Administrative Simplification Provisions and Privacy and Security Requirements

We are subject to the administrative simplification provisions of HIPAA which require the use of uniform electronic data transmission standards for healthcare claims and payment transactions submitted or received electronically. These provisions are intended to encourage electronic commerce in the healthcare industry. In January 2009, CMS published its 10th revision of International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (“ICD-10”) and related changes to the formats used for certain electronic transactions. ICD-10 contains significantly more diagnostic and procedural codes than the existing ICD-9 coding system, and as a result, the coding for the services provided in our hospitals and clinics will require much greater specificity. Implementation of ICD-10 will require a significant investment in technology and training. We may experience delays in reimbursement while our facilities and the payors from which we seek reimbursement make the transition to ICD-10. While HIPAA originally required implementation of ICD-10 to be achieved by October 1, 2013, CMS extended this deadline to October 1, 2014, and PAMA further delayed the effective date of the ICD-10 transition to October 1, 2015. If any of our hospitals fail to implement the new coding system by the deadline, the affected hospital will not be paid for services. We are not able to predict the overall financial impact of the Company’s transition to ICD-10.

Additionally, we are subject to the privacy and security requirements of HIPAA and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (the “HITECH Act”), which are designed to protect the confidentiality, availability and integrity of health information. The HIPAA privacy and security regulations apply to health plans, health care clearinghouses, and healthcare providers that transmit health information in an electronic form in connection with HIPAA standard transactions. The HIPAA privacy standards, which apply to individually identifiable health information held or disclosed by a covered entity in any form, whether communicated electronically, on paper or orally, impose extensive administrative requirements on us, require our compliance with rules governing the use and disclosure of this health information, and require us to impose these rules, by contract, on any business associate to whom we disclose such information in order to perform functions on our behalf. They also create rights for patients in their health information, such as the right to access and amend their health information and to request an accounting for certain disclosures of their health information. The HIPAA security standards require us to

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

establish and maintain reasonable and appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to ensure the integrity, confidentiality and the availability of electronic health information and to perform ongoing assessments of the potential risks and vulnerabilities to the confidentiality, integrity and availability of such information. Our facilities continue to remain subject to any state laws that are more restrictive than the privacy and security regulations issued under HIPAA. In addition, the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) has ruled that Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act gives the FTC the authority to regulate as unfair business practices companies’ inadequate data security programs that may expose consumers to fraud, identity theft and privacy intrusions, including the security programs of entities subject to HIPAA regulation. We believe that we are in material compliance with the privacy and security requirements of HIPAA and other applicable state and federal laws.

The HITECH Act, among other things, strengthened the HIPAA privacy and security regulations, significantly increased the penalties for violations of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations, created a private cause of action for state attorneys general for certain HIPAA violations, and extended many of HIPAA’s privacy and security provisions to business associates. The HITECH Act also created a federal breach notification law that mirrors protections that many states have passed in recent years. This law requires us to notify affected individuals, and, in some cases, the Secretary of HHS and prominent local media outlets, of any unauthorized access, acquisition, or disclosure of an individual’s unsecured protected health information that has been compromised. In 2011, HHS initiated a pilot audit program that ran through December 2012 in the first phase of HHS implementation of the HITECH Act’s requirements of periodic audits of covered entities and business associates to ensure their compliance with the HIPAA privacy and security regulations and the breach notification requirements. In 2014, HHS announced its plan to survey about 800 organizations as the first step in selecting organizations for the next round of HIPAA audits, which are expected to occur in 2015. HHS officials have indicated that these audits will consist of a combination of remote desk audits and comprehensive onsite evaluations of covered entities and business associates and will focus on compliance with the HIPAA privacy, security and breach notification rules. HHS officials have also indicated that these audits could lead to compliance reviews or enforcement actions against organizations that fail to respond appropriately to audit requests or for which an audit reveals significant compliance issues. We cannot predict whether our hospitals will be selected for any future audit or the results of any such audit.

On January 17, 2013, HHS issued a final HIPAA omnibus rule (the “Final HIPAA Rule”), which became effective on March 26, 2013, that modified prior HIPAA regulations and implemented many of the provisions of the HITECH Act. Our facilities were required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Final HIPAA Rule beginning on September 23, 2013, except that certain agreements with business associates qualified for an extended compliance date of September 23, 2014. The Final HIPAA Rule modifications include, among other things: making our facilities’ business associates directly liable for compliance with certain of the requirements of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations; making our facilities liable for the actions of their business associates if HHS determines an agency relationship exists between the facility and the business associate under federal agency law; requiring modifications to existing agreements with business associates; adding limitations on the use and disclosure of health information for marketing and fundraising purposes, and prohibiting the sale of health information without individual authorization; expanding our patients’ rights to receive electronic copies of their health information and to restrict disclosures to a health plan concerning treatment for which our patient has paid out of pocket in full; requiring modifications to, and redistribution of, our facilities’ notice of privacy practices; rules addressing enforcement of noncompliance with HIPAA due to willful neglect; an increased and tiered civil money penalty structure; and modifications to the breach notification rules that replace the “risk of harm” standard with a “low probability of compromise” standard, which would require our facilities to prepare a four factor risk assessment for impermissible uses and disclosures of unsecured protected health information. We cannot predict the financial impact to our facilities in implementing the provisions of the Final HIPAA Rule.

Violations of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations may result in civil and criminal penalties. The HITECH Act and Final HIPAA Rule significantly increased the penalties for violations by introducing a tiered penalty system reflecting increasing levels of culpability, with penalties of up to $50,000 per violation with a maximum civil penalty of $1.5 million for violations of the same requirement in a calendar year. The HITECH Act and Final HIPAA Rule also extended the application of certain provisions of the security and

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

privacy regulations to business associates and imposes direct civil and criminal liability on business associates for violation of the HIPAA regulations. The HITECH Act also authorizes state attorneys general to bring civil actions seeking either injunction or damages up to $25,000 for violations of the same requirement in a calendar year in response to violations of HIPAA privacy and security regulations that affect their state residents. The applicable state laws regulating the privacy and security of patient health information could impose additional penalties. We expect increased enforcement of the requirements of HIPAA, the HITECH Act, and the Final HIPAA Rule by HHS and state attorneys general.

Corporate Practice of Medicine and Fee-Splitting

Some states have laws that prohibit unlicensed persons or business entities, including corporations or business organizations that own hospitals, from employing physicians. Some states also have adopted laws that prohibit direct or indirect payments or fee-splitting arrangements between physicians and unlicensed persons or business entities. Possible sanctions for violations of these restrictions include loss of a physician’s license, civil and criminal penalties and rescission of business arrangements. These laws vary from state to state, are often vague and have seldom been interpreted by the courts or regulatory agencies. We attempt to structure our arrangements with healthcare providers to comply with the relevant state laws and the few available regulatory interpretations.

Certificates of Need

The construction of new facilities, the acquisition or expansion of existing facilities and the addition of new services and expensive equipment at our facilities may be subject to state laws that require prior approval by state regulatory agencies. These certificate of need laws generally require that a state agency determine the public need and give approval prior to the construction or acquisition of facilities or the addition of the new equipment or services and allow competing healthcare providers to challenge the need for the facility, service or equipment. We operate hospitals in twelve states that have adopted certificate of need laws — Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Michigan, Mississippi, Nevada, North Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia and West Virginia. If we fail to obtain necessary state approval, we will not be able to expand our facilities, complete acquisitions or add new services at our facilities in these states. Violation of these state laws may result in the imposition of civil sanctions or the revocation of hospital licenses. All other states in which we operate do not require a certificate of need prior to the initiation of new healthcare services. In these other states, our facilities are subject to competition from other providers who may choose to enter the market by developing new facilities or services.

Not-for-Profit Hospital Conversion Legislation

Many states have adopted legislation regarding the sale or other disposition of hospitals operated by not-for-profit entities. In states that do not have such legislation, the attorneys general have demonstrated an interest in reviewing these transactions under their general obligations to protect charitable assets. These legislative and administrative efforts primarily focus on the appropriate valuation of the assets divested and the use of the proceeds of the sale by the not-for-profit seller. Reviews and, in some instances, approval processes adopted by state authorities can add additional time to the closing of a not-for-profit hospital acquisition. Future actions by state legislators or attorneys general may seriously delay or even prevent our ability to acquire certain hospitals.

State Hospital Rate-Setting Activity

We currently operate two hospitals in West Virginia. The West Virginia Health Care Authority requires that requests for increases in hospital charges be submitted annually. Requests for rate increases are reviewed by the West Virginia Health Care Authority and are either approved at the amount requested, approved for lower amounts than requested, or are rejected. As a result, in West Virginia, our ability to increase our rates to compensate for increased costs per admission is limited, and the operating margins for our hospitals located in West Virginia may be adversely affected if we are not able to increase our rates as our expenses increase. We can provide no assurance that other states in which we operate hospitals will not enact similar rate-setting laws in the future.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medical Malpractice Tort Law Reform

Medical malpractice tort law has historically been maintained at the state level. All states have laws governing medical liability lawsuits. Over half of the states have limits on damages awards. Almost all states have eliminated joint and several liability in malpractice lawsuits, and many states have established limits on attorney fees. Recently, many states had bills introduced in their legislative sessions to address medical malpractice tort reform. Proposed solutions include enacting limits on non-economic damages, malpractice insurance reform, and gathering lawsuit claims data from malpractice insurance companies and the courts for the purpose of assessing the connection between malpractice settlements and premium rates. Reform legislation has also been proposed, but not adopted, at the federal level that could preempt additional state legislation in this area.

Environmental Regulation

Our healthcare operations generate medical waste that must be disposed of in compliance with federal, state and local environmental laws, rules and regulations. Our operations, as well as our purchases and sales of healthcare facilities, are also subject to compliance with various other environmental laws, rules and regulations. Such compliance costs are not significant, and we do not anticipate that such compliance costs will be significant in the future.

Regulatory Compliance Program

It is our policy to conduct our business with integrity and in compliance with the law. We have in place and continue to enhance a company-wide compliance program that focuses on all areas of regulatory compliance including billing, reimbursement, cost reporting practices and contractual arrangements with referral sources.

This regulatory compliance program is intended to help ensure that high standards of conduct are maintained in the operation of our business and that policies and procedures are implemented so that employees act in full compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and company policies. Under the regulatory compliance program, every employee and certain contractors involved in patient care, coding and billing, receive initial and periodic legal compliance and ethics training. In addition, we regularly monitor our ongoing compliance efforts and develop and implement policies and procedures designed to foster compliance with the law. The program also includes a mechanism for employees to report, without fear of retaliation, any suspected legal or ethical violations to their supervisors, designated compliance officers in our hospitals, our compliance hotline or directly to our corporate compliance office. We believe our compliance program is consistent with standard industry practices.

The Audit and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors oversees the Company’s compliance efforts, and receives periodic reports from the Company’s compliance and audit services groups, as well as guidelines, policies and processes for monitoring and mitigating risk relating to the financial statements and financial reporting processes, key credit risks, liquidity risks and market risks. The Company’s Quality Committee also plays a significant role in evaluating clinical performance and industry practices.

Risk Management and Insurance

We retain a substantial portion of our professional and general liability risks through a self-insurance retention (“SIR”) insurance program administered in-house by our risk department with assistance from our insurance brokers. At December 31, 2014, our SIR is $5.0 million with a $5.0 million inner aggregate per claim. Our SIR level is evaluated annually as a part of our insurance program’s renewal process. We maintain professional and general liability insurance with unrelated commercial insurance carriers to provide for losses in excess of the SIR.

Our workers’ compensation program has a $1.0 million deductible for each loss in all states except for Wyoming. Workers’ compensation in Wyoming operates under a state specific program.

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We also maintain directors’ and officers’, property and other types of insurance coverage with unrelated commercial carriers. Our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for current officers and directors is a program that protects us as well as the individual director or officer. We maintain property insurance through an unrelated commercial insurance company. We maintain large property insurance deductibles with respect to our facilities in coastal regions because of the high wind exposure and the related cost of such coverage. We have two locations that are considered a high exposure to named-storm risk and carry a deductible of 5% of their respective property values.

We operate a captive insurance company under the name Point of Life Indemnity, Ltd. This captive insurance company, which is licensed by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of LifePoint, issues malpractice insurance policies to our employed physicians in addition to providing workers’ compensation deductible coverage.

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

There are several factors, some beyond our control that could cause results to differ significantly from our expectations. Some of these factors are described below. Other factors, such as market, operational, liquidity, interest rate and other risks, are described elsewhere in this report (see, for example, Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations). Any factor described in this report could by itself, or together with one or more factors, adversely affect our business, results of operations and/or financial condition. There may be factors not described in this report that could also cause results to differ from our expectations.

Our revenues will decline if federal or state programs reduce our Medicare or Medicaid payments or if managed care companies reduce reimbursement amounts. In addition, the financial condition of payors and healthcare cost containment initiatives may limit our revenues and profitability.

In 2014, we derived 44.2% of our revenues from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, collectively. Numerous factors could materially decrease, or delay timing of, Medicare and Medicaid payments to our facilities. These factors include statutory and regulatory changes, administrative rulings and determinations concerning patient and provider eligibility, the method of calculating reimbursements and requirements for utilization review. Furthermore, the Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Pathway Act and PAMA, the Tax Relief Act and the ATRA provide for material scheduled reductions in the growth of Medicare and Medicaid program spending, including reductions in market basket updates and DSH funding.

Medicaid programs, which are jointly funded by federal and state governments and are administered by states, provide healthcare benefits to qualifying individuals who are unable to afford care. A number of states have adopted or are considering legislation designed to reduce their Medicaid expenditures, including enrolling Medicaid recipients in managed care programs and imposing additional taxes on hospitals to help finance such states’ Medicaid systems.

In addition, revenues from HMOs, PPOs, insurance companies, employers and other private payors are the result of negotiated rates. These rates may decline based on renegotiations and the respective bargaining power of the parties. In addition, the general trend towards further consolidation among private payors should increase their bargaining power over fee structures. As a result, payors increasingly are demanding discounted fee structures or the assumption by healthcare providers of all or a portion of the financial risk related to paying for care provided. This includes moving away from a percent of charge payment structure to a fixed payment, which typically reduces our reimbursement rate and limits our ability to raise prices going forward. The impact of these changes is magnified by the fact that many individuals and employers have moved to private payor plans Low cost plans purchased through the healthcare exchanges are also increasingly using narrow and tiered networks that limit beneficiary provider choices, restrict or exclude our facilities or impose significantly higher cost sharing obligations when care is obtained from providers in a disfavored tier.

Efforts to impose greater discounts and more stringent cost controls by government and private payors will continue, thereby reducing the payments we receive for our services. As reimbursement from payors is reduced, if we are excluded from more payor networks or if the scope of services covered by payors is limited, there could be a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

We cannot predict with a great level of precision the effect that the Affordable Care Act and its ongoing implementation may have on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Affordable Care Act continues to alter the U.S. healthcare system by decreasing the number of uninsured Americans and through its attempts to reduce the overall cost of healthcare. The Affordable Care Act attempts to achieve these goals by, among other things, requiring most Americans to obtain health insurance, providing additional funding for Medicaid in states that choose to expand their programs, reducing Medicare and Medicaid DSH payments to providers, expanding the Medicare program’s use of value-based purchasing programs, tying hospital payments to the satisfaction of certain quality criteria, bundling payments to hospitals and other providers, and instituting certain private health insurance reforms. Certain of the reductions in Medicare spending, such as negative adjustments to the hospital inpatient and outpatient prospective payment system market basket updates and the revision of annual inflation updates have already

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

become effective, but many of the other cost-containment measures, including planned payment reductions, are scheduled to take place over coming years.

During 2014, and primarily as a result of the expansion of state Medicaid programs, we experienced an increase in revenues from providing care to certain previously uninsured individuals. While we expect this trend to continue, the future impact and timing of such coverage expansion, and utilization of care by newly-insured individuals, remains difficult to predict and may not offset scheduled decreases in reimbursement. Only eight of the states in which we operate have decided to implement expansions to their Medicaid programs. Accordingly, some low-income persons in other states that are not expanding Medicaid will not have insurance coverage as intended by the Affordable Care Act.

The U.S. Supreme Court has also agreed to hear a case known as King v. Burwell during 2015. This case challenges the extension of premium subsidies to individuals residing in the 37 states that have federally-run health insurance exchanges. If the U.S. Supreme Court decides that the Affordable Care Act does not authorize premium subsidies to federally-run health insurance exchange participants, the decision would likely make it more difficult for uninsured individuals in those states to purchase coverage, upset the private insurance market and otherwise significantly affect implementation of the Affordable Care Act, in a manner that results in higher than projected numbers of uninsured individuals.

A number of the provisions of the Affordable Care Act that were scheduled to become effective in 2014, such as the employer mandate, the Small Business Health Option Program, the state-run exchange verification of income and Medicaid agency electronic notification of eligibility for tax credit and subsidy requirements, have been delayed until 2015 or 2016. Additional delays in the implementation of these or other provisions of the Affordable Care Act could be imposed in the future. We are unable to predict with a high level of precision how providers, payors, employers and other market participants will continue to respond to the various reform provisions because certain provisions are scheduled for implementation over the coming years. Furthermore, several bills have been and may continue to be introduced in Congress to delay, defund or repeal implementation of or amend all significant provisions of the Affordable Care Act. As a result of these factors and numerous other variables, including the law’s complexity and the lack of complete implementing regulations and interpretive guidance, we are unable to predict with any certainty the future net effect of the Affordable Care Act on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We conduct a significant portion of our operations through joint ventures, which may expose us to risks and uncertainties.

For financial or strategic reasons, we conduct much of our business through joint ventures. By far the largest of our joint ventures is Duke LifePoint Healthcare, which is owned by the Company and a wholly-controlled affiliate of Duke, and which currently operates twelve hospital campuses in four states. In recent years, most of our large acquisitions have been conducted through Duke LifePoint Healthcare.

While we own a substantial majority of the equity in Duke LifePoint Healthcare, the long term success of Duke LifePoint Healthcare is dependent on ongoing collaboration and the alignment of our interests with those of Duke. In the event of a material disagreement with Duke or the breach of our joint venture agreement, Duke LifePoint Healthcare may be subject to dissolution, unwinding or purchase of either party’s interest, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations. Even if Duke LifePoint Healthcare is not dissolved or unwound, our inability to involve Duke LifePoint Healthcare in our acquisitions and future operations could make it more difficult to source new targets or win competitive bidding processes, and our revenue or earnings growth may be hindered.

We may encounter difficulty operating, integrating and improving financial performance at acquired hospitals. If we acquire hospitals with unknown or contingent liabilities, we could become liable for material obligations.

We may be unable to timely and effectively integrate hospitals that we acquire with our ongoing operations. Many of the hospitals we have acquired had, or future acquisitions may have, significantly lower operating margins than we do and/or operating losses prior to the time we acquired or will acquire them. In the past, we have occasionally experienced delays in improving the operating margins or effectively integrating the operations of our acquired hospitals and we may experience such delays in implementing

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

operating procedures and systems in newly or future acquired hospitals. Integrating an acquired hospital could be expensive and time consuming and could disrupt our ongoing business, negatively affect cash flow and distract management and other key personnel.

We must integrate complex information, accounting and operational systems and internal controls over financial reporting of acquired hospitals into our existing systems and internal controls. While we devote a significant amount of employee and management resources on these integrations, we also rely heavily on third parties for systems integration. Our efforts to integrate new facilities, including causing those third parties to convert our newly acquired hospitals’ systems, may fail or be significantly delayed. Failure to timely and effectively integrate or convert any of these systems could cause business interruption, affect physician and staff morale and our ability to accurately manage accounting, clinical, compliance and operational functions. As our acquisitions have become and may continue to become larger, any such failure could cause a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Businesses we have acquired, or businesses we acquire in the future, may have unknown or contingent liabilities for past activities, including liabilities for failure to comply with laws and regulations, medical and general professional malpractice liabilities, worker’s compensation or other employee-related liabilities, previous tax liabilities and unacceptable business or accounting practices. Although we endeavor to obtain contractual indemnification from sellers covering these matters, any indemnification obtained from sellers may be insufficient to cover material claims or liabilities for past activities of acquired businesses. In addition, the actions we take to resolve compliance or regulatory issues within acquired facilities may affect our revenue or results of operations.

Changes to Medicaid supplemental payment programs may materially and adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

Medicaid supplemental payments (“MSPs”) are payments made to providers separate from and in addition to those made at a state’s standard Medicaid payment rate. The two most prevalent forms of MSPs are DSH and Upper Payment Limit (“UPL”) payments. Medicaid DSH payments are federally required to be made by the states to hospitals that serve significant numbers of Medicaid and uninsured patients in recognition of the added costs incurred by hospitals in treating these patients. The total amount of Medicaid DSH payments a state may make and the total amount any one hospital may receive are both capped by federal law. Unlike Medicaid DSH payments, UPL payments are not required to be made by states under federal law. Rather, federal regulations establish an upper payment limit above which states may not receive federal matching dollars.

MSP programs are jointly financed by state funds and federal matching funds. The state portion may be funded through general revenue, intergovernmental transfers from local governments or healthcare related taxes (“Provider Taxes”) imposed by states in the form of a mandatory provider payment related to healthcare items or services.

Pursuant to the Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Pathway Act and PAMA, funding for Medicaid DSH programs is to be significantly reduced beginning in FFY 2017. Because most of the states in which we operate have not expanded Medicaid programs as intended under the Affordable Care Act, the reduction in Medicaid DSH payments may take place without a coupled increase in the Medicaid eligible population, thus increasing the net amount of uncompensated care we provide.

UPL programs have expanded in recent years and related MSPs to our hospitals have similarly increased as states use UPL programs as a way to avoid or mitigate reimbursement cuts to providers. There are several factors that could adversely affect a state’s UPL program and the UPL MSPs hospitals receive. In calculating a state’s UPL, only services utilized by Medicaid beneficiaries paid on a fee-for-service basis may be counted. Services provided to Medicaid beneficiaries enrolled in managed care are not included in state UPL calculations, and as many states increase the use of managed care Medicaid programs UPL MSPs could be reduced. Some states that provide MSPs are reviewing these programs or have filed requests with CMS to replace these programs, which could result in MSPs being reduced or eliminated. In addition, state UPL funding, and matching federal funds, may be reduced if state or local governmental units are unable to (or

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

simply decide not to) sustain historical funding levels or if Provider Taxes, which are currently subject to various federal regulations, are limited or eliminated by legislative or regulatory action.

We are subject to increasingly stringent governmental regulations, and we may face allegations that we have failed to comply with such regulations, which could result in sanctions and even greater scrutiny that reduce our revenues and profitability.

All participants in the healthcare industry are required to comply with numerous overlapping laws and regulations at the federal, state and local government levels. These laws and regulations require that hospitals meet various requirements, including those relating to relationships with physicians and other referral sources, the adequacy and quality of medical care, inpatient admission criteria, privacy and security of health information, standards for equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures, billing and cost reports, payment for services and supplies, maintenance of adequate records, compliance with building codes and environmental protection, among other matters. Many of the laws and regulations applicable to the healthcare industry are complex and may be violated inadvertently, and there are numerous enforcement authorities, including CMS, OIG, the Department of Justice, state attorneys general, and contracted auditors, as well as private plaintiffs. Moreover, the Affordable Care Act created potential False Claims Act liabilities for failing to report and repay identified overpayments and return an overpayment within sixty (60) days of the identification of the overpayment or the date by which a corresponding cost report is due, whichever is later.

There are also heightened coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts by both federal and state government agencies relating to the healthcare industry, including the hospital segment. Recent enforcement actions have focused on financial arrangements between hospitals and physicians, billing for services without adequately documenting the medical necessity for such services and billing for services outside the coverage guidelines for such services. Hospitals continue to be one of the primary focal areas of the OIG and other governmental fraud and abuse programs, as described in the annual OIG Work Plan. Certain of our facilities have received inquiries and subpoenas from various governmental agencies regarding these matters, and we are also subject to various claims and lawsuits relating to these and other matters. For a further discussion of these inquiries, proceedings and claims, see “Legal Proceedings” in Item 3 of this Report.

The laws and regulations with which we must comply are constantly in a state of change. In the future, different interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our business practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our facilities, equipment, personnel, services, capital expenditure programs and operating expenses. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could suffer civil or criminal penalties, including the loss of our licenses to operate our hospitals or loss of our ability to participate in the Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental programs.

Finally, we are subject to various federal, state and local statutes and ordinances regulating the discharge of materials into the environment. For example, our healthcare operations generate medical waste, such as pharmaceuticals, biological materials and disposable medical instruments that must be disposed of in compliance with federal, state and local environmental laws, rules and regulations. Environmental regulations also may apply when we build new facilities or renovate existing hospitals, particularly older facilities. If we fail to comply with environmental regulations we may be liable for substantial investigation and clean-up costs or we may be subject to lawsuits by governmental authorities or private plaintiffs.

We may be subjected to actions brought by the government under anti-fraud and abuse provisions or by individuals on the government’s behalf under the False Claims Act’s “qui tam” or “whistleblower” provisions.

The federal False Claims Act prohibits providers from, among other things, knowingly submitting false claims for payment to the federal government. The “qui tam” or “whistleblower” provisions of the False Claims Act allow private individuals to bring actions under the False Claims Act on behalf of the government. These private parties are entitled to share in any amounts recovered by the government, and, as a result, the number of “whistleblower” lawsuits that have been filed against providers has increased significantly in recent years. We are required to provide information to our employees and certain contractors about state and federal false claims laws and whistleblower provisions and protections. Defendants found to be liable under

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the federal False Claims Act may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties ranging between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim.

There are many potential bases for liability under the False Claims Act, including reckless or intentional acts or omissions. The government has used the False Claims Act to prosecute Medicare and other government healthcare program violations such as coding errors, billing for services not provided, submitting false cost reports, and providing care that is not medically necessary or that is substandard in quality. The Affordable Care Act also provides that claims submitted in connection with patient referrals that result from violations of the Anti-kickback Statute constitute false claims for the purposes of the federal False Claims Act, and some courts have held that a violation of the Stark law can result in False Claims Act liability, as well. In addition, a number of states have adopted their own false claims and whistleblower provisions whereby a private party may file a civil lawsuit in state court.

Although we intend and will endeavor to conduct our business in compliance with all applicable federal and state laws, many of these laws are broadly worded and may be interpreted or applied in ways that cannot be predicted. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our arrangements or business practices will be free from government scrutiny or be found to be in compliance with applicable fraud and abuse laws.

We may be subject to liabilities because of malpractice and related legal claims brought against our hospitals or healthcare providers associated with, or employed by, our hospitals or affiliated entities. If we become subject to these claims, we could be required to pay significant damages, which may not be covered by insurance.

We may be subject to medical malpractice lawsuits and other legal actions arising out of the operations of our owned and leased hospitals and the activities of our employed or affiliated physicians. As a matter of policy, we typically notify patients of any potential harms they may have suffered at our facilities, regardless of whether such notifications are required by law and notwithstanding our uncertainty as to the severity of such harms or whether they even took place. This may lead to class actions or other multi-plaintiff lawsuits or whistleblower reports. These actions may involve large claims and significant defense costs and, if we or our hospitals are found liable, any judgments against us may be material. In an effort to resolve one or more of these matters, we may choose to negotiate a settlement whether or not we believe we are liable. Amounts we pay to settle any of these matters also may be material.

Although we maintain professional and general liability insurance with unrelated commercial insurance carriers, each individual plaintiff’s claim is generally subject to the SIR, which for some periods has been as high as $10.0 million. Any successful claim against us that is within our SIR amounts could have an adverse effect on our results of results of operations or liquidity. Some of these claims could exceed the scope of the excess coverage in effect, or coverage of particular claims could be denied, and any amounts not covered by insurance could be material.

Insurance coverage in the future may not continue to be available at a cost allowing us to maintain adequate levels of insurance with acceptable SIR level amounts. One or more of our insurance carriers may become insolvent and unable to fulfill its obligation to defend, pay or reimburse us when that obligation becomes due. In addition, physicians using our hospitals may be unable to obtain insurance on acceptable terms, which could result in these physicians not being able to meet the minimum insurance requirements in the applicable hospital medical staff bylaws or necessitate a reduction in the level of insurance required to be carried under such bylaws.

As a result of reviews of claims to Medicare and Medicaid for our services, we may experience delayed payments or incur additional costs and may be required to repay amounts already paid to us.

We are subject to regular post-payment inquiries, investigations and audits of the claims we submit to Medicare for payment for our services. These post-payment reviews may increase as a result of government cost-containment initiatives, including enhanced medical necessity reviews for Medicare patients admitted as inpatients to general acute care hospitals for certain procedures (e.g., cardiovascular procedures) and audits of Medicare claims under the RAC programs. RACs utilize a post-payment targeted review process employing data analysis techniques in order to identify those Medicare claims most likely to contain overpayments, such as incorrectly coded services, short stays, incorrect payment amounts, non-covered services and duplicate

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

payments. The claims review strategies used by the RACs generally include a review of high dollar claims, including inpatient hospital claims. As a result, a large majority of the total amounts recovered by RACs has come from hospitals.

In addition, CMS announced in 2012 a three year demonstration project to allow RACs to review claims before they are paid to ensure that the provider complied with all Medicare payment rules. Under the demonstration project, RACs conduct prepayment reviews on certain types of claims that historically result in high rates of improper payments. These reviews focus on certain states (including six states in which we operate) with either high populations of fraud and error-prone providers or high claims volumes of short inpatient hospital stays.

The Affordable Care Act expanded the RAC program’s scope to include managed Medicare and to include Medicaid claims, and all states are now required to establish programs to contract with RACs. In addition, CMS employs Medicaid Integrity Contractors (“MICs”) to perform post-payment audits of Medicaid claims and identify overpayments. In addition to RACs and MICs, the state Medicaid agencies and other contractors have also increased their review activities. Third party audits or investigations of Medicare or Medicaid claims could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Controls designed to reduce inpatient services may reduce our revenues.

Over the last several years, payors have instituted policies and procedures to substantially reduce or limit the use of inpatient services. Controls imposed by Medicare, Medicaid, and commercial third-party payors designed to reduce admissions and lengths of stay, commonly referred to as “utilization review,” have affected and are expected to continue to affect our facilities. Federal law contains numerous provisions designed to ensure that services rendered by hospitals to Medicare and Medicaid patients meet professionally recognized standards and are medically necessary and that claims for reimbursement are properly filed. These provisions include a requirement that a sampling of admissions of Medicare and Medicaid patients must be reviewed by quality improvement organizations, which review the appropriateness of Medicare and Medicaid patient admissions and discharges, the quality of care provided, the validity of MS-DRG classifications and the appropriateness of cases of extraordinary length of stay or cost on a post-discharge basis. Quality improvement organizations may deny payment for services or assess fines and also have the authority to recommend to HHS that a provider that is in substantial noncompliance with quality standards be excluded from participation in the Medicare program. Utilization review is also a requirement of most non-governmental managed care organizations and other third-party payors. Inpatient utilization, average lengths of stay and occupancy rates continue to be negatively affected by payor-required preadmission authorization and utilization review and by payor pressure to maximize outpatient and alternative healthcare delivery services for less acutely ill patients. In addition, CMS has issued the “two midnight rule,” which revised its longstanding guidance to hospitals and physicians relating to when hospital inpatient admissions are deemed to be reasonable and necessary for payment under Medicare Part A and provides that, in addition to services that are designated as inpatient-only, surgical procedures, diagnostic tests and other treatments are generally only appropriate for inpatient hospital admission and payment under Medicare Part A when the physician (i) expects the beneficiary to require a stay that crosses at least two midnights and (ii) admits the beneficiary to the hospital based upon that expectation. CMS is prohibited from allowing recovery auditors to conduct inpatient hospital status reviews on claims with dates of admission October 1, 2013 through March 31, 2015, but, in the future, reviews could be conducted on claims with dates of admission after that time. Significant limits on the scope of services reimbursed and on reimbursement rates and fees could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

We are subject to risks associated with outsourcing functions to third parties.

To improve operating margins, productivity and efficiency, we outsource selected nonclinical business functions to third parties. We take steps to monitor and regulate the performance of independent third parties to whom the Company delegates selected functions, including revenue cycle management, patient access, billing, cash collections, payment compliance and support services, project implementation, supply chain management and payroll services.

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Arrangements with third party service providers may make our operations vulnerable if vendors fail to satisfy their obligations to us as a result of their performance, changes in their own operations, financial condition, or other matters outside of our control. We may also face legal, financial or reputational harm for the actions or omissions of such providers, and we may not have effective recourse against the providers for those harms. The expanding role of third party providers may also require changes to our existing operations and the adoption of new procedures and processes for retaining and managing these providers, as well as redistributing responsibilities as needed, in order to realize the potential productivity and operational efficiencies. Effective management, development and implementation of our outsourcing strategies are important to our business and strategy. If there are delays or difficulties in enhancing business processes or our third party providers do not perform as anticipated, we may not fully realize on a timely basis the anticipated economic and other benefits of the outsourcing projects or other relationships we enter into with key vendors, which could result in substantial costs, divert management’s attention from other strategic activities, negatively affect employee morale or create other operational or financial problems for us. Terminating or transitioning arrangements with key vendors could result in additional costs and a risk of operational delays, potential errors and possible control issues as a result of the termination or during the transition phase.

Deterioration in the collectability of “patient due” accounts could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

The primary collection risks associated with our accounts receivable relate to the uninsured patient accounts and patient accounts for which the primary insurance carrier has paid the amounts covered by the applicable agreement, but patient responsibility amounts (deductibles and co-payments) remain outstanding. The provision for doubtful accounts relates primarily to amounts due directly from patients. While we have experienced a reduction in uninsured patients, the risk of collection from insured patients, and the amounts due, have increased, and will likely continue to increase, as more individuals are enrolled in insurance plans with high deductibles or high co-payments, including those purchased on insurance exchanges.

The amount of our provision for doubtful accounts is based on our assessments of historical collection trends, business and economic conditions, trends in federal and state governmental and private employer health coverage and other collection indicators. To date, the Affordable Care Act has decreased the number of uninsured individuals by incentivizing states to expand their Medicaid eligibility requirements, incentivizing employers to offer health insurance, and requiring individuals to carry health insurance or be subject to penalties. However, it is difficult to predict the future impact of the Affordable Care Act on the uninsured population and the collectability of patient receivables because of ongoing state determinations or whether to expand Medicaid, the availability of federal premium subsidies, as well as our inability to foresee how individuals, businesses, private payors and states will respond to the choices afforded them by the Affordable Care Act. If the recent decrease in the uninsured population does not continue, the proportion of accounts receivable being comprised of uninsured accounts and deterioration in the collectability of these accounts could adversely affect our collections of accounts receivable, results of operations and revenues. In addition, even after full implementation of the Affordable Care Act, we may continue to experience bad debts and be required to provide uninsured discounts and charity care for patients that choose not to purchase coverage, undocumented immigrants who are not permitted to enroll in a health insurance exchange or government healthcare programs and in states that do not expand their Medicaid programs.

The industry emphasis on value-based purchasing may negatively affect our revenues.

There is a trend in the healthcare industry toward value-based purchasing of healthcare services. These value-based purchasing programs include both public reporting of quality data and preventable adverse events tied to the quality and efficiency of care provided by facilities. Governmental programs including Medicare and Medicaid currently require hospitals to report certain quality data to receive full reimbursement updates. In addition, Medicare does not reimburse for care related to certain preventable adverse events. Many large commercial payors currently require hospitals to report quality data, and several commercial payors do not reimburse hospitals for certain preventable adverse events.

The Affordable Care Act contains a number of provisions intended to promote value-based purchasing. The Affordable Care Act prohibits the use of federal funds under the Medicaid program to reimburse providers for medical assistance provided to treat HACs. Beginning in FFY 2015, hospitals that fall into the top 25% of

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

national risk-adjusted HAC rates for all hospitals in the previous year will receive a 1% reduction in their total Medicare payments. Another provision reduces payments for all inpatient discharges for hospitals that experience excessive readmissions for certain conditions designated by HHS.

The Affordable Care Act also requires HHS to implement a value-based purchasing program for inpatient hospital services. The Affordable Care Act requires HHS to reduce inpatient hospital payments for all discharges by a percentage beginning at 1.00% in FFY 2013 and increasing by 0.25% each fiscal year up to 2.00% in FFY 2017 and subsequent years. HHS will pool the amount collected from these reductions to fund payments to reward hospitals that meet or exceed certain quality performance standards established by HHS. HHS will determine the amount each hospital that meets or exceeds the quality performance standards will receive from the pool of dollars created by these payment reductions.

We expect value-based purchasing programs, including programs that condition reimbursement on patient outcome measures, to become more common and to involve a higher percentage of reimbursement amounts. CMS recently announced its goal that 85% of Medicare fee-for-service payments be within value-based purchasing categories by 2016, and many large private payors have declared similar goals. We are unable at this time to predict how this trend will affect our results of operations, but it could negatively affect our revenues.

We may have difficulty acquiring hospitals on favorable terms.

A significant element of our business strategy is expansion through the acquisition of acute care hospitals, especially those around which a system of hospitals and other healthcare services can be created. We face significant competition to acquire attractive hospitals, and we may not find suitable acquisitions on favorable terms. Our primary competitors for acquisitions have included for-profit and tax-exempt hospitals and hospital systems and privately capitalized start-up companies. Buyers with a strategic desire for any particular hospital — for example, a hospital located near existing hospitals or those who will realize economic synergies — have demonstrated an ability and willingness to pay premium prices for hospitals. Strategic buyers, as a result, can present a competitive barrier to our acquisition efforts.

The cost of an acquisition could result in a dilutive effect on our results of operations, depending on various factors, including the amount paid for the acquisition, the acquired hospital’s results of operations, allocation of purchase price, effects of subsequent legislation and limitations on rate increases. As part of our acquisition strategy, we often commit to making significant capital improvements at acquired facilities according to a defined schedule, as more fully discussed in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Such schedule may be difficult to achieve due to a variety of factors beyond our control, such as zoning, environmental, licensing and certificate of need regulations and restrictions.

Even if we are able to identify an attractive target, we may need to obtain financing for acquisitions, joint ventures or required capital improvements. Such financing may not be available, or we may incur or assume additional indebtedness as a result. Any financing arrangements we enter into may not be on terms favorable to us, and this could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or stock price.

In recent years, the legislatures and attorneys general of several states have become more interested in sales of hospitals by tax-exempt entities. This heightened scrutiny may increase the cost and difficulty, or prevent the completion, of transactions with tax-exempt organizations in the future. Our failure to acquire hospitals consistent with our growth plans could prevent us from increasing our revenues.

If we do not effectively attract, recruit and retain qualified physicians, our ability to deliver healthcare services efficiently will be adversely affected.

As a general matter, only physicians on our medical staffs may direct hospital admissions and the services ordered once a patient is admitted to a hospital. As a result, the success of our hospitals depends in part on the number and quality of the physicians on the medical staffs of our hospitals.

The success of our efforts to recruit and retain quality physicians depends on several factors, including the actual and perceived quality of services provided by our hospitals, our ability to meet demands for new technology, our ability to identify and communicate with physicians who want to practice in our communities. Our ability to attract and retain physicians is increasingly dependent on the ability of our hospitals to offer and

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

sustain employment arrangements. In particular, we face intense competition in the recruitment and retention of specialists. We may not be able to recruit all of the physicians we target. In addition, we may incur increased malpractice, compliance or insurance expense if the quality of physicians we recruit does not meet our expectations.

Additionally, our ability to recruit and employ physicians is closely regulated. For example, the types, amount and duration of compensation and assistance we can provide to recruited physicians are limited by the Stark law, the Anti-kickback Statute, state anti-kickback statutes, and related regulations. The Stark law requires, among other things, that recruitment assistance can only be provided to physicians who meet certain geographic and practice requirements, that the amount of assistance cannot be changed during the term of the recruitment agreement, and that the recruitment payments cannot generally benefit physicians currently in practice in the community beyond recruitment costs actually incurred by them. All arrangements with physicians must also be fair market value and commercially reasonable.

In addition to these legal requirements, there is competition from other communities and facilities for these physicians, and this competition continues after the physician is practicing in one of our communities. For example, integrated accountable care organizations and other kinds of “narrow” provider networks or organizations may exclude our physicians from their plans’ networks of healthcare providers. These contracting networks often organize hospitals, physicians and ancillary healthcare providers into exclusive networks involving a fewer number of healthcare providers. If our affiliated providers are excluded from such networks, we may have difficulty recruiting new providers or retaining existing providers.

Generally, a small number of attending physicians within each of our facilities represent a large share of our inpatient revenues and admissions. The loss of one or more of these physicians — even if temporary — could cause a material reduction in our revenues, which could take significant time to replace given the difficulty and cost associated with recruiting and retaining physicians.

Factors related to our employment of physicians could affect our financial performance.

We have significantly increased the number of physicians we employ. We believe that physician employment by acute care hospitals is consistent with industry trends and has become more common as a result of actual and potential reductions in payment amounts for physician services and increasing costs to physicians, such as electronic health record (“EHR”) implementation and professional liability insurance expenses. Employed physicians generally present more direct risks to us than those presented by independent members of our hospitals’ medical staffs, as well as require us to incur additional expenses. In recent years, physician reimbursements have been determined on a year by year basis, with future reimbursement cuts embedded into law. We cannot predict whether Congress will act to avert scheduled reimbursement cuts in any given year or otherwise address scheduled cuts on a long-term basis. If scheduled reimbursement reductions are not averted, the reimbursement received by us for services provided by our employed physicians, the physicians to whom our hospitals have provided recruitment assistance, and the physician members of our medical staffs would be adversely affected. The combination of reimbursement cuts, potential liabilities and increased expenses could have an adverse effect on our results of operations if current trends continue.

Our hospitals face competition for management and other non-physician staffing, which may increase labor costs and reduce profitability.

In addition to our physicians, the operations of our hospitals are dependent on the efforts, abilities and experience of our management and medical support personnel, such as nurses, pharmacists and lab technicians. We compete with other healthcare providers in recruiting and retaining qualified management and staff personnel responsible for the day-to-day operations of each of our hospitals, including nurses and other non-physician healthcare professionals. In some markets, the scarce availability of nurses and other medical support personnel presents a significant operating issue and the competition for experienced and talented hospital management personnel is intense. This may result in employee turnover, require us to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain management, nurses and other medical support personnel, recruit personnel from foreign countries, and hire more expensive temporary or contract personnel. In addition, the states in which we operate could adopt mandatory nurse-staffing ratios or could reduce mandatory nurse staffing ratios

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

already in place. State-mandated nurse-staffing ratios could significantly affect labor costs and have an adverse impact on revenues if we are required to limit admissions in order to meet the required ratios. If our labor costs increase, we may not be able to raise rates to offset these increased costs. We also depend on the available labor pool of semi-skilled and unskilled employees in each of the markets in which we operate. Because a significant percentage of our revenue consists of fixed, prospective payments, our ability to pass along increased labor costs is constrained. Our failure to recruit and retain qualified management, nurses and other medical support personnel, or to control our labor costs could have a material adverse effect on our revenues or results of operations.

If access to our information systems is interrupted or restricted, or if we are unable to make changes to our information systems, our operations could suffer.

Our business depends heavily on effective information systems to process clinical, operational and financial information. Information systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain and enhance existing systems and to develop new systems in order to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology. We rely on multiple third party providers of financial, clinical, patient accounting and network information services and, as a result, we face operational challenges in maintaining multiple provider platforms and facilitating the interface of such systems with one another. We do not control the information systems of third party providers, and in some cases we may have difficulty accessing information archived on third party systems, which could subject us to liability for failure to respond to legal or payor information requests. If these systems fail or are interrupted, if our access to these systems is limited in the future or if providers develop systems more appropriate for the urban healthcare market and not suited for our hospitals, our operations could suffer.

In addition, as new information systems are developed in the future, we will need to integrate them into our existing systems. Evolving industry and regulatory standards, such as HIPAA and EHR meaningful use regulations, may require changes to our information systems in the future. System conversions are costly, time consuming and disruptive for physicians, staff and, in some cases, patients. Some of our hospitals have recently converted or are currently converting from their existing system to another third party information system. If such conversions occurred on a large scale or if conversions at our larger facilities experience difficulties, the costs and disruptions could have a material adverse effect on our revenues or results of operations.

If we fail to effectively and timely implement electronic health record and coding systems, our operations could be adversely affected.

As required by ARRA, the HHS has developed and implemented an incentive payment program for eligible hospitals and healthcare professionals that adopt and meaningfully use EHR technology. HHS uses the Provider Enrollment, Chain and Ownership System (“PECOS”) to verify Medicare enrollment prior to making EHR incentive program payments. If our hospitals and employed professionals are unable to meet the requirements for participation in the incentive payment program, including having an enrollment record in PECOS, we will not be eligible to receive incentive payments that could offset some of the costs of implementing EHR systems. Further, beginning in FFY 2015, eligible hospitals and professionals that fail to demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology will be subject to reduced payments from Medicare. Even if we do meet such requirements, the incentive payments we have received in prior years for EHR implementation are scheduled to be materially reduced over the coming years and to end entirely in 2017. EHR incentive payments that we have previously recognized are subject to audit and potential recoupment if it is determined that we did not meet the applicable meaningful use standards required in connection with such incentive payments.

We are in the process of converting certain of our clinical and patient accounting information system applications to newer versions of existing applications or all together new applications at several of our facilities. In connection with our implementations and conversions, we have incurred significant capitalized costs and additional training and implementation expenses. System conversions to comply with EHR could be time consuming and disruptive for physicians and employees. Failure to implement EHR systems effectively and in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Health plans and providers, including our hospitals, must transition to the new ICD-10 coding system, which greatly expands the number and detail of billing codes used for inpatient claims. Use of the ICD-10 system will be required on October 1, 2015. Transition to the new ICD-10 system requires significant investment in technology and the training of staff involved in the coding and billing process. Besides these upfront costs of transition to ICD-10, our hospitals might experience disruption or delays in payment due to technical or coding errors or other implementation issues involving our systems or the systems and implementation efforts of governmental payors, health plans and their business partners. Further, the transition to the more detailed ICD-10 coding system could cause decreased reimbursement if using ICD-10 codes result in conditions being reclassified to MS-DRGs or commercial payor or payment groupings with lower levels of reimbursement than assigned under the previous system.

We are subject to potential legal and reputational risk as a result of our access to personal information of our patients and employees.

There are numerous federal and state laws and regulations addressing employee, patient and consumer privacy concerns, including unauthorized access to or theft of personal information. In the ordinary course of our business, we, and vendors acting on our behalf, collect and store sensitive data, including individual health data and other personally identifiable information of our patients and employees and such information is often targeted by criminal organizations. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations and business strategy. We have developed a comprehensive set of policies and procedures in our efforts to comply with HIPAA and other privacy and information security laws. The HHS Office for Civil Rights has imposed civil monetary penalties and corrective action plans on covered entities for violating HIPAA’s privacy and security rules. In addition, state attorneys general and private plaintiffs have brought civil actions seeking injunctions and damages in response to violations of HIPAA’s privacy and security rules. If, in spite of our security and compliance efforts we or any of our business associates were to experience a breach, loss, or other compromise of such personal health information or other personally identifiable information, such event could disrupt our operations, result in increased data protection costs, damage our reputation, or result in regulatory penalties, legal claims and liability under HIPAA and other state and federal laws, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Other hospitals and outpatient facilities provide services similar to those which we offer. In addition, physicians provide services in their offices that could be provided in our hospitals. These factors increase the level of competition we face and may therefore adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

Competition among hospitals and other healthcare service providers, including outpatient facilities, has intensified in recent years. We compete with other hospitals, including larger tertiary care centers located in metropolitan areas. Although the hospitals with which we compete may be a significant distance away from our facilities, patients in our markets may migrate on their own to, may be referred by local physicians to, or may be required by their health plan to travel to these hospitals. Furthermore, some of the hospitals with which we compete may offer more or different services than those available at our hospitals, may have more advanced equipment or technology or may have a medical staff that is perceived to be better qualified. Also, most of the hospitals that compete with our facilities are owned by tax-supported governmental agencies or not-for-profit entities supported by endowments and charitable contributions. These hospitals, in most instances, are also exempt from paying sales, property and income taxes.

Quality of care and value-based purchasing have also become significant trends and competitive factors in the healthcare industry. CMS makes public the performance data relating to multiple quality measures that hospitals submit in connection with their Medicare reimbursement. If the publicly-available performance data become a primary factor in where patients choose to receive care, and if competing hospitals have better results than our hospitals on those measures, our revenues and/or patient volumes could decline.

We also face significant and increasing competition from services offered by physicians (including physicians on our medical staffs) in their offices and from other specialized care providers, including outpatient surgery, oncology, physical therapy and diagnostic centers (including many in which physicians may have an ownership interest). Some of our hospitals have and will seek to develop outpatient facilities where necessary to compete effectively. However, to the extent that other providers are successful in

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

developing outpatient facilities or physicians are able to offer additional, advanced services in their offices, our market share for these services will likely decrease in the future.

Many of the non-urban communities in which we operate continue to face challenging economic conditions and the closure of a small number of large employers in our markets can have a disproportionate impact on our hospitals.

While the U.S. economy as a whole is expanding, many of the non-urban communities in which we operate continue to face challenging economic conditions, including high levels of unemployment. The economies in the non-urban communities in which our hospitals primarily operate are often dependent on a small number of large employers, especially manufacturing or similar facilities. These employers often provide income and health insurance for a disproportionately large number of community residents who may depend on our hospitals for care. The failure of one or more large employers, or the closure or substantial reduction in the number of individuals employed at manufacturing or similar facilities located in or near many of the non-urban communities in which our hospitals primarily operate, could cause affected employees to move elsewhere for employment or lose insurance coverage that was otherwise available to them. When patients are experiencing personal financial difficulties or have concerns about general economic conditions, they may choose to:

defer or forego elective surgeries and other non-emergent procedures, which are generally more profitable lines of business for hospitals; or
purchase a high-deductible insurance plan or no insurance at all, which increases a hospital’s dependence on self-pay revenue. Moreover, a greater number of uninsured patients may seek care in our emergency rooms.

The occurrence of these events may impede our business strategies intended to generate organic growth and improve operating results at our hospitals.

Our revenues are especially concentrated in a small number of states which will make us particularly sensitive to regulatory and economic changes in those states.

Our revenues are particularly sensitive to regulatory and economic changes in states in which we generate the majority of our revenues including Virginia, Kentucky, Michigan, Tennessee, North Carolina, New Mexico, West Virginia and Arizona. The following table contains our revenues and revenues as a percentage of our total revenues by state for each of these states for the years presented (dollars in millions):

             
  Hospital Campuses
in State as of
December 31,
2014
  Revenue Concentration by State
     2014   2013   2012
     Amount   % of
Revenues
  Amount   % of
Revenues
  Amount   % of
Revenues
Virginia     6     $ 624.4       13.9 %    $ 469.2       12.8 %    $ 413.6       12.2 % 
Kentucky     9       587.9       13.1       520.9       14.2       510.9       15.1  
Michigan     3       460.8       10.3       345.4       9.4       103.9       3.1  
Tennessee     10       404.5       9.0       394.9       10.7       375.3       11.1  
North Carolina     7       372.6       8.3       129.6       3.5       137.6       4.1  
New Mexico     2       266.5       5.9       256.5       7.0       299.6       8.8  
West Virginia     2       246.9       5.5       245.9       6.7       266.2       7.8  
Arizona     2       222.8       5.0       214.7       5.8       204.4       6.0  

Accordingly, any changes in the current demographic, economic, competitive or regulatory conditions, or to Medicaid programs, in the above-mentioned states or in Pennsylvania, where we anticipate Conemaugh will generate significant revenues, could have an adverse effect on our revenues or results of operations. Our concentration of revenues in these states also make it more likely that hurricanes, floods, persistent drought, power grid interruption or other factors beyond our control in these states could adversely affect our revenues or results of operations.

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have substantial indebtedness, and we may incur significant amounts of additional indebtedness in the future which could affect our ability to finance operations and capital expenditures, pursue desirable business opportunities or successfully operate our business in the future.

As of December 31, 2014, our total debt, excluding an unamortized discount and premium, was $2,208.6 million. We also have the ability to incur significant amounts of additional indebtedness, subject to the conditions imposed by the terms of the agreements and indentures governing our existing indebtedness or any additional indebtedness that we may incur in the future.

Although we believe that our future operating cash flow, together with available financing arrangements, will be sufficient to fund our operating requirements, our leverage and debt service obligations could have important consequences, including the following:

Under our debt agreements, we are required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and tests. Failure to comply with these obligations may cause an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could require us to repay substantial indebtedness immediately. Moreover, if debt repayment is accelerated, we will be subject to higher interest rates on our debt obligations as a result of these covenants, and our credit ratings may be adversely impacted.
We may be vulnerable in the event of downturns and adverse changes in the general economy or our industry.
We may have difficulty obtaining additional financing at favorable interest rates to meet our requirements for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate or other purposes.
We will be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to the payment of principal and interest on indebtedness, which will reduce the amount of funds available for operations, capital expenditures and future acquisitions.
Any borrowings we incur at variable interest rates generally expose us to increases in interest rates.
A breach of any of the restrictions or covenants in our debt agreements could cause a cross-default under other debt agreements. We may be required to pay our indebtedness immediately if we default on any of the numerous financial or other restrictive covenants contained in the debt agreements. It is not certain whether we will have, or will be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments. If any senior debt is accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay such indebtedness and our other indebtedness.
In the event of a default, we may be forced to pursue one or more alternative strategies, such as restructuring or refinancing our indebtedness, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital expenditures or seeking additional equity capital. There can be no assurances that any of these strategies could be effected on satisfactory terms, if at all, or that sufficient funds could be obtained to make these accelerated payments.

Covenant restrictions under certain of our debt agreements and indentures impose operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to operate our business and to make payments on the notes and other outstanding indebtedness.

Agreements governing our existing indebtedness contain covenants that restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs, to take advantage of other business opportunities that may be in our interest or to satisfy our other debt obligations. These covenants restrict our ability to, among other things:

incur or guarantee additional debt or extend credit;
pay dividends or make distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, our capital stock or certain other debt;
make other restricted payments, including investments;
dispose of assets;

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

engage in transactions with affiliates;
enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends;
create liens on our assets or engage in sale/leaseback transactions;
effect a consolidation or merger, or sell, transfer, lease all or substantially all of our assets; and
repay our existing outstanding indebtedness.

Certificate of need laws and regulations regarding licenses, ownership and operation may impair our future expansion in some states. In states without certificate of need laws, competing providers of healthcare services are able to expand and construct facilities without the need for significant regulatory approval.

Some states require prior approval for the purchase, construction and expansion of healthcare facilities, based on the state’s determination of need for additional or expanded healthcare facilities or services. Twelve states in which we operate hospitals require a certificate of need for capital expenditures exceeding a prescribed amount, changes in bed capacity or services, and for certain other planned activities. We may not be able to obtain certificates of need required for expansion activities in the future. In addition, all of the states in which we operate facilities require hospitals and most healthcare providers to maintain one or more licenses. If we fail to obtain any required certificate of need or license, our ability to operate or expand operations in those states could be impaired.

In the nine states in which we operate that do not require certificates of need for the purchase, construction and expansion of healthcare facilities or services, competing healthcare providers face low barriers to entry and expansion. If competing providers of healthcare services are able to purchase, construct or expand healthcare facilities without the need for regulatory approval, we may face decreased market share and revenues in those markets.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

We have no unresolved SEC staff comments.

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 2. Properties.

The following table presents certain information with respect to our hospital campuses as of December 31, 2014:

       
Hospital   City   Acquisition/Opening/
Lease Date
  Licensed Beds   Real Property Status
Alabama
                                   
Andalusia Regional Hospital     Andalusia       May 11, 1999       88       Own  
Lakeland Community Hospital(a)     Haleyville       December 1, 2002       59       Own  
Northwest Medical Center(a)     Winfield       December 1, 2002       71       Lease  
Russellville Hospital(a)     Russellville       October 3, 2002       100       Own  
Vaughan Regional Medical Center(b)     Selma       April 15, 2005       175          Own (b) 
Arizona
                                   
Havasu Regional Medical Center(c)     Lake Havasu City       April 15, 2005       181          Own (c) 
Valley View Medical Center     Fort Mohave       November 8, 2005       90       Own  
Colorado
                                   
Colorado Plains Medical Center     Fort Morgan       April 15, 2005       50       Lease  
Florida
                                   
Putnam Community Medical Center     Palatka       June 16, 2000       99       Own  
Georgia
                                   
Rockdale Medical Center     Conyers       February 1, 2009       158       Own  
Indiana
                                   
Scott Memorial Hospital(d)     Scottsburg       January 1, 2013       25          Own (d) 
Kansas
                                   
Western Plains Medical Complex     Dodge City       May 11, 1999       99       Own  
Kentucky
                                   
Bluegrass Community Hospital     Versailles       January 2, 2001       25       Own  
Bourbon Community Hospital     Paris       May 11, 1999       58       Own  
Clark Regional Medical Center     Winchester       May 1, 2010       79       Own  
Georgetown Community Hospital     Georgetown       May 11, 1999       75       Own  
Jackson Purchase Medical Center     Mayfield       May 11, 1999       107       Own  
Lake Cumberland Regional Hospital     Somerset       May 11, 1999       295       Own  
Logan Memorial Hospital     Russellville       May 11, 1999       75       Own  
Meadowview Regional Medical Center     Maysville       May 11, 1999       100       Own  
Spring View Hospital     Lebanon       October 1, 2003       75       Own  
Louisiana
                                   
Mercy Regional Medical Center –  Acadian(e)     Eunice       April 15, 2005       42       Own  
Mercy Regional Medical Center – 
Ville Platte(e)
    Ville Platte       December 1, 2001       67       Own  
Minden Medical Center     Minden       April 15, 2005       161       Own  
Teche Regional Medical Center     Morgan City       April 15, 2005       165       Lease  
Michigan
                                   
Bell Hospital     Ishpeming       December 1, 2013       25       Own  
Marquette General Hospital(f)     Marquette       September 1, 2012       307          Own (f) 
Portage Health(b)     Hancock       December 1, 2013       96          Own (b) 
Mississippi
                                   
Bolivar Medical Center     Cleveland       April 15, 2005       200       Lease  

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
Hospital   City   Acquisition/Opening/
Lease Date
  Licensed Beds   Real Property Status
Nevada
                                   
Northeastern Nevada Regional Hospital     Elko       April 15, 2005       75       Own  
New Mexico
                                   
Los Alamos Medical Center     Los Alamos       April 15, 2005       47       Own  
Memorial Medical Center of Las Cruces     Las Cruces       April 15, 2005       298       Lease  
North Carolina
                                   
Harris Regional Hospital(f)     Sylva       August 1, 2014       86          Own (f) 
Haywood Regional Medical Center(f)     Clyde       August 1, 2014       169          Own (f) 
Maria Parham Medical Center(g)     Henderson       November 1, 2011       102          Own (g) 
Person Memorial Hospital(f)     Roxboro       October 1, 2011       110          Own (f) 
Rutherford Regional Medical Center(g)     Rutherfordton       June 1, 2014       143          Own (g) 
Swain County Hospital(f)     Bryson City       August 1, 2014       48          Own (f) 
Wilson Medical Center(g)     Wilson       March 1, 2014       384          Own (g) 
Pennsylvania
                                   
Conemaugh Memorial Medical Center(f)     Johnstown       September 1, 2014       539          Own (f) 
Meyersdale Medical Center(f)     Meyersdale       September 1, 2014       20          Own (f) 
Miners Medical Center(f)     Hastings       September 1, 2014       30          Own (f) 
Tennessee
                                   
Crockett Hospital     Lawrenceburg       May 11, 1999       99       Own  
Emerald-Hodgson Hospital     Sewanee       May 11, 1999       41       Own  
Hillside Hospital     Pulaski       May 11, 1999       95       Own  
Livingston Regional Hospital     Livingston       May 11, 1999       114       Own  
Riverview Regional Medical Center     Carthage       September 1, 2010       35       Own  
Southern Tennessee Medical Center     Winchester       May 11, 1999       157       Own  
Starr Regional Medical Center –  Athens(h)     Athens       October 1, 2001       118       Own  
Starr Regional Medical Center –  Etowah(h)     Etowah       July 1, 2012       160       Own  
Sumner Regional Medical Center     Gallatin       September 1, 2010       155       Own  
Trousdale Medical Center     Hartsville       September 1, 2010       25       Own  
Texas
                                   
Ennis Regional Medical Center     Ennis       April 15, 2005       60       Lease  
Palestine Regional Medical Center     Palestine       April 15, 2005       156       Own  
Parkview Regional Hospital     Mexia       April 15, 2005       58       Lease  
Utah
                                   
Ashley Regional Medical Center     Vernal       11-May-99       39       Own  
Castleview Hospital     Price       11-May-99       49       Own  
Virginia
                                   
Clinch Valley Medical Center     Richlands       July 1, 2006       175       Own  
Danville Regional Medical Center     Danville       July 1, 2005       250       Own  
Fauquier Health(b)     Warrenton       November 1, 2013       210          Own (b) 
Memorial Hospital of Martinsville and Henry County     Martinsville       April 15, 2005       220       Own  
Twin County Regional Hospital(g)     Galax       April 1, 2012       141          Own (g) 
Wythe County Community Hospital     Wytheville       June 1, 2005       100       Lease  

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
Hospital   City   Acquisition/Opening/
Lease Date
  Licensed Beds   Real Property Status
West Virginia
                                   
Logan Regional Medical Center     Logan       December 1, 2002       140       Own  
Raleigh General Hospital     Beckley       July 1, 2006       300       Own  
Wyoming
                                   
SageWest Healthcare – Lander(i)     Lander       July 1, 2000       89       Own  
SageWest Healthcare – Riverton(i)     Riverton       May 11, 1999       70       Own  
                   8,254        

(a) Effective January 1, 2015, we sold Lakeland, Northwest and Russellville.
(b) The hospital is owned and operated by a joint venture between us and a local not-for-profit entity. A wholly-owned LifePoint affiliate owns a controlling interest in the joint venture.
(c) The hospital is owned and operated by a joint venture with physicians in which a wholly-owned LifePoint affiliate has a controlling interest. The real property on which the hospital is located is owned by the LifePoint member and leased to the joint venture.
(d) The hospital is owned and operated by RHN, a joint venture between us and Norton Healthcare, Inc. A wholly-owned LifePoint affiliate owns a controlling interest in RHN.
(e) Mercy Regional Medical Center maintains a campus in both Acadian and Ville Platte.
(f) The hospital is owned and operated by Duke LifePoint Healthcare. A wholly-owned LifePoint affiliate owns a controlling interest in Duke LifePoint Healthcare.
(g) The hospital is owned and operated by a joint venture between a local not-for-profit entity and Duke LifePoint Healthcare.
(h) Starr Regional Medical Center maintains a campus in both Athens and Etowah.
(i) SageWest Healthcare maintains a campus in both Lander and Riverton.

We own and operate medical office buildings in conjunction with many of our hospitals. These medical office buildings are primarily occupied by physicians who practice at our hospitals. Additionally, we lease approximately 203,000 square feet of office space in Brentwood, Tennessee for our hospital support center. All of our facilities are suitable for their respective uses and are generally adequate for our present needs.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

Hospitals are, from time to time, subject to claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of business, including claims for damages for personal injuries, medical malpractice, breach of contracts, wrongful restriction of or interference with physicians’ staff privileges and employment related claims. In certain of these actions, plaintiffs request payment for damages, including punitive damages that may not be covered by insurance.

In addition, hospitals are subject to the regulation and oversight of various state and federal governmental agencies. Further, under the federal False Claims Act, private parties have the right to bring qui tam, or “whistleblower,” suits against hospitals that submit false claims for payments to, or improperly retain overpayments from, governmental payors. Some states have adopted similar state whistleblower and false claims provisions. These qui tam or “whistleblower” actions initiated under the civil False Claims Act may be pending but placed under seal by the court to comply with the False Claims Act’s requirements for filing such suits. As a result, they could be proceeding without our knowledge. Although the healthcare industry has seen numerous ongoing investigations related to compliance and billing practices, hospitals, in particular, continue to be a primary enforcement target for the OIG, the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) and other governmental fraud and abuse programs. Certain of our individual facilities have received, and from time to time, other facilities may receive, inquiries or subpoenas from fiscal intermediaries, federal and state agencies. Any proceedings against us may involve potentially substantial amounts as well as the possibility of civil, criminal, or administrative fines, penalties, or other sanctions, which could be material. Settlements of suits involving Medicare and Medicaid issues routinely require both monetary payments as well as corporate integrity

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

agreements. Depending on whether the underlying conduct in these or future inquiries or investigations could be considered systemic, their resolution could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

The Affordable Care Act imposed an affirmative obligation on healthcare providers to report and refund any overpayments received. “Overpayments” in this context include any amount received from a government program by a provider to which it is not entitled, regardless of the cause. Such overpayments are deemed to be fraudulent and become violations of the False Claims Act if not reported and refunded within 60 days of identification. Hospitals can meet the obligation to report and refund in three ways: (1) refunding overpayments directly to the program; (2) self-disclosing the overpayment to the OIG via its voluntary self-disclosure protocol (with respect to False Claims Act and other violations not related to the Stark law); and (3) self-disclosing to CMS via the self-referral disclosure protocol (with respect to overpayments caused by potential violations of the Stark law only) for which CMS has the authority to reduce the amounts otherwise owed.

In connection with our acquisitions of Marquette General and Conemaugh, the two sellers self-disclosed various potentially non-compliant physician arrangements under the CMS voluntary self-disclosure protocol. These self-disclosures are pending with CMS. With respect to Marquette General, to the extent that the seller’s satisfaction of its retained liabilities, including those under its CMS voluntary self-disclosure, causes its net proceeds from the acquisition to be less than $15.0 million, we have agreed to pay additional purchase consideration to the seller. With respect to Conemaugh, to the extent that the potential settlement exceeds the seller’s cash or cash equivalent indemnification threshold in accordance with the asset purchase agreement, we will likely be responsible for funding any deficit. We believe we have made reasonable estimates of our potential exposure for these two matters, and at December 31, 2014, we have recorded a reserve for Marquette General of $18.0 million.

On September 16, 2013, we and two of our hospitals, Vaughan Regional Medical Center, located in Selma, Alabama, and Raleigh General Hospital, located in Raleigh, West Virginia, made a voluntary self-disclosure to the Civil Division of the DOJ. The voluntary self-disclosure related to concerns regarding the clinical appropriateness of certain interventional cardiology procedures conducted by one physician in each of these hospitals' cardiac catheterization laboratories. On September 24, 2013, the U.S. Attorney's Office in the Southern District of West Virginia served a subpoena on Raleigh General Hospital. Raleigh General produced responsive documents to the subpoena, including patient files. The government investigations are ongoing and we continue to cooperate with the government in addressing these matters. Following reviews by independent interventional cardiologists, we notified patients of these two physicians who may have received an unnecessary procedure of such fact. Our efforts to locate and notify a relatively small number of these patients are ongoing.

We and/or Vaughan Regional Medical Center and several of our subsidiaries, as well as Dr. Seydi V. Aksut and certain parties unaffiliated with us, are named defendants in 13 individual lawsuits filed in December 2014, and two putative class action lawsuits, all filed in the Circuit Court of Dallas County, Alabama. These lawsuits allege that patients at Vaughan Regional Medical Center received improper interventional cardiology procedures. One of the putative class action lawsuits, filed on November 21, 2014, seeks certification of a class consisting of all Alabama citizens who underwent an invasive cardiology procedure at any LifePoint owned Alabama hospital and who received notice regarding the medical necessity of that procedure. The other putative class action lawsuit, filed on February 6, 2015, seeks certification of a class of individuals that underwent an interventional cardiology procedure that was not medically necessary and performed by Dr. Aksut. This action asserts, among other claims, claims under the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO”), which, if successful, would result in the awarding of treble damages for any injury resulting from the RICO violation and attorneys’ fees.

The lawsuits identified above variously seek compensatory and punitive damages, costs, attorneys’ fees and other available damages. Additional claims, including claims involving patients to whom we did not send notice, have been threatened and may be asserted against us or the hospital, and claims may also be asserted by patients at Raleigh General Hospital. Any present or future claims that are ultimately successful could result in us and/or the hospitals being found liable and the government investigations may also result in

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

damages, fines and penalties. Such liability, damages and penalties could be material. We cannot, however, reasonably estimate the potential liability, if any, in connection with any of these matters, and no liability has been recorded as of December 31, 2014.

We do not control and cannot predict with certainty the progress or final outcome of discussions with government agencies, investigations and legal proceedings against us. Therefore, the final amounts paid to resolve the foregoing matters could be material and could materially differ from amounts currently recorded, if any. Any such changes in our estimates or any adverse judgments will impact our future results of operations and cash flows.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information for Common Stock

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “LPNT.” The high and low sales prices per share of our common stock were as follows for the periods presented:

   
  High   Low
2015
                 
First Quarter (through February 11, 2015)   $ 73.99     $ 64.52  
2014
                 
First Quarter   $ 56.77     $ 50.18  
Second Quarter   $ 66.02     $ 50.51  
Third Quarter   $ 76.50     $ 60.04  
Fourth Quarter   $ 74.76     $ 62.95  
2013
                 
First Quarter   $ 48.79     $ 38.08  
Second Quarter   $ 53.29     $ 43.13  
Third Quarter   $ 52.61     $ 43.97  
Fourth Quarter   $ 53.87     $ 46.64  

On February 11, 2015, the last reported sales price for our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $69.75 per share.

Stockholders

As of February 6, 2015, there were 9,523 holders of record of shares of our common stock.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain future earnings to finance the growth and development of our business and, accordingly, do not currently intend to declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock. Our Board of Directors will evaluate our future earnings, results of operations, financial condition and capital requirements in determining whether to declare or pay cash dividends. Delaware law prohibits us from paying any dividends unless we have capital surplus or net profits available for this purpose. In addition, the senior secured credit agreement with, among others, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (the “Senior Credit Agreement”) and certain other indebtedness of the Company impose restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Stock Performance

The graph below compares the yearly percentage change of cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with (a) the cumulative total return of a broad equity market index, the NASDAQ Composite Index (the “Broad Index”) and (b) the cumulative total return of a published industry index, the S&P Health Care Facilities (Hospital Management) Index (the “Industry Index”). The graph begins on December 31, 2009, and the comparison assumes the investment of $100 on such date in each of our common stock, the Broad Index and the Industry Index and assumes the reinvestment of all dividends, if any. The table following the graph presents the corresponding data for December 31, 2009, and each subsequent fiscal year end.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

           
  12/09   12/10   12/11   12/12   12/13   12/14
LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 100.00     $ 112.97     $ 114.20     $ 116.05     $ 162.43     $ 221.06  
NASDAQ Composite   $ 100.00     $ 117.61     $ 118.70     $ 139.00     $ 196.83     $ 223.74  
S&P Health Care Facilities   $ 100.00     $ 124.12     $ 95.18     $ 150.60     $ 195.36     $ 267.48  

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On September 1, 2014, as partial consideration in connection with our acquisition of Conemaugh Health System, we issued a warrant to Conemaugh Health System Inc. with rights to purchase 290,514 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $74.15 per share. The warrant becomes exercisable ratably beginning one year from the date of issuance to three years after the date of issuance. The warrant expires ten years from the date of issuance. No underwriters were involved with the issuance of the warrant. The warrant was issued in reliance on an exemption from registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D thereunder, as a transaction not involving a public offering.

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Recent Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Our Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of outstanding shares of our common stock either in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions, subject to market conditions, regulatory constraints and other customary factors in accordance with a repurchase plan adopted in 2011, as subsequently amended and extended in February 2013 (the “2011 Repurchase Plan”) and a repurchase plan adopted in the first quarter of 2014 (the “2014 Repurchase Plan”). The 2011 Repurchase Plan provided for the repurchase of up to $350.0 million in shares of our common stock, and we have repurchased all shares authorized for repurchase under this plan. The 2014 Repurchase Plan provides for the repurchase of up to $150.0 million in shares of our common stock through October 1, 2015, although we are not obligated to repurchase any specific number of shares. In connection with the 2014 Repurchase Plan, we repurchased approximately 0.7 million shares for an aggregate purchase price, including commissions, of $50.0 million at an average purchase price of $68.03 per share during the three months ended December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, we had remaining authority to repurchase up to an additional $100.0 million in shares in accordance with the 2014 Repurchase Plan. We have designated the shares repurchased in accordance with our repurchase plans as treasury stock.

In connection with the 2014 Repurchase Plan, we have entered into a trading plan in accordance with SEC Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act to facilitate repurchases of our common stock during our current black out period (the “10b5-1 Trading Plan”). The 10b5-1 Trading Plan became effective on December 17, 2014 and will expire on February 18, 2015.

We also redeem shares from employees for minimum statutory tax withholding purposes upon vesting of certain stock awards granted pursuant to our various stockholder approved stock-based compensation plans. We redeemed a nominal number of shares vested under these plans during the three months ended December 31, 2014. We have designated these shares as treasury stock.

Our repurchase activity in accordance with our repurchase plans and the shares that we redeem from employees for minimum statutory tax withholding purposes upon vesting of certain stock awards granted pursuant to our various stockholder-approved stock-based compensation plans are more fully discussed in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

The following table summarizes our share repurchase activity by month for the three months ended December 31, 2014:

       
  Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
  Weighted
Average Price
Paid per
Share
  Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of a
Publicly
Announced
Program
  Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Program
(In millions)
October 1, 2014 to October 31, 2014         $           $ 150.0  
November 1, 2014 to November 30, 2014     684,036     $ 67.97       684,036     $ 103.5  
December 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014(a)     51,572     $ 68.81       50,878     $ 100.0  
Total     735,608     $ 68.03       734,914     $ 100.0  

(a) Includes shares redeemed for tax withholding purposes upon vesting of certain previously granted stock awards under our various stockholder-approved stock-based compensation plans.

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Effective June 4, 2013, upon the approval of our stockholders, we replaced the Amended and Restated 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “1998 LTIP”) and Amended and Restated Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “ODSICP”) with the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2013 LTIP”), a new combined plan covering all of our employees and non-employee directors. The 2013 LTIP provides for 3.6 million shares available for grant at a rate of 1.00 share for each stock option or appreciation rights award granted and 2.09 shares for each full-value award granted. No shares remain available for grant under the 1998 LTIP or the ODSICP.

The following table provides aggregate information as of December 31, 2014, with respect to shares of common stock that may be issued in accordance with our equity compensation plans:

     
  Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and
Rights
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and
Rights
  Number of Securities
Available for Future
Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected in
Column (a))
Plan Category   (a)   (b)   (c)
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders     3,183,091 (1)    $ 39.90 (2)      1,953,267 (3) 
Equity Compensation Plans not Approved by Security Holders     None       None       None  
Total     3,183,091     $ 39.90       1,953,267  

(1) Includes the following:
779,884 shares of common stock to be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options granted in accordance with the 2013 LTIP;
2,392,926 shares of common stock to be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options granted in accordance with the 1998 LTIP; and
10,281 shares of common stock to be issued upon the vesting of deferred stock units outstanding in accordance with the ODSICP.
(2) Upon vesting, deferred stock units are settled for shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis. Accordingly, the deferred stock units have been excluded for purposes of computing the weighted-average exercise price.
(3) Includes the following:
1,926,441 shares of common stock available for issuance in accordance with the 2013 LTIP; and
26,826 shares of common stock available for issuance in accordance with the Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Plan (the “MSPP”).

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The table below contains our selected financial data for, or as of the end of, the last five years ended December 31, 2014. The selected financial data is derived from our consolidated financial statements. The timing of acquisitions and divestitures completed during the years presented affects the comparability of the selected financial data. Additionally, we have recognized certain transaction and debt transaction costs during certain of the periods presented that affected the comparability of the selected financial data. You should read this table in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report and in Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

         
  Years Ended December 31,
     2014   2013   2012   2011   2010
     (In millions, except per share amounts)
Statements of Operations Data:
                                            
Revenues   $ 4,483.1     $ 3,678.3     $ 3,391.8     $ 3,026.1     $ 2,818.6  
Income from continuing operations attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders     126.1       127.8       151.9       162.7       155.6  
Income from continuing operations per share:
                                            
Basic   $ 2.81     $ 2.76     $ 3.22     $ 3.30     $ 2.98  
Diluted   $ 2.69     $ 2.68     $ 3.14     $ 3.22     $ 2.91  
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                                            
Basic     44.9       46.3       47.2       49.3       52.2  
Diluted     46.9       47.6       48.4       50.5       53.5  
Balance Sheet Data (as of end of year):
                                            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 191.5     $ 637.9     $ 85.0     $ 126.2     $ 207.4  
Working capital     712.9       538.5       480.4       467.2       498.8  
Property and equipment, net     2,377.5       2,197.2       2,030.9       1,830.4       1,668.6  
Total assets     5,457.0       5,586.8       4,722.2       4,370.1       4,162.9  
Total debt, excluding unamortized discounts and premium     2,208.6       2,386.3       1,739.3       1,652.8       1,651.7  
Total LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders’ equity     2,154.6       2,210.1       2,050.5       1,945.2       1,887.5  

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
  Years Ended December 31,
     2014   2013   2012   2011   2010
     (In millions, except per share amounts)
Other Financial Data:
                                            
Adjusted EBITDA(a)   $ 634.2     $ 537.0     $ 545.6     $ 536.2     $ 500.1  
Capital expenditures     (207.1 )      (185.2 )      (221.4 )      (219.9 )      (168.7 ) 
Cash provided by operating activities – continuing operations     412.3       354.1       382.9       401.2       375.7  
Cash used in investing activities – continuing operations     (473.2 )      (372.3 )      (422.1 )      (342.1 )      (353.6 ) 
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities – continuing operations     (385.5 )      571.2       (1.3 )      (140.6 )      (0.3 ) 

(a) We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before depreciation and amortization; interest expense, net; impairment charges; debt transaction costs; gain on settlement of pre-acquisition contingent obligation; provision for income taxes; (income) loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes and net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests. We use Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our operating performance and as a measure of performance for incentive compensation purposes. Additionally, our credit facility uses Adjusted EBITDA, subject to further permitted adjustments, for certain financial covenants. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is a measure of performance used by some investors, equity analysts and others to make informed investment decisions. In addition, multiples of current or projected Adjusted EBITDA are used to estimate current or prospective enterprise value. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of financial performance in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and the items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net income, cash flows generated by operating, investing or financing activities or other financial statement data presented in the consolidated financial statements as an indicator of financial performance or liquidity. Because Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with GAAP and is susceptible to varying calculations, Adjusted EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA as presented above to net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. for the periods presented (in millions):

         
  Years Ended December 31,
     2014   2013   2012   2011   2010
     (In millions, except per share amounts)
Adjusted EBITDA   $ 634.2     $ 537.0     $ 545.6     $ 536.2     $ 500.1  
Less:
                                            
Depreciation and amortization     250.5       228.2       193.1       165.8       148.5  
Interest expense, net     123.0       97.0       100.0       107.1       108.1  
Impairment charges     57.7             4.0              
Debt transaction costs           5.9       4.4             2.4  
Gain on settlement of pre-acquisition contingent obligation           (5.6 )                   
Provision for income taxes     68.1       79.3       88.5       97.8       82.4  
(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes           (0.4 )            (0.2 )      0.1  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests     8.8       4.4       3.7       2.8       3.1  
Net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 126.1     $ 128.2     $ 151.9     $ 162.9     $ 155.5  

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

We recommend that you read this discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. Unless otherwise indicated, all relevant financial and statistical information included herein relates to our continuing operations.

We make forward-looking statements in this report, other reports and in statements we file with the SEC and/or release to the public. In addition, our senior management makes forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others. Broadly speaking, forward-looking statements include: projections of our revenues, net income, earnings per share, capital expenditures, cash flows, debt repayments, interest rates, operating statistics and data or other financial items; efforts to reduce the cost of providing healthcare while increasing quality; descriptions of plans or objectives of our management for future operations, services or growth plans including acquisitions, divestitures, business strategies, core strategies and other initiatives, including our relationship with Duke University Health System, Inc. through Duke LifePoint Healthcare; interpretations of Medicare and Medicaid laws and regulations and their effect on our business; and descriptions of assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing.

In this report, for example, we make forward-looking statements, including statements discussing our expectations about: future financial performance and condition; future liquidity and capital resources; future cash flows; existing debt; changes in depreciation and amortization expenses; our business strategy and operating philosophy; effects of competition in a hospital’s market; costs of providing care to our patients; our compliance with new and existing laws and regulations as well as costs and benefits associated with compliance; the impact of national healthcare reform; other income from electronic health records (“EHR”); anticipated capital expenditures, including routine projects, investments in information systems and capital projects related to recent acquisitions and the expectation that capital commitments could be a significant component of future acquisitions; timeframes for completion of capital projects; implementation of supply chain management and revenue cycle functions; the impact of accounting methodologies; industry and general economic trends; patient shifts to lower cost healthcare plans which generally provide lower reimbursement; reimbursement changes, including policy considerations and changes resulting from state budgetary restrictions; the amount of reimbursement payments under the New Mexico state program; patient volumes and related revenues; claims and legal actions relating to professional liabilities; governmental investigations and voluntary self-disclosures; and physician recruiting and retention.

Forward-looking statements discuss matters that are not historical facts. Because they discuss future events or conditions, forward-looking statements often include words such as “can,” “could,” “may,” “should,” “believe,” “will,” “would,” “expect,” “project,” “estimate,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “target,” “continue,” “predict” or similar expressions. You should not unduly rely on forward-looking statements, which give our expectations about the future and are not guarantees. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. We operate in a continually changing business environment, and new risk factors emerge from time to time. We cannot predict such new risk factors nor can we assess the impact, if any, of such new risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor or combination of factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statement. We do not undertake any obligation to update our forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

There are several factors, some beyond our control that could cause results to differ significantly from our expectations. Some of these factors are described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors. Other factors, such as market, operational, liquidity, interest rate and other risks, are described elsewhere in this section and Part II, Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. Any factor described in this report could by itself, or together with one or more factors, adversely affect our business, results of operations and/or financial condition. There may be factors not described in this report that could also cause results to differ from our expectations.

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Overview

We operate general acute care hospitals primarily in non-urban communities in the U.S. At December 31, 2014, on a consolidated basis, we operated 67 hospital campuses in 21 states, having a total of 8,254 licensed beds. Effective January 1, 2015, we sold Lakeland, Northwest and Russellville. Upon completion of this sale, we operated 64 hospital campuses in 21 states, having a total of 8,024 licensed beds. We generate revenues primarily through hospital services offered at our facilities. We generated $4,483.1 million, $3,678.3 million and $3,391.8 million, respectively, in revenues during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. In 2014, we derived 44.2% of our revenues from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, collectively. Payments made to our hospitals pursuant to the Medicare and Medicaid programs for services rendered rarely exceed our costs for such services. As a result, we rely largely on payments made by private or commercial payors, together with certain limited services provided to Medicare recipients, to generate an operating profit. The hospital industry continues to endure a period where the costs of providing care are rising faster than reimbursement rates from government or private commercial payors. This places a premium on efficient operation, the ability to reduce or control costs and the need to leverage the benefits of our organization across all of our hospitals.

Competitive and Structural Environment

The environment in which our hospitals operate is extremely competitive. In addition to competitive concerns, many of our communities are experiencing slow growth, and in some cases, population losses. We believe this trend has occurred mainly as a result of recent challenging economic conditions because the economies in the non-urban communities in which our hospitals primarily operate are often dependent on a small number of larger employers, especially manufacturing or other facilities. This causes the economies of our communities to be more sensitive to economic downturns and slower to rebound when the overall U.S. economy improves.

Our hospitals face competition from other acute care hospitals, including larger tertiary hospitals located in larger markets and/or affiliated with universities; specialty hospitals that focus on one or a small number of very lucrative service lines but that are not required to operate emergency departments; stand-alone centers at which surgeries or diagnostic tests can be performed; and physicians on the medical staffs of our hospitals. In many cases, our competitors focus on the service lines that offer the highest margins. By doing so, our competitors can potentially draw the best-paying business out of our hospitals. This, in turn, can reduce the overall operating profit of our hospitals as we are often obligated to offer service lines that operate at a loss or that have much lower profit margins. We continue to see the shift of increasingly complex procedures from the inpatient to the outpatient setting and have also seen growth in the general shift of lower acuity procedures to physician offices and other non-hospital outpatient settings. These trends have, to some extent, offset our efforts to improve equivalent admission rates at many of our hospitals.

Our hospitals also face extreme competition in their efforts to recruit and retain physicians on their medical staffs. It is widely recognized that the U.S. has a shortage of physicians in certain practice areas, including primary care physicians and specialists such as cardiologists, oncologists, urologists and orthopedists, in various areas of the country. This fact, and our ability to overcome these shortages, is directly relevant to our growth strategies because cardiologists, oncologists, urologists and orthopedists are often the physicians in highest demand in communities where our hospitals are located. Larger tertiary medical centers are acquiring physician practices and employing physicians in some of our communities. While physicians in these practices may continue to be members of the medical staffs of our hospitals, they may be less likely to refer patients to our hospitals over time.

We believe other key factors in our competition for patients is the quality of our patient care and the perception of that quality in the communities where our hospitals are located, which may be influenced by, among other things, the technology, service lines and capital improvements made at our facilities and by the skills and experience of our non-physician employees involved in patient care.

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business Strategy

In order to achieve growth in patient volumes, revenues and profitability given the competitive and structural environment, we continue to focus our business strategy on the following:

Measurement and improvement of quality of patient care and perceptions of such quality in communities where our hospitals are located;
Targeted recruiting of primary care physicians and physicians in key specialties;
Retention of physicians and efforts to improve physician satisfaction, including employing a greater number of primary care physicians as well as physicians in certain specialties;
Retention and, where needed, recruitment of non-physician employees involved in patient care and efforts to improve employee satisfaction;
Targeted investments in new technologies, new service lines and capital improvements at our facilities;
Improvements in management of expenses and revenue cycle;
Negotiation of improved reimbursement rates with non-governmental payors;
Strategic growth through acquisition and integration of hospitals and other healthcare facilities where valuations are attractive and we can identify opportunities for improved financial performance through our management or ownership; and
Developing strategic partnerships with not-for-profit healthcare providers to achieve growth in new regions.

As part of our ongoing efforts to further manage costs and improve the results of our revenue cycle, we have partnered with a third party to provide certain nonclinical business functions, including payroll processing, supply chain management and revenue cycle functions. We believe this model of sharing centralized resources to support common business functions across multi-facility enterprises provides us efficiencies and is the most cost effective approach to managing these nonclinical business functions.

Regulatory Environment

Our business and our hospitals are highly regulated, and the penalties for noncompliance can be severe. We are required to comply with extensive, complicated and overlapping government laws and regulations at the federal, state and local levels. These laws and regulations govern every aspect of how our hospitals conduct their operations, from what service lines must be offered in order to be licensed as an acute care hospital, to whether our hospitals may employ physicians, and to how (and whether) our hospitals may receive payments pursuant to the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The failure to comply with these laws and regulations can result in severe penalties including criminal penalties, civil sanctions, and the loss of our ability to receive reimbursements through the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

Not only are our hospitals heavily regulated, but the rules, regulations and laws to which they are subject often change, with little or no notice, and are often interpreted and applied differently by various regulatory agencies with authority to enforce such requirements. Each change or conflicting interpretation may require our hospitals to make changes in their facilities, equipment, personnel or services, and may also require that standard operating policies and procedures be re-written and re-implemented. The cost of complying with such laws and regulations is a significant component of our overall expenses. Further, this expense has grown in recent periods because of new regulatory requirements and the severity of the penalties associated with non-compliance. Management anticipates that compliance expenses will continue to grow in the foreseeable future. The healthcare industry has seen a number of ongoing investigations related to patient referrals, physician recruiting practices, cost reporting and billing practices, medical necessity, laboratory and home healthcare services, physician ownership of hospitals and other healthcare providers, and joint ventures involving hospitals and physicians. Hospitals continue to be one of the primary focal areas of the OIG, DOJ and other governmental fraud and abuse programs.

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Health Care Reform

The Affordable Care Act changed how healthcare services are covered, delivered, and reimbursed. The net effect of the Affordable Care Act on our business is subject to numerous variables, including the law’s complexity, lack of complete implementing regulations and interpretive guidance, gradual implementation and possible amendment, as well as the uncertainty as to the extent to which states will choose to expand their Medicaid program and the extent to which individuals will elect coverage. In addition, a number of the provisions of the Affordable Care Act that were scheduled to become effective in 2014, such as the employer mandate, the Small Business Health Option Program, and the state-run exchange verification of income and Medicaid agency electronic notification of eligibility for tax credit and subsidy requirements, have been delayed until 2015 or 2016, and additional delays in the implementation of these or other provisions of the Affordable Care Act could be imposed in the future. As a result, we are unable to predict with any certainty the net effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations of the expected increases in insured individuals using our facilities, the reductions in government healthcare reimbursement spending, and numerous other provisions of the Affordable Care Act that may affect us. We are also unable to predict with a high level of precision how providers, payors, employers and other market participants will continue to respond to the various reform provisions because many provisions will not be implemented for several years under the Affordable Care Act’s implementation schedule. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court is reviewing whether premium subsidies may be made available to individuals residing in the 37 states that have federally-run health insurance exchanges, and several bills have been and may continue to be introduced in Congress to delay, defund or repeal implementation of or amend all significant provisions of the Affordable Care Act. The results of the U.S. Supreme Court’s review and such legislative efforts may impact our business in the future.

Medicare and Medicaid Reimbursement

Medicare payment methodologies have been, and are expected to continue to be, revised significantly based on cost containment and policy considerations. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) has already begun to implement some of the Medicare reimbursement reductions required by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the “Affordable Care Act”). These revisions will likely be more frequent and significant as more of the Affordable Care Act’s changes and cost-saving measures become effective. Additionally, the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 and the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 require further reductions in Medicare payments, and the Budget Control Act of 2011 (“BCA”) imposed a 2% reduction in Medicare spending effective as of April 1, 2013.

On February 2, 2015, the Office of Management and Budget released President Obama’s proposed budget for federal fiscal year (“FFY”) 2016 (the “Proposed Budget”). Among other things, the Proposed Budget would end sequestration but would also reduce Medicare spending by approximately $400 billion over the next 10 years. The Proposed Budget would achieve these reductions by, among other things, reducing Medicare coverage of bad debt, reducing payments to hospitals for graduate medical education programs, reducing payments to critical access hospitals, reducing payments to hospitals for services that are provided at off-campus hospital outpatient departments, and increasing financial liabilities for certain Medicare beneficiaries. We cannot predict whether the Proposed Budget will be implemented in whole or in part or whether Congress will take other legislative action to reduce spending on the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Additionally, future efforts to reduce the federal deficit may result in additional revisions to and payment reductions for the amounts we receive for our services.

Physician Services

Physician services are reimbursed under the Medicare physician fee schedule (“PFS”) system, under which CMS has assigned a national relative value unit (“RVU”) to most medical procedures and services that reflects the various resources required by a physician to provide the services relative to all other services. Each RVU is calculated based on a combination of work required in terms of time and intensity of effort for the service, practice expense (overhead) attributable to the service and malpractice insurance expense attributable to the service. These three elements are each modified by a geographic adjustment factor to account for local practice costs then aggregated. The aggregated amount is multiplied by a conversion factor

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

that accounts for inflation and targeted growth in Medicare expenditures (as calculated by the sustainable growth rate (“SGR”)) to arrive at the payment amount for each service.

The PFS rates are adjusted each year, and reductions in both current and future payments are anticipated. The SGR formula has resulted in payment decreases to physicians every year since 2002. However, all but one of those payment decreases has been averted by Congressional action. For CY 2014, CMS issued a final rule that would have applied the SGR and resulted in an aggregate reduction of 20.1% to all physician payments under the PFS for CY 2014. The Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013, which was enacted on December 26, 2013 (the “Pathway Act”) delayed the application of the SGR and provided for a 0.5% increase in PFS payment rates through March 31, 2014. PAMA extends the 0.5% increase in PFS payment rates established by the Pathway Act through December 31, 2014. It also provides that there will be no increase to the CY 2015 PFS from January 1, 2015 through March 31, 2015.

On November 13, 2014, CMS published the PFS final rule for CY 2015. In the final rule, CMS stated that application of the SGR to the PFS would result in a 21.2% reduction in payment rates for physicians’ services beginning on April 1, 2015. We cannot predict whether Congress will pass legislation to avert the rate cut for the remainder of CY 2015 and/or otherwise adopt a permanent fix for the issues that are created by the application of the SGR. If the payment reduction to the PFS is not averted prior to March 31, 2015, the reimbursement received by our employed physicians, the physicians to whom our hospitals have provided recruitment assistance, and the physician members of our medical staffs would be adversely affected.

Adoption of Electronic Health Records

The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (the “HITECH Act”) was enacted into law on February 17, 2009 as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”). The HITECH Act includes provisions designed to increase the use of EHR by both physicians and hospitals. EHR meaningful use objectives and measures that hospitals and physicians must meet in order to qualify for incentive payments will be implemented in three stages. Stage 1 has been in effect since 2011; however, on September 4, 2012, HHS released final requirements for Stage 2, which took effect on October 1, 2013. We strive to comply with the EHR meaningful use requirements of the HITECH Act in time to qualify for the maximum available incentive payments. Our compliance has and will continue to result in significant costs including business process changes, professional services focused on successfully designing and implementing our EHR solutions along with costs associated with the hardware and software components of the project. As we complete our full implementation of certified EHR technology in accordance with all three phases of the program, our EHR incentive payments will decline and ultimately end. We currently estimate that at a minimum total costs incurred to comply will be recovered through the total EHR incentive payments over the projected lifecycle of this initiative.

An important component of the effective implementation of our EHR initiatives involves our uninterrupted access to reliable information systems. In late 2011, we entered into an agreement with a third party technology provider to design and operate a hosted data center for our critical third party information systems. In addition to providing a hosted data center, the third party technology provider offers help desk end-user support for certain clinical information systems, provides help desk and support functions for certain clinical information system applications, performs backups and recoveries of certain critical data, and monitors critical systems to facilitate the identifications of and rapid responses to certain system issues. We believe this agreement provides us with a single technology platform for the delivery of critical third party information systems for the majority of our hospitals and will improve the effectiveness and efficiency of key information support functions in a cost-effective and high quality manner.

Revenue Sources

Our hospitals generate revenues by providing healthcare services to our patients. Depending upon the patient’s medical insurance coverage, we are paid for these services by governmental Medicare and Medicaid programs, commercial insurance, including managed care organizations, and directly by the patient. The amounts we are paid for providing healthcare services to our patients vary depending upon the payor. Governmental payors generally pay significantly less than the hospital’s customary charges for the services provided. Insured patients are generally not responsible for any difference between customary hospital charges

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and the amounts received from commercial insurance payors. However, insured patients are responsible for payments not covered by insurance, such as exclusions, deductibles and co-payments.

Revenues from governmental payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid, are controlled by complex rules and regulations that stipulate the amount a hospital is paid for providing healthcare services. We must comply with these rules and regulations to continue to be eligible to participate in the Medicare and Medicaid programs. These rules and regulations are subject to frequent changes as a result of legislative and administrative action and annual payment adjustments on both the federal and the state levels. These changes will likely become more frequent and significant as the provisions of the Affordable Care Act are implemented.

Revenues from health maintenance organizations (“HMOs”), preferred provider organizations (“PPOs”) and other private insurers are subject to contracts and other arrangements that require us to discount the amounts we customarily charge for healthcare services. These discounted arrangements often limit our ability to increase charges in response to increasing costs. We actively negotiate with these payors in an effort to maintain or increase the pricing of our healthcare services; however, we have no control over patients switching their healthcare coverage to a payor with which we have negotiated less favorable reimbursement rates. In recent years, an increasing number of our patients have moved to lower cost healthcare coverage plans, and such plans generally provide lower reimbursement rates and require patients to pay an increased portion of the costs of care through deductibles, co-payments or exclusions. We expect this trend to continue in the coming years.

Self-pay revenues are primarily generated through the treatment of uninsured patients. During the year ended December 31, 2014, our self-pay revenues decreased primarily as a result of a shift from self-pay to Medicaid and HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers for a portion of our patient population, which primarily was a result of healthcare reform and the expansion of Medicaid coverage in certain of the states in which we operate. These reductions partially offset trends our hospitals have experienced in recent years, including increases in self-pay revenues due to a combination of broad economic factors, including high levels of unemployment in many of our markets and increasing numbers of individuals and employers who choose not to purchase insurance or who purchase insurance plans with high deductibles and high co-payments. Additionally, certain of our hospitals participate in federal, state and local programs that provide for supplemental support and funding for the care of indigent patients and changes in these programs can impact our financial position and results of operations. For example, as a result of changes made to one such program in New Mexico, the Sole Community Provider Program (“New Mexico SCPP”), we recognized revenues of approximately $16.1 million, $16.3 million and $34.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Any changes to the New Mexico SCPP, for whatever reason, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations in the period the changes occur.

To provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the carrying value of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value. Our provision for doubtful accounts serves to reduce our reported revenues.

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Results of Operations

The following definitions apply throughout the remaining portion of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Additionally, unless noted otherwise, discussions throughout the remaining portion of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations relate to the Company’s continuing operations.

Admissions.  Represents the total number of patients admitted to our hospitals and used by management and investors as a general measure of inpatient volume.

bps.  Basis points.

Continuing operations.  Continuing operations information includes the results of our hospital support center, our same-hospital operations and the results of our recent acquisitions completed in 2014 and 2013. Additionally, continuing operations information includes the results of River Parishes Hospital (“River Parishes”), which was sold effective November 1, 2014, and Lakeland Community Hospital (“Lakeland”), Northwest Medical Center (“Northwest”) and Russellville Hospital (“Russellville”), which were sold effective January 1, 2015.

Effective tax rate.  Provision for income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests.

Emergency room visits.  Represents the total number of hospital-based emergency room visits.

Equivalent admissions.  Management and investors use equivalent admissions as a general measure of combined inpatient and outpatient volume. We compute equivalent admissions by multiplying admissions (inpatient volume) by the outpatient factor (the sum of gross inpatient revenue and gross outpatient revenue and then dividing the resulting amount by gross inpatient revenue). The equivalent admissions computation “equates” outpatient revenue to the volume measure (admissions) used to measure inpatient volume resulting in a general measure of combined inpatient and outpatient volume.

Medicare case mix index.  Refers to the acuity or severity of illness of an average Medicare patient at our hospitals.

N/A.  Not applicable.

Net revenue days outstanding.  We compute net revenue days outstanding by dividing our accounts receivable net of allowance for doubtful accounts, by our revenue per day. Our revenue per day is calculated by dividing our quarterly healthcare services revenues by the number of calendar days in the quarter.

Outpatient surgeries.  Outpatient surgeries are those surgeries that do not require admission to our hospitals.

Revenues.  Revenues represent amounts recognized from all payors for the delivery of healthcare services, net of contractual discounts and the provision for doubtful accounts.

Same-hospital.  Same-hospital information includes the results of our hospital support center and the same 53 hospitals operated during the years ended December, 31 2014 and 2013. Same-hospital information excludes the results of our recent acquisitions completed in 2014 and 2013, with the exception of Scott Memorial Hospital, which we acquired effective January 1, 2013 through our joint venture with Norton Healthcare, Inc. and which is included in our same-hospital information. Additionally, same-hospital information excludes our hospitals that have previously been disposed, in addition to Lakeland, Northwest and Russellville, which were sold effective January 1, 2015.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

Operating Results Summary

The following table summarizes the results of operations for the three months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in millions):

       
  Three Months Ended December 31,
     2014   2013
     Amount   % of
Revenues
  Amount   % of
Revenues
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 1,483.7       117.5 %    $ 1,159.9       121.8 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     220.8       17.5       207.3       21.8  
Revenues     1,262.9       100.0       952.6       100.0  
Salaries and benefits     612.4       48.5       449.9       47.2  
Supplies     199.0       15.8       147.7       15.5  
Other operating expenses     299.9       23.7       233.9       24.6  
Other income     (22.4 )      (1.8 )      (27.4 )      (2.9 ) 
Depreciation and amortization     59.7       4.8       59.1       6.2  
Interest expense, net     29.2       2.3       26.5       2.8  
Impairment charges     45.5       3.6              
Debt transaction costs                 1.2       0.1  
       1,223.3       96.9       890.9       93.5  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes     39.6       3.1       61.7       6.5  
Provision for income taxes     12.9       1.0       23.8       2.5  
Income from continuing operations     26.7       2.1       37.9       4.0  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests     (4.3 )      (0.3 )      (2.0 )      (0.3 ) 
Income from continuing operations attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 22.4       1.8 %    $ 35.9       3.7 % 

Revenues

The following table presents the components of revenues from continuing operations and on a same-hospital basis for the three months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in millions):

       
  Three Months Ended
December 31,
  Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
     2014   2013
Continuing operations:
                                   
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 1,483.7     $ 1,159.9     $ 323.8       27.9 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     220.8       207.3       13.5       6.5  
Revenues   $ 1,262.9     $ 952.6     $ 310.3       32.6  
Same-hospital:
                                   
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 1,124.3     $ 1,093.2     $ 31.1       2.8 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     184.3       198.7       (14.4 )      (7.3 ) 
Revenues   $ 940.0     $ 894.5     $ 45.5       5.1  

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows the sources of our revenues by payor, including adjustments to estimated reimbursement amounts and provision for doubtful accounts, for the three months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

       
  Three Months Ended December 31,
     2014   2013
     Amount   % of
Revenues
  Amount   % of
Revenues
Medicare   $ 357.9       28.3 %    $ 295.9       31.1 % 
Medicaid     168.1       13.3       131.9       13.8  
HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers     731.5       58.0       505.9       53.1  
Self-pay     197.5       15.6       207.8       21.8  
Other     28.7       2.3       18.4       2.0  
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts     1,483.7       117.5       1,159.9       121.8  
Provision for doubtful accounts     (220.8 )      (17.5 )      (207.3 )      (21.8 ) 
Revenues   $ 1,262.9       100.0 %    $ 952.6       100.0 % 

Our revenues per equivalent admission from continuing operations and on a same-hospital basis were as follows for the three months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

       
  Three Months Ended
December 31,
  Increase   % Increase
     2014   2013
Revenues per equivalent admission – continuing operations   $ 8,226     $ 8,082     $ 144       1.8  
Revenues per equivalent admission – same-hospital   $ 8,087     $ 8,081     $ 6       0.1  

Revenues Before Provision for Doubtful Accounts

The following table shows the key drivers of our revenues before provision for doubtful accounts from continuing operations and on a same-hospital basis for the three months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

       
  Three Months Ended
December 31,
  Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
     2014   2013
Continuing operations:
                                   
Admissions     60,252       49,112       11,140       22.7  
Equivalent admissions     153,538       117,864       35,674       30.3  
Medicare case mix index     1.38       1.38              
Average length of stay (days)     4.9       4.6       0.3       6.5  
Inpatient surgeries     16,012       13,133       2,879       21.9  
Outpatient surgeries     59,775       47,901       11,874       24.8  
Total surgeries     75,787       61,034       14,753       24.2  
Emergency room visits     378,643       294,697       83,946       28.5  
Outpatient factor     2.55       2.40       0.15       6.3  
Same-hospital:
                                   
Admissions     46,136       46,419       (283 )      (0.6 ) 
Equivalent admissions     116,230       110,696       5,534       5.0  
Medicare case mix index     1.39       1.40       (0.01 )      (0.7 ) 
Average length of stay (days)     4.6       4.5       0.1       2.2  
Inpatient surgeries     12,126       12,583       (457 )      (3.6 ) 
Outpatient surgeries     46,100       45,212       888       2.0  
Total surgeries     58,226       57,795       431       0.7  
Emergency room visits     298,905       275,562       23,343       8.5  
Outpatient factor     2.52       2.38       0.14       5.7  

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the three months ended December 31, 2014, our same-hospital revenues before provision for doubtful accounts increased $31.1 million, or 2.8%, to $1,124.3 million as compared to $1,093.2 million for the same period last year. This increase was primarily driven by increases in our same-hospital equivalent admissions as well as the favorable impact of healthcare reform. For the three months ended December 31, 2014, our same-hospital equivalent admissions increased 5.0% as compared to the same period last year, primarily as a result of an 8.5% increase in emergency room visits. Because the acuity for many of these additional emergency room visits was lower than the average acuity for the remaining equivalent admissions, the result was a lower revenue per equivalent admission. Additionally, we experienced a payor mix shift from self-pay payors to Medicaid and HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers for a portion of our patient population, which primarily was a result of healthcare reform and the expansion of Medicaid coverage in certain of the states in which we operate. At December 31, 2014, only eight of the states in which we operate are currently implementing expansions to their Medicaid programs.

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

The following table summarizes the key drivers and key indicators of our provision for doubtful accounts from continuing operations and on a same-hospital basis for the three months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in millions):

           
  Three Months Ended December 31,   Decrease   % Decrease
     2014   % of
Revenues
  % of
Revenues
  2013
Continuing operations:
                                                     
Related key indicators:
                                                     
Charity care write-offs   $ 14.6       1.2 %    $ 26.7       2.8 %    $ (12.1 )      (45.5 )% 
Self-pay revenues, net of charity care write-offs and uninsured discounts   $ 197.5       15.6 %    $ 207.8       21.8 %    $ (10.3 )      (5.0 )% 
Net revenue days outstanding (at end of period)     56.4       N/A       59.1       N/A       (2.7 )      (4.6 )% 
Same-hospital:
                                                     
Related key indicators:
                                                     
Charity care write-offs   $ 6.7       0.7 %    $ 24.3       2.7 %    $ (17.6 )      (72.4 )% 
Self-pay revenues, net of charity care write-offs and uninsured discounts   $ 159.4       17.0 %    $ 198.9       22.2 %    $ (39.5 )      (19.9 )% 
Net revenue days outstanding (at end of period)     57.2       N/A       59.2       N/A       (2.0 )      (3.4 )% 

Our provision for doubtful accounts relates principally to amounts due from patients included in our self-pay population and other amounts such as co-payments and deductibles due from patients included in other payor categories. For the three months ended December 31, 2014, our provision for doubtful accounts increased by $13.5 million, or 6.5%, to $220.8 million on a continuing operations basis and decreased by $14.4 million, or 7.3%, to $184.3 million on a same-hospital basis as compared to the same period last year. Same-hospital self-pay revenues decreased by $39.5 million over the same period last year. The decrease in same-hospital self-pay revenues is primarily due to a shift from self-pay to Medicaid and HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers for a portion of our patient population, which primarily was a result of healthcare reform and the expansion of Medicaid coverage in certain of the states in which we operate. However, as patient financial responsibility has continued to increase with higher co-payment and deductible obligations, our provision for doubtful accounts has increased to reflect the difficulty in collecting these amounts. The provision and allowance for doubtful accounts are critical accounting estimates and are further discussed in Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, “Critical Accounting Estimates.”

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our net revenue days outstanding at December 31, 2014 improved to 56.4 days compared to 59.1 days at December 31, 2013 on a continuing operations basis. On a same-hospital basis, our net revenue days outstanding at December 31, 2014 improved to 57.2 days compared to 59.2 days at December 31, 2013.

Expenses and Other Income

Salaries and Benefits

The following table summarizes our salaries and benefits, man-hours per equivalent admission and salaries and benefits per equivalent admission for the three months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

           
  Three Months Ended December 31,    
     2014
  % of Revenues   2013   % of
Revenues
  Increase   % Increase
Salaries and benefits (dollars in millions)   $ 612.4       48.5 %    $ 449.9       47.2 %    $ 162.5       36.1 % 
Man-hours per equivalent admission     109       N/A       109       N/A             % 
Salaries and benefits per equivalent admission   $ 4,036       N/A     $ 3,793       N/A     $ 243       6.4 % 

For the three months ended December 31, 2014, our salaries and benefits expense increased to $612.4 million, or 36.1%, as compared to $449.9 million for the same period last year primarily as a result of our recent acquisitions and the impact of an increasing number of employed physicians and their related support staff.

Supplies

The following table summarizes our supplies and supplies per equivalent admission for the three months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

           
  Three Months Ended December 31,    
     2014   % of
Revenues
  2013   % of
Revenues
  Increase   % Increase
Supplies (dollars in millions)   $ 199.0       15.8 %    $ 147.7       15.5 %    $ 51.3       34.8 % 
Supplies per equivalent admission   $ 1,295       N/A     $ 1,254       N/A     $ 41       3.3 % 

For the three months ended December 31, 2014, our supplies expense increased to $199.0 million, or 34.8%, as compared to $147.7 million for the same period last year primarily as a result of our recent acquisitions.

Other Operating Expenses

The following table summarizes our other operating expenses for the three months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in millions):

           
  Three Months Ended December 31,    
     2014   % of
Revenues
  2013   % of
Revenues
  Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
Professional fees   $ 45.0       3.6 %    $ 40.2       4.2 %    $ 4.8       11.7 % 
Utilities     22.9       1.8       17.7       1.8       5.2       30.2  
Repairs and maintenance     35.1       2.8       25.6       2.7       9.5       36.9  
Rents and leases     14.0       1.1       7.7       0.8       6.3       81.2  
Insurance     13.6       1.1       11.3       1.2       2.3       19.8  
Physician recruiting     4.9       0.4       6.0       0.6       (1.1 )      (17.5 ) 
Contract services     88.1       7.0       64.6       6.8       23.5       36.5  
Non-income taxes     34.3       2.7       26.6       2.8       7.7       29.0  
Other     42.0       3.2       34.2       3.7       7.8       23.0  
     $ 299.9       23.7     $ 233.9       24.6     $ 66.0       28.3 % 

For the three months ended December 31, 2014, our other operating expenses increased to $299.9 million, or 28.3%, as compared to $233.9 million for the same period last year primarily as a result of

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our recent acquisitions. In addition to our recent acquisitions, our other operating expenses increased primarily as a result of an increase in contract services due to increased fees and expenses related to the completion of our shared centralized resource initiatives at the majority of our hospitals.

Other Income

We recognize EHR incentive payments received or anticipated to be received under the HITECH Act as other income in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 450-30, “Gain Contingencies” (“ASC 450-30”) when our eligible hospitals and physician practices have demonstrated meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period and when the cost report information for the full cost report year that determines the final calculation of the EHR incentive payment is available. For the three months ended December 31, 2014, we recognized $22.4 million in Medicare and Medicaid EHR incentive payments, collectively, as compared to $27.4 million recognized in the same period last year.

Depreciation and Amortization

For the three months ended December 31, 2014, our depreciation and amortization expense increased by $0.6 million, or 1.0% to $59.7 million, or 4.8% of revenues, as compared to $59.1 million, or 6.2% of revenues for the same period last year. Our depreciation and amortization expense increased primarily as a result of our recent acquisitions as well as a result of significant increases in our spending related to information systems as the result of various initiatives and requirements, including compliance with the HITECH Act. These increases were partially offset by decreases resulting from the finalization of the purchase price allocations for certain of our recent acquisitions. Furthermore, many of our recent acquisitions’ depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of revenue is lower than the Company’s historical rates. We anticipate that our depreciation and amortization expense will continue to increase in future periods as a result of these factors in addition to the impact of capital expenditure commitments associated with our recent acquisitions.

Interest Expense

For the three months ended December 31, 2014, our interest expense increased by $2.7 million, or 9.9% to $29.2 million as compared to $26.5 million for the same period last year. The increase in our interest expense is primarily attributable to an increase in our total debt outstanding during the three months ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period last year. On December 6, 2013, we issued in a private placement $700.0 million of 5.5% unsecured senior notes due December 1, 2021 (the “5.5% Senior Notes”) with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. The net proceeds from this issuance were partially used to repay $100.0 million of our senior secured incremental term loans (the “Incremental Term Loans”). Subsequently, on May 12, 2014, we issued $400.0 million of additional 5.5% Senior Notes with terms substantially identical to those of the initial offering. The additional notes were issued at a premium of $12.0 million for total net proceeds from the issuance of $412.0 million which were used to fund, in part, the cash-settled portion of the maturity or conversion of our outstanding 3½% convertible senior subordinated notes due May 15, 2014 (the “3½% Notes”). Including the impact of the premium, the additional 5.5% Senior Notes were issued at an effective rate of 4.9%. For a further discussion of our debt and corresponding interest rates, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt.”

Impairment Charges

In connection with our entry into a definitive agreement to sell almost all of the assets of Lakeland, Northwest and Russellville, we recognized impairment charges in the aggregate of $45.5 million, $28.1 million net of income taxes, or $0.60 loss per diluted share, during the three months ended December 31, 2014. The impairment charges include the write-down of property, equipment, allocated goodwill and certain other assets to their estimated fair values.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes was $12.9 million, or 1.0% of revenues, for the three months ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $23.8 million, or 2.5% of revenues, for the same period last year. The effective tax rate decreased to 36.6% for the three months ended December 31, 2014, compared to 39.9% for the same period last year. Our effective tax rate was lower for the three months ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to the reversal of accrued interest as a result of the favorable resolution of a previously open tax

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

matter following the conclusion of an IRS examination. Our effective tax rate was higher for the three months ended December 31, 2013 primarily as a result of the recognition of a $6.0 million valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets for Federal net operating losses generated by our Michigan physician practice operations for which we did not believe we would be able to offset against future operational income.

For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

Operating Results Summary

The following table summarizes the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in millions):

       
  Years Ended December 31,
     2014   2013
     Amount   % of
Revenues
  Amount   % of
Revenues
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 5,300.9       118.2 %    $ 4,428.7       120.4 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     817.8       18.2       750.4       20.4  
Revenues     4,483.1       100.0       3,678.3       100.0  
Salaries and benefits     2,134.5       47.6       1,727.4       47.0  
Supplies     699.0       15.6       577.1       15.7  
Other operating expenses     1,087.3       24.3       900.9       24.4  
Other income     (71.9 )      (1.6 )      (64.1 )      (1.7 ) 
Depreciation and amortization     250.5       5.6       228.2       6.2  
Interest expense, net     123.0       2.7       97.0       2.6  
Impairment charges     57.7       1.3              
Debt transaction costs                 5.9       0.2  
Gain on settlement of pre-acquisition contingent obligation                 (5.6 )      (0.2 ) 
       4,280.1       95.5       3,466.8       94.2  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes     203.0       4.5       211.5       5.8  
Provision for income taxes     68.1       1.5       79.3       2.2  
Income from continuing operations     134.9       3.0       132.2       3.6  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests     (8.8 )      (0.2 )      (4.4 )      (0.1 ) 
Income from continuing operations attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 126.1       2.8 %    $ 127.8       3.5 % 

Revenues

The following table presents the components of revenues from continuing operations and on a same-hospital basis for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in millions):

       
  Years Ended December 31,   Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
     2014   2013
Continuing operations:
                                   
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 5,300.9     $ 4,428.7     $ 872.2       19.7 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     817.8       750.4       67.4       9.0  
Revenues   $ 4,483.1     $ 3,678.3     $ 804.8       21.9  
Same-hospital:
                                   
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 4,414.2     $ 4,274.0     $ 140.2       3.3 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     709.7       720.6       (10.9 )      (1.5 ) 
Revenues   $ 3,704.5     $ 3,553.4     $ 151.1       4.3  

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows the sources of our revenues by payor, including adjustments to estimated reimbursement amounts and provision for doubtful accounts, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

       
  Years Ended December 31,
     2014   2013
     Amount   % of
Revenues
  Amount   % of
Revenues
Medicare   $ 1,361.4       30.4 %    $ 1,199.5       32.6 % 
Medicaid     619.8       13.8       517.0       14.1  
HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers     2,476.7       55.2       1,876.1       51.0  
Self-pay     744.9       16.6       766.5       20.8  
Other     98.1       2.2       69.6       1.9  
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts     5,300.9       118.2       4,428.7       120.4  
Provision for doubtful accounts     (817.8 )      (18.2 )      (750.4 )      (20.4 ) 
Revenues   $ 4,483.1       100.0 %    $ 3,678.3       100.0 % 

Our revenues per equivalent admission from continuing operations and on a same-hospital basis were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

       
  Years Ended
December 31,
   
     2014   2013   Increase   % Increase
Revenues per equivalent admission – continuing operations   $ 8,145     $ 7,852     $ 293       3.7  
Revenues per equivalent admission – same-hospital   $ 8,053     $ 7,932     $ 121       1.5  

Revenues Before Provision for Doubtful Accounts

The following table shows the key drivers of our revenues before provision for doubtful accounts from continuing operations and on a same-hospital basis for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

       
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
     2014   2013
Continuing operations:
                                   
Admissions     221,587       199,252       22,335       11.2  
Equivalent admissions     550,422       468,441       81,981       17.5  
Medicare case mix index     1.38       1.37       0.01       0.7  
Average length of stay (days)     4.9       4.6       0.3       6.5  
Inpatient surgeries     59,231       53,306       5,925       11.1  
Outpatient surgeries     214,130       183,311       30,819       16.8  
Total surgeries     273,361       236,617       36,744       15.5  
Emergency room visits     1,363,459       1,171,537       191,922       16.4  
Outpatient factor     2.48       2.35       0.13       5.7  
Same-hospital:
                                   
Admissions     187,373       191,364       (3,991 )      (2.1 ) 
Equivalent admissions     460,001       447,983       12,018       2.7  
Medicare case mix index     1.39       1.38       0.01       0.7  
Average length of stay (days)     4.6       4.6              
Inpatient surgeries     50,228       51,776       (1,548 )      (3.0 ) 
Outpatient surgeries     181,719       176,872       4,847       2.7  
Total surgeries     231,947       228,648       3,299       1.4  
Emergency room visits     1,153,363       1,116,797       36,566       3.3  
Outpatient factor     2.46       2.34       0.12       4.9  

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2014, our same-hospital revenues before provision for doubtful accounts increased $140.2 million, or 3.3%, to $4,414.2 million as compared to $4,274.0 million for the prior year. This increase was primarily driven by increases in our same-hospital equivalent admissions, higher contracted rates from HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers as well as the favorable impact of healthcare reform. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our same-hospital equivalent admissions increased 2.7% as compared to the prior year, primarily as a result of a 1.4% increase in total surgeries and a 3.3% increase in emergency room visits. Additionally, we experienced a payor mix shift from self-pay to Medicaid and HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers for a portion of our patient population, which primarily was a result of healthcare reform and the expansion of Medicaid coverage in certain of the states in which we operate. At December 31, 2014, only eight of the states in which we operate are currently implementing expansions to their Medicaid programs.

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

The following table summarizes the key drivers and key indicators of our provision for doubtful accounts from continuing operations and on a same-hospital basis for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in millions):

           
  Years Ended December 31,    
     2014   % of
Revenues
  2013   % of
Revenues
  Decrease   % Decrease
Continuing operations:
                                                     
Related key indicators:
                                                     
Charity care write-offs   $ 80.9       1.8 %    $ 132.1       3.6 %    $ (51.2 )      (38.8 )% 
Self-pay revenues, net of charity care write-offs and uninsured discounts   $ 744.9       16.6 %    $ 766.5       20.8 %    $ (21.6 )      (2.8 )% 
Net revenue days outstanding (at end of period)     56.4       N/A       59.1       N/A       (2.7 )      (4.6 )% 
Same-hospital:
                                                     
Related key indicators:
                                                     
Charity care write-offs   $ 60.4       1.6 %    $ 129.0       3.6 %    $ (68.6 )      (53.2 )% 
Self-pay revenues, net of charity care write-offs and uninsured discounts   $ 630.0       17.0 %    $ 736.8       20.7 %    $ (106.8 )      (14.5 )% 
Net revenue days outstanding (at end of period)     57.2       N/A       59.2       N/A       (2.0 )      (3.4 )% 

Our provision for doubtful accounts relates principally to amounts due from patients included in our self-pay population and other amounts such as co-payments and deductibles due from patients included in other payor categories. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our provision for doubtful accounts increased by $67.4 million, or 9.0%, to $817.8 million on a continuing operations basis and decreased by $10.9 million, or 1.5%, to $709.7 million on a same-hospital basis as compared to the prior year. Same-hospital self-pay revenues decreased by $106.8 million over the prior year. The decrease in same-hospital self-pay revenues is primarily due to a shift from self-pay to Medicaid and HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers for a portion of our patient population, which primarily was a result of healthcare reform and the expansion of Medicaid coverage in certain of the states in which we operate. However, as patient financial responsibility has continued to increase with higher co-payment and deductible obligations, our provision for doubtful accounts has increased to reflect the difficulty in collecting these amounts. The provision and allowance for doubtful accounts are critical accounting estimates and are further discussed in Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, “Critical Accounting Estimates.”

Our net revenue days outstanding at December 31, 2014 improved to 56.4 days compared to 59.1 days at December 31, 2013 on a continuing operations basis. On a same-hospital basis, our net revenue days outstanding at December 31, 2014 improved to 57.2 days compared to 59.2 days at December 31, 2013.

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expenses and Other Income

Salaries and Benefits

The following table summarizes our salaries and benefits, man-hours per equivalent admission and salaries and benefits per equivalent admission for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

           
  Years Ended December 31,    
     2014   % of
Revenues
  2013   % of
Revenues
  Increase   % Increase
Salaries and benefits (dollars in millions)   $ 2,134.5       47.6 %    $ 1,727.4       47.0 %    $ 407.1       23.6 % 
Man-hours per equivalent admission     108       N/A       107       N/A       1       0.9 % 
Salaries and benefits per equivalent admission   $ 3,870       N/A     $ 3,683       N/A     $ 187       5.1 % 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, our salaries and benefits expense increased to $2,134.5 million, or 23.6%, as compared to $1,727.4 million for the prior year primarily as a result of our recent acquisitions and the impact of an increasing number of employed physicians and their related support staff.

Supplies

The following table summarizes our supplies and supplies per equivalent admission for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

           
  Years Ended December 31,    
     2014   % of
Revenues
  2013   % of
Revenues
  Increase   % Increase
Supplies (dollars in millions)   $ 699.0       15.6 %    $ 577.1       15.7 %    $ 121.9       21.1 % 
Supplies per equivalent admission   $ 1,270       N/A     $ 1,232       N/A     $ 38       3.1 % 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, our supplies expense increased to $699.0 million, or 21.1%, as compared to $577.1 million for the prior year primarily as a result of our recent acquisitions.

Other Operating Expenses

The following table summarizes our other operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in millions):

           
  Years Ended December 31,   Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
     2014   % of
Revenues
  2013   % of
Revenues
Professional fees   $ 161.1       3.6 %    $ 142.5       3.9 %    $ 18.6       13.0 % 
Utilities     87.7       2.0       70.4       1.9       17.3       24.6  
Repairs and maintenance     122.4       2.7       97.6       2.7       24.8       25.4  
Rents and leases     45.4       1.0       36.5       1.0       8.9       24.3  
Insurance     50.6       1.1       40.4       1.1       10.2       25.0  
Physician recruiting     22.9       0.5       26.4       0.7       (3.5 )      (13.3 ) 
Contract services     319.7       7.1       256.4       7.0       63.3       24.7  
Non-income taxes     124.2       2.8       102.0       2.8       22.2       21.8  
Other     153.3       3.5       128.7       3.3       24.6       19.2  
     $ 1,087.3       24.3     $ 900.9       24.4     $ 186.4       20.7 % 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, our other operating expenses increased to $1,087.3 million, or 20.7%, as compared to $900.9 million for the prior year primarily as a result of our recent acquisitions. Additionally, our same-hospital other operating expenses increased primarily as a result of increases in same-hospital contract services and other expenses. Our same-hospital contract services expense increased primarily as a result of increased fees and expenses related to the completion of our shared centralized resource initiatives at the majority of our hospitals. Our same-hospital other expenses increased as a result of additional transactional expenses related to our recent acquisitions, including legal and consulting fees.

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Income

We recognize EHR incentive payments received or anticipated to be received under the HITECH Act as other income in accordance with ASC 450-30 when our eligible hospitals and physician practices have demonstrated meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period and when the cost report information for the full cost report year that determines the final calculation of the EHR incentive payment is available. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized $71.9 million in Medicare and Medicaid EHR incentive payments, collectively, as compared to $64.1 million recognized in the prior year.

Depreciation and Amortization

For the year ended December 31, 2014, our depreciation and amortization expense increased by $22.3 million, or 9.8% to $250.5 million, or 5.6% of revenues, as compared to $228.2 million, or 6.2% of revenues for the prior year. Our depreciation and amortization expense increased primarily as a result of our recent acquisitions as well as a result of significant increases in our spending related to information systems as the result of various initiatives and requirements, including compliance with the HITECH Act. Accordingly, we anticipate that our depreciation and amortization expense will continue to increase in future periods as a result of these factors in addition to the impact of capital expenditure commitments associated with our recent acquisitions. However, many of our recent acquisitions’ depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of revenue is lower than the Company’s historical rates.

Interest Expense

Our interest expense increased by $26.0 million, or 26.7%, to $123.0 million, for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $97.0 million for the prior year. The increase in our interest expense is primarily attributable to an increase in our total debt outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the prior year. On December 6, 2013, we issued in a private placement $700.0 million of our 5.5% Senior Notes. The net proceeds from this issuance were partially used to repay $100.0 million of our Incremental Term Loans. Subsequently, on May 12, 2014, we issued $400.0 million of additional 5.5% Senior Notes with terms substantially identical to those of the initial offering. The additional notes were issued at a premium of $12.0 million for total net proceeds from the issuance of $412.0 million which were used to fund, in part, the cash-settled portion of the maturity or conversion of our outstanding 3½% Notes. Including the impact of the premium, the additional 5.5% Senior Notes were issued at an effective rate of 4.9%. For a further discussion of our debt and corresponding interest rates, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt.”

Impairment Charges

In connection with the sale of certain assets of River Parishes, effective November 1, 2014, and our entry into a definitive agreement to sell almost all of the assets of Lakeland, Northwest and Russellville, we recognized impairment charges in the aggregate of $57.7 million, $35.9 million net of income taxes, or $0.76 loss per diluted share, during the year ended December 31, 2014. The impairment charges include the write-down of property, equipment, allocated goodwill and certain other assets to their estimated fair values.

Debt Transaction Costs

In connection with certain debt transactions and modifications completed during the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized debt transaction costs of $5.9 million.

Gain on Settlement of Pre-Acquisition Contingent Obligation

In connection with an acquisition completed in 2012, we made reasonable estimates and recorded an estimated obligation representing the fair values of our potential contingent obligations to the seller pursuant to the asset purchase agreement. Subsequently, the seller finalized its settlement of certain of these obligations at an amount that was less than we originally estimated. As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2013, we reduced our originally recorded contingent obligations and recognized a gain of approximately $5.6 million.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes was $68.1 million, or 1.5% of revenues, for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $79.3 million, or 2.2% of revenues, for the prior year. The effective tax rate decreased to 35.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to 38.3% for the prior year. Our effective tax

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

rate was lower for the year ended December 31, 2014 as a result of the reversal of a $6.0 million valuation allowance that was established during 2013 against our deferred tax assets for federal net operating losses generated by our Michigan physician practice operations which were previously thought to be unrecoverable.

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

Operating Results Summary

The following table summarizes the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in millions):

       
  Years Ended December 31,
     2013   2012
     Amount   % of
Revenues
  Amount   % of
Revenues
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 4,428.7       120.4 %    $ 4,016.2       118.4 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     750.4       20.4       624.4       18.4  
Revenues     3,678.3       100.0       3,391.8       100.0  
Salaries and benefits     1,727.4       47.0       1,554.5       45.8  
Supplies     577.1       15.7       524.6       15.5  
Other operating expenses     900.9       24.4       799.1       23.5  
Other income     (64.1 )      (1.7 )      (32.0 )      (0.9 ) 
Depreciation and amortization     228.2       6.2       193.1       5.7  
Interest expense, net     97.0       2.6       100.0       3.0  
Impairment charges                 4.0       0.1  
Debt transaction costs     5.9       0.2       4.4       0.1  
Gain on settlement of pre-acquisition contingent obligation     (5.6 )      (0.2 )             
       3,466.8       94.2       3,147.7       92.8  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes     211.5       5.8       244.1       7.2  
Provision for income taxes     79.3       2.2       88.5       2.6  
Income from continuing operations     132.2       3.6       155.6       4.6  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling
interests
    (4.4 )      (0.1 )      (3.7 )      (0.1 ) 
Income from continuing operations attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 127.8       3.5 %    $ 151.9       4.5 % 

Revenues

The following table presents the components of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in millions):

       
  Years Ended
December 31,
     2013   2012   Increase   % Increase
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 4,428.7     $ 4,016.2     $ 412.5       10.3 % 
Provision for doubtful accounts     750.4       624.4       126.0       20.2  
Revenues   $ 3,678.3     $ 3,391.8     $ 286.5       8.4  

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows the sources of our revenues by payor, including adjustments to estimated reimbursement amounts and provision for doubtful accounts, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in millions):

       
  Years Ended December 31,
     2013   2012
     Amount   % of
Revenues
  Amount   % of
Revenues
Medicare   $ 1,199.5       32.6 %    $ 1,170.3       34.5 % 
Medicaid     517.0       14.1       494.6       14.6  
HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers     1,876.1       51.0       1,645.5       48.5  
Self-pay     766.5       20.8       653.9       19.3  
Other     69.6       1.9       51.9       1.5  
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts     4,428.7       120.4       4,016.2       118.4  
Provision for doubtful accounts     (750.4 )      (20.4 )      (624.4 )      (18.4 ) 
Revenues   $ 3,678.3       100.0 %    $ 3,391.8       100.0 % 

Our revenues per equivalent admission were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

       
  Years Ended
December 31,
   
     2013   2012   Increase   % Increase
Revenues per equivalent admission   $ 7,852     $ 7,491     $ 361       4.8  

Revenues Before Provision for Doubtful Accounts

The following table shows the key drivers of our revenues before provision for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

       
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
     2013   2012
Admissions     199,252       199,814       (562 )      (0.3 ) 
Equivalent admissions     468,441       452,779       15,662       3.5  
Medicare case mix index     1.37       1.31       0.06       4.6  
Average length of stay (days)     4.6       4.4       0.2       4.5  
Inpatient surgeries     53,306       53,696       (390 )      (0.7 ) 
Outpatient surgeries     183,311       171,246       12,065       7.0  
Total surgeries     236,617       224,942       11,675       5.2  
Emergency room visits     1,171,537       1,149,301       22,236       1.9  
Outpatient factor     2.35       2.27       0.08       3.8  

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our revenues before provision for doubtful accounts from continuing operations increased by $412.5 million, or 10.3%, to $4,428.7 million as compared to $4,016.2 million for the prior year. This increase was primarily attributable to our acquisitions completed in 2013 and 2012 in addition to growth in our same-hospital revenues before provision for doubtful accounts from self-pay payors, higher contracted rates from HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers and an improvement in our appeal success results relating to Medicare recovery contractor audits.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

The following table summarizes the key drivers and key indicators of our provision for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in millions):

           
  Years Ended December 31,
     2013   % of Revenues   2012   % of Revenues   Increase   % Increase
Related key indicators:
                                                     
Charity care write-offs   $ 132.1       3.6 %    $ 112.5       3.3 %    $ 19.6       17.5 % 
Self-pay revenues, net of charity care write-offs and uninsured discounts   $ 766.5       20.8 %    $ 653.9       19.3 %    $ 112.6       17.2 % 
Net revenue days outstanding
(at end of period)
    59.1       N/A       54.7       N/A       4.4       8.0 % 

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, our provision for doubtful accounts related principally to amounts due from patients included in our self-pay population. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our provision for doubtful accounts increased by $126.0 million, or 20.2%, to $750.4 on a continuing operations basis as compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily the result of our acquisitions completed in 2013 and 2012 in addition to increases in self-pay revenues during the year ended December 31, 2013. Self-pay revenues increased by $112.6 million over the prior year and represented 20.8% of revenues as compared to 19.3% in the prior year. Self-pay revenues continued to increase for both our inpatient and outpatient services, which were primarily driven by higher self-pay volumes and pricing increases. Additionally, as a result of a decrease in our reimbursement under the New Mexico SCPP, we experienced an increase of approximately $17.7 million in our charity care write-offs during the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year. Our increased provision for doubtful accounts was partially offset by an increase in both up-front cash collections and cash collections related to our insured receivables for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year. The provision and allowance for doubtful accounts are critical accounting estimates and are further discussed in Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, “Critical Accounting Estimates.”

Expenses and Other Income

Salaries and Benefits

The following table summarizes our salaries and benefits, man-hours per equivalent admission and salaries and benefits per equivalent admission for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

           
  Years Ended December 31,
     2013   % of
Revenues
  2012   % of
Revenues
  Increase   % Increase
Salaries and benefits (dollars in millions)   $ 1,727.4       47.0 %    $ 1,554.5       45.8 %    $ 172.9       11.1 % 
Man-hours per equivalent admission     107       N/A       103       N/A       4       3.9 % 
Salaries and benefits per equivalent admission   $ 3,683       N/A     $ 3,424       N/A     $ 259       7.6 % 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our salaries and benefits expense increased to $1,727.4 million, or 11.1%, as compared to $1,554.5 million for the prior year primarily as a result of our acquisitions completed in 2013 and 2012 and the impact of an increasing number of employed physicians and their related support staff.

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Supplies

The following table summarizes our supplies and supplies per equivalent admission for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

           
  Years Ended December 31,
     2013   % of Revenues   2012   % of Revenues   Increase   % Increase
Supplies (dollars in millions)   $ 577.1       15.7 %    $ 524.6       15.5 %    $ 52.5       10.0 % 
Supplies per equivalent admission   $ 1,232       N/A     $ 1,158       N/A     $ 74       6.3 % 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our supplies expense increased to $577.1 million, or 10.0%, as compared to $524.6 million for the prior year primarily a result of our acquisitions completed in 2013 and 2012.

Other Operating Expenses

The following table summarizes our other operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in millions):

           
  Years Ended December 31,   Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
     2013   % of
Revenues
  2012   % of
Revenues
Professional fees   $ 142.5       3.9 %    $ 115.5       3.4 %    $ 27.0       23.4 % 
Utilities     70.4       1.9       62.8       1.9       7.6       12.0  
Repairs and maintenance     97.6       2.7       86.4       2.5       11.2       13.0  
Rents and leases     36.5       1.0       34.3       1.0       2.2       6.6  
Insurance     40.4       1.1       38.6       1.1       1.8       4.8  
Physician recruiting     26.4       0.7       29.1       0.9       (2.7 )      (9.1 ) 
Contract services     256.4       7.0       219.3       6.5       37.1       16.9  
Non-income taxes     102.0       2.8       89.8       2.6       12.2       13.6  
Other     128.7       3.3       123.3       3.6       5.4       4.3  
     $ 900.9       24.4     $ 799.1       23.5     $ 101.8       12.7 % 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our other operating expenses increased to $900.9 million, or 12.7%, as compared to $799.1 million for the prior year primarily as a result of our acquisitions completed in 2013 and 2012. Additionally, our same-hospital other operating expenses increased primarily as a result of increases in same-hospital professional fees and contract services.

As a shortage of physicians continued to become more acute, we experienced increasing professional fees on both a continuing operations and same-hospital basis in areas such as emergency room physician coverage and hospitalists.

Our same-hospital contract services expense increased primarily as a result of increased fees and expenses related to our conversion of the clinical and patient accounting information system applications as well as the implementation of our shared centralized resource initiatives.

Other Income

We recognize EHR incentive payments received or anticipated to be received under the HITECH Act as other income in accordance with ASC 450-30 when our eligible hospitals and physician practices have demonstrated meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period and when the cost report information for the full cost report year that determines the final calculation of the EHR incentive payment is available. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized $64.1 million in Medicare and Medicaid EHR incentive payments, collectively, as compared to $32.0 million in Medicaid EHR incentive payments recognized in the prior year.

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Depreciation and Amortization

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our depreciation and amortization expense increased by $35.1 million, or 18.1% to $228.2 million, or 6.2% of revenues, as compared to $193.1 million, or 5.7% of revenues for the prior year. Our depreciation and amortization expense increased primarily as a result of our acquisitions completed in 2013 and 2012 as well as a result of significant increases in our spending related to information systems as the result of various initiatives and requirements, including compliance with the HITECH Act. Additionally, we have experienced increases in depreciation expense relating to capital improvement projects completed during 2013 and 2012.

Interest Expense

Our interest expense decreased by $3.0 million, or 3.1%, to $97.0 million, for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $100.0 million for the prior year. Effective July 24, 2012, we replaced our prior credit agreement with the Senior Credit Agreement. Subsequently, on February 6, 2013, we amended our Senior Credit Agreement pursuant to which we issued the Incremental Term Loans, the proceeds from which were used to repurchase the 3¼% convertible senior subordinated debentures due August 15, 2025 (the “3¼% Debentures”). The decrease in our interest expense is primarily attributable to a decrease in the applicable effective interest on the Senior Credit Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the applicable effective interest, including the amortization of debt discounts, on the prior credit agreement and the 3¼% Debentures. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in interest expense as a result of our issuance of the 5.5% Senior Notes on December 6, 2013. The net proceeds from this issuance were partially used to repay $100.0 million of the Incremental Term Loans. For a further discussion of our debt and corresponding interest rates, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt.”

Impairment Charges

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we incurred a $4.0 million impairment charge from continuing operations. This impairment charge primarily related to the write-off of certain capitalized information system costs which we have determined are no longer a necessary component of our ongoing information technology strategy.

Debt Transaction Costs

In connection with certain debt transactions and modifications completed during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we recognized debt transaction costs of $5.9 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

Gain on Settlement of Pre-Acquisition Contingent Obligation

In connection with an acquisition completed in 2012, we made reasonable estimates and recorded an estimated obligation representing the fair values of our potential contingent obligations to the seller pursuant to the asset purchase agreement. Subsequently, the seller finalized its settlement of certain of these obligations at an amount that was less than we originally estimated. As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2013, we reduced our originally recorded contingent obligations and recognized a gain of approximately $5.6 million.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes was $79.3 million, or 2.2% of revenues, for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $88.5 million, or 2.6% of revenues, for the prior year. The effective tax rate increased to 38.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 36.8% for the prior year as a result of a decrease in income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the prior year as well as several other factors. Our effective tax rate was higher for the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of the recognition of a $6.0 million valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets for Federal net operating losses generated by our Michigan physician practice operations for which we did not believe we would be able to offset against future operational income. Additionally, our effective tax rate increased as a result of higher net state taxes due to the full year impact of Michigan operations and taxable income apportionment methodology in Michigan. These increases were partially offset by a decrease as a result of our utilization of certain other state net operating loss carry forwards.

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows provided by our operations and our debt borrowings. We believe that our internally generated cash flows and the amounts available under our Senior Credit Agreement will be adequate to service existing debt, finance internal growth and fund capital expenditures and certain small to mid-size hospital acquisitions.

The following table presents summarized cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

     
  2014   2013   2012
Net cash flows provided by continuing operations   $ 412.3     $ 354.1     $ 382.9  
Less: Purchases of property and equipment     (207.1 )      (185.2 )      (221.4 ) 
Free operating cash flow     205.2       168.9       161.5  
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired     (265.6 )      (188.1 )      (199.7 ) 
Proceeds from borrowings     412.0       1,053.0       555.0  
Payments of borrowings     (585.4 )      (453.7 )      (469.3 ) 
Repurchases of common stock     (222.3 )      (39.1 )      (95.5 ) 
Payments of debt financing costs     (7.2 )      (20.0 )      (10.0 ) 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options     23.9       39.2       21.8  
Other     (7.0 )      (7.3 )      (5.0 ) 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents   $ (446.4 )    $ 552.9     $ (41.2 ) 

The non-GAAP metric of free operating cash flow is an important liquidity measure for us. Our computation of free operating cash flow consists of net cash flows provided by continuing operations less cash flows used for the purchase of property and equipment. We believe that free operating cash flow is useful to investors and management as a measure of the ability of our business to generate cash and to repay and incur additional debt. Computations of free operating cash flow may differ from company to company. Therefore, free operating cash flow should be used as a complement to, and in conjunction with, our consolidated statements of cash flows presented in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

Our cash flows provided by continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 2013 were positively impacted by higher net income, excluding the impact of certain non-cash charges, partially offset by an increase in our outstanding accounts receivable subsequent to our purchase at certain of our recently acquired facilities as a result of the time lag involved in obtaining provider numbers for the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

Our net cash flows provided by continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012 were negatively impacted by a decrease in the timing and amount of cash receipts for EHR incentive payments and certain other non-patient accounts receivables and an increase in the timing and amount of cash payments for certain obligations assumed in connection with our recent acquisitions. Additionally, our cash flows provided by continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 were positively impacted by the receipt of approximately $33.0 million related to the Rural Floor Settlement. These factors were partially offset by an increase in the amount and timing of cash receipts for patient accounts receivable as well as an increase in the amount and timing of cash receipts for certain Medicare EHR incentive payments where we have demonstrated meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period but our recognition as other income has been deferred until the cost reporting period that determines the final calculation of EHR incentive payments has ended.

Capital Expenditures

We continue to make significant, targeted investments at our hospitals to add new technologies, modernize facilities and expand the services available. These investments should assist in our efforts to attract and retain physicians, to offset outmigration of patients and to make our hospitals more desirable to our employees and potential patients.

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table reflects our capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in millions):

     
  2014   2013   2012
Capital and routine projects   $ 161.4     $ 128.3     $ 120.8  
Information systems     45.7       56.9       100.6  
       207.1       185.2       221.4  
Depreciation expense     247.6       222.9       187.1  
Ratio of capital expenditures to depreciation expense     83.6 %      83.1 %      118.3 % 

We have a formal and intensive review procedure for the authorization of capital expenditures that exceed an established threshold. One of the most important financial measures of acceptability for a discretionary capital project is whether its projected discounted cash flow return on investment exceeds our projected cost of capital for that project. We expect to continue to invest in information systems, modern technologies, emergency room and operating room expansions, the construction of medical office buildings for physician expansion and the reconfiguration of the flow of patient care. Additionally, we may from time to time replace existing hospital buildings with new buildings as we evaluate ongoing repair and maintenance costs and other factors that impact the future operations of the existing buildings.

Our total capital expenditures in 2014 were higher than in 2013 as a result of investments to modernize and expand the service-lines provided by our facilities. However, we spent less on information systems in 2014 as compared to 2013 as a result of our completion of a number of initiatives and our compliance with certain requirements of the HITECH Act. We expect the total level of spending for capital expenditures to be greater in 2015 as compared to 2014 as a result of our various capital commitments in connection with certain of our recent acquisitions.

Debt

An analysis and roll-forward of our long-term debt, including current maturities, during 2014 is as follows (in millions):

           
  December 31,
2013
  Proceeds
from
Borrowings
  Payments of
Borrowings
  Other(a)   Amortization
of Debt
Discounts and
Premium
  December 31,
2014
Senior Credit Agreement:
                                                     
Term Facility   $ 433.1     $       (11.2 )                $ 421.9  
Incremental Term Loans     222.6                               222.6  
6.625% Senior Notes     400.0                               400.0  
5.5% Senior Notes     700.0       400.0                         1,100.0  
3½% Notes     575.0             (574.2 )      (0.8 )             
Unamortized debt discounts     (9.5 )                        8.5       (1.0 ) 
Unamortized debt premium           12.0                   (1.1 )      10.9  
Capital and financing leases     55.6             (1.9 )      10.4             64.1  
     $ 2,376.8     $ 412.0     $ (587.3 )    $ 9.6     $ 7.4     $ 2,218.5  

(a) Represents the $0.8 million difference between the original par value of the 3½% Notes and the cash settled conversion equal to the sum of, for each of the 20 volume-weighted average price trading days during the conversion period, the lesser of the daily conversion value for such volume-weighted average price trading day and $50, in addition to the assumption of capital lease obligations of approximately $10.4 million in connection with certain acquisitions completed during the year ended December 31, 2014.

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We use leverage, or our total debt to total capitalization ratio, to make financing decisions. The following table illustrates our financial statement leverage and the classification of our debt at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in millions):

     
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
  Increase
(Decrease)
Current portion of long-term debt   $ 19.2     $ 583.0     $ (563.8 ) 
Long-term debt     2,199.3       1,793.8       405.5  
Unamortized discounts on debt instruments     1.0       9.5       (8.5 ) 
Unamortized premium on debt instrument     (10.9 )            (10.9 ) 
Total debt, excluding unamortized discounts and
premium
    2,208.6       2,386.3       (177.7 ) 
Total LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders’ equity     2,154.6       2,210.1       (55.5 ) 
Total capitalization   $ 4,363.2     $ 4,596.4     $ (233.2 ) 
Total debt to total capitalization     50.6 %      51.9 %      (130) bps  
Percentage of:
                          
Fixed rate debt, excluding unamortized discount and premium     70.8 %      72.5 %          
Variable rate debt, excluding unamortized discount     29.2       27.5        
       100.0 %      100.0 %       
Percentage of:
                          
Senior debt, excluding unamortized discount and
premium
    100.0 %      75.9 %          
Subordinated debt, excluding unamortized discount           24.1        
       100.0 %      100.0 %       

Liquidity and Capital Resources Outlook

Our total capital expenditures in 2014 were higher than in 2013 as a result of investments to modernize and expand the service-lines provided by our facilities. However, we spent less on information systems in 2014 as compared to 2013 as a result of our completion of a number of initiatives and our compliance with certain requirements of the HITECH Act. We expect the total level of spending for capital expenditures to be greater in 2015 as compared to 2014 as a result of our various capital commitments in connection with certain of our recent acquisitions.

At December 31, 2014, we had uncompleted projects with an estimated additional cost to complete and equip of approximately $66.1 million. We anticipate funding these expenditures through cash provided by operating activities, available cash and borrowings available under the Senior Credit Agreement.

Our business strategy contemplates the selective acquisition of additional hospitals and other healthcare service providers, and we regularly review potential acquisitions. These acquisitions may, however, require additional financing. We regularly evaluate opportunities to sell additional equity or debt securities, obtain credit agreements from lenders or restructure our long-term debt or equity for strategic reasons or to further strengthen our financial position. The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders.

We believe that cash generated from our operations and borrowings available under the Senior Credit Agreement will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs, the purchase prices for any potential facility acquisitions, planned capital expenditures and other expected operating needs over the next twelve months and into the foreseeable future prior to the maturity dates of our outstanding debt.

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Contractual Obligations

We have various contractual obligations, which are recorded as liabilities in our consolidated financial statements. Other items, such as certain purchase commitments and other executory contracts, are not recognized as liabilities in our consolidated financial statements but are required to be disclosed. For example, we are required to make certain minimum lease payments for the use of property under certain of our operating lease agreements.

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014 and the future periods in which such obligations are expected to be settled in cash (in millions):

         
Contractual Obligations   Payment Due by Period
  Total   2015   2016 – 2017   2018 – 2019   After 2019
Long-term debt obligations(a)   $ 2,768.1     $ 120.3     $ 826.3     $ 174.0     $ 1,647.5  
Capital expenditure obligations(b)     1,646.8       164.2       318.0       262.9       901.7  
Capital and financing lease obligations(c)     101.5       8.3       15.5       14.8       62.9  
Operating lease obligations(d)     125.7       26.4       35.8       32.8       30.7  
Other long-term liabilities(e)     194.9       48.3       61.4       39.6       45.6  
Purchase obligations(f)     1,053.2       276.2       379.2       208.0       189.8  
Total   $ 5,890.2     $ 643.7     $ 1,636.2     $ 732.1     $ 2,878.2  

(a) Included in long-term debt obligations are principal and interest owed on our outstanding debt obligations. These amounts exclude our unamortized debt discount and premium and related non-cash amortization. These obligations are explained further in Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. We used the 2.17% and 2.67% effective interest rates at December 31, 2014 for our $421.9 million outstanding senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Facility”) and $222.6 million outstanding Incremental Term Loans, respectively, to estimate interest payments on these variable rate debt instruments.
(b) We are subject to annual capital expenditure commitments in connection with several of our facilities including our recent acquisitions. Additionally, we had projects under construction with an estimated additional cost to complete and equip of approximately $66.1 million as of December 31, 2014. However, because we can terminate substantially all of the related construction contracts at any time without paying a termination fee, these costs are excluded from the above table except for amounts contractually committed by us.
(c) Included in capital and financing lease obligations are the future cash payments, including interest, due under our capital and financing lease agreements. These obligations are explained further in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
(d) This reflects our future minimum operating lease payments. We enter into operating leases in the normal course of business. Substantially all of our operating lease agreements have fixed payment terms based on the passage of time. Some lease agreements provide us with the option to renew the lease. Our future operating lease obligations would change if we exercised these renewal options and if we entered into additional operating lease agreements. These obligations are explained further in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
(e) Included in other long-term liabilities are the current and long-term portions of our reserves for self-insurance claims of $44.3 million and $133.2 million, respectively, but excluding the portion of the reserve related to our estimate of recoveries for certain claims in excess of our self-insured retention levels that do not require us to make cash payments. Please refer to “Critical Accounting Estimates — Reserves for Self-Insurance Claims” in this report for more information on our reserves for self-insurance claims. Additionally, included in other long-term liabilities are the estimated cash contributions we expect to make to our defined benefit pension plans sufficient to meet our minimum funding requirements as prescribed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and our other long-term obligations which require the delivery of cash and for which we can reasonably estimate the timing of such payments.

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(f) The following table summarizes our significant purchase obligations as of December 31, 2014 and the future periods in which such obligations are expected to be settled in cash (in millions):

         
Purchase Obligations   Payment Due by Period
  Total   2015   2016 – 2017   2018 – 2019   After 2019
Shared centralized resource model agreements(g)   $ 486.1     $ 62.6     $ 124.7     $ 122.5     $ 176.3  
IT services(h)     178.2       48.8       97.2       21.7       10.5  
GEMS obligations(i)     136.4       34.1       68.2       34.1        
Other purchase obligations(j)     252.5       130.7       89.1       29.7       3.0  
Total   $ 1,053.2     $ 276.2     $ 379.2     $ 208.0     $ 189.8  

(g) We have various arrangements with a third party to provide certain nonclinical business functions to us, including payroll, supply chain management and revenue cycle functions under a shared centralized resource model for periods ranging from three to eight years.
(h) We have various arrangements with third parties to provide information technology services, including, but not limited to, financial, clinical, patient accounting and other information services to us under contracts ranging from two to six years.
(i) General Electric Medical Services (“GEMS”) provides diagnostic imaging equipment maintenance and bio-medical services to us pursuant to a contract that expires on December 31, 2018.
(j) Reflects our minimum commitments to purchase goods or services under non-cancelable contracts as of December 31, 2014.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We had standby letters of credit outstanding of approximately $22.4 million as of December 31, 2014, all of which relates to the self-insured retention levels of our professional and general liability insurance and workers’ compensation programs as security for the payment of claims.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

ASU No. 2014-9, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-9, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2014-9”). ASU 2014-9 provides for a single comprehensive principles-based standard for the recognition of revenue across all industries through the application of the following five-step process:

Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer.

Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract.

Step 3: Determine the transaction price.

Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Among other provisions and in addition to expanded disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue as well as certain additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures, ASU 2014-9 changes the healthcare industry specific presentation guidance under ASU 2011-7, “Presentation and Disclosure of Patient Service Revenue, Provision for Bad Debts, and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts for Certain Health Care Entities.” The provisions of ASU 2014-9 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those years. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2014-9 will have on its revenue recognition policies and procedures, financial position, result of operations, cash flows, financial disclosures and control framework.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ASU No. 2014-8, “Presentation of Financial Statements and Property, Plant, and Equipment — Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity”

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-8, “Presentation of Financial Statements and Property, Plant, and Equipment - Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity” (“ASU 2014-8”). Among other provisions and in addition to expanded disclosures, ASU 2014-8 changes the definition of what components of an entity qualify for discontinued operations treatment and reporting from a reportable segment, operating segment, reporting unit, subsidiary or asset group to only those components of an entity that represent a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. Additionally, ASU 2014-8 requires disclosure about a disposal of an individually significant component of an entity that does not qualify for discontinued operations presentation in the financial statements, including the pretax profit or loss, attributable to the component of an entity for the period in which it is disposed of or is classified as held for sale. The disclosure of this information is required for all of the same periods that are presented in the entity’s results of operations for the period.

As more fully discussed in Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report, during the year ended December 31, 2014, we sold certain assets of River Parishes and discontinued its operation, in addition to entering into a definitive agreement to sell almost all of the assets of Lakeland, Northwest and Russellville. We have determined that none of the aforementioned divestitures qualify for discontinued operations treatment in accordance with the provisions of ASU 2014-8. However, we have provided the additional required disclosures.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if:

it requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made; and
changes in the estimate or different estimates that could have been made could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

Our management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting estimates with the audit committee of our Board of Directors and with our independent registered public accounting firm, and they both have reviewed our disclosure relating to our critical accounting estimates. Our critical accounting estimates include the following areas:

Revenue recognition and accounts receivable;
Goodwill impairment analysis;
Reserves for self-insurance claims;
Accounting for stock-based compensation; and
Accounting for income taxes.

The following discussion of critical accounting estimates is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies that require estimates. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, as discussed in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report, the estimates discussed below involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. We believe the current assumptions and other considerations used to estimate amounts reflected in our consolidated financial statements are appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating amounts reflected in our consolidated financial statements, the resulting changes could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations and our financial condition.

The discussion that follows presents information about our critical accounting estimates, as well as the effects of hypothetical changes in the material assumptions used to develop each estimate.

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable

We recognize revenues in the period in which services are provided. Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from third-party payors and patients. Our ability to collect outstanding receivables is critical to our results of operations and cash flows. Amounts we receive for treatment of patients covered by governmental programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and other third-party payors such as HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers, are generally less than our established billing rates. Additionally, to provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the carrying value of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value. Accordingly, our revenues and accounts receivable are reduced to net realizable value through an allowance for contractual discounts and a provision for doubtful accounts.

Approximately 99.4%, 97.7% and 97.6% of our revenues during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, relate to discounted charges, which were comprised of the following sources (as a percentage of revenues):

     
  2014   2013   2012
Medicare     30.4 %      32.6 %      34.5 % 
Medicaid     13.8       14.1       14.6  
HMO’s, PPO’s and other private insurers     55.2       51.0       48.5  

Revenues are recorded at estimated net amounts due from patients, third-party payors and others for healthcare services provided. For certain payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid, as well as some managed care payors with which we have contractual arrangements, the contractual allowances are calculated by computerized logging systems based on defined payment terms. For other payors, the contractual allowances are determined based on historical data by insurance plan. All contractual adjustments, regardless of type of payor or method of calculation, are reviewed and compared to actual experience.

We monitor our processes for calculating contractual allowances through:

review of payment discrepancy reports for logged payors;
analysis of historical contractual allowance trends based on actual claims paid by HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers;
review of contractual allowance information reflecting current contract terms;
consideration and analysis of changes in charge rates and payor mix reimbursement levels; and
other issues that may impact contractual allowances.

Medicare and Medicaid

The majority of services performed on Medicare and Medicaid patients are reimbursed at predetermined reimbursement rates. The differences between the established billing rates (i.e., gross charges) and the predetermined reimbursement rates are recorded as contractual discounts and deducted from gross charges. Under the Medicaid program’s prospective reimbursement systems, there is no adjustment or settlement of the difference between the actual cost to provide the service and the predetermined reimbursement rates.

Discounts for retrospectively cost-based revenues are estimated based on historical and current factors and are adjusted in future periods when settlements of filed cost reports are received. Final settlements under these programs are subject to adjustment based on administrative review and audit by third party intermediaries, which can take several years to resolve completely. Adjustments related to final settlements increased our revenues by $2.5 million, $5.6 million and $7.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Because the laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and subject to change, the estimates of contractual discounts we record could change by material amounts. A significant increase in our estimate of contractual discounts for Medicare and Medicaid would lower our earnings. This would adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and future access to capital.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HMOs, PPOs and Other Private Insurers

Amounts we receive for the treatment of patients covered by HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers (collectively “managed care plans”) are generally less than our established billing rates. We include contractual allowances as a reduction to revenues in our consolidated financial statements based on payor specific identification and payor specific factors for rate increases and denials. For most managed care plans, estimated contractual allowances are adjusted to actual contractual allowances as cash is received and claims are reconciled.

If our overall estimated contractual discount percentage on our managed care program revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 were changed by 1%, our after-tax income from continuing operations would change by approximately $30.1 million, or diluted earnings per share of $0.64. This is only one example of reasonably possible sensitivity scenarios. The process of determining the allowance requires us to estimate the amount expected to be received based on payor contract provisions, historical collection data as well as other factors and requires a high degree of judgment. It is impacted by changes in managed care contracts and other related factors. A significant increase in our estimate of contractual discounts for managed care plans would lower our earnings. This would adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and future access to capital.

Provision and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

To provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts. Our allowance for doubtful accounts, included in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $709.5 million and $741.2 million, respectively. Our provision for doubtful accounts, included in our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, was $817.8 million, $750.4 million and $624.4 million, respectively.

The largest component of our allowance for doubtful accounts relates to accounts for which patients are responsible, which we refer to as patient responsibility accounts or self-pay accounts. These accounts include both amounts payable by uninsured patients and co-payments and deductibles payable by insured patients. In general, we attempt to collect deductibles, co-payments and self-pay accounts prior to the time of service for non-emergency care. If we do not collect these patient responsibility accounts prior to the delivery of care, the accounts are handled through our billing and collections processes.

The approximate amounts and percentages of billed insured and uninsured (including self-pay, co-payments, deductibles and Medicaid pending) gross accounts receivable (prior to allowance for contractual discounts and allowance for doubtful accounts) in summarized aging categories are as follows for the periods presented (in millions):

           
  December 31, 2014
     Insured Receivables   Uninsured Receivables   Combined
     Amount   Percent of Receivables   Amount   Percent of Receivables   Amount   Percent of Receivables
0 to 90 days   $ 966.2       82.5 %    $ 240.9       26.2 %    $ 1,207.1       57.8 % 
91 to 150 days     111.9       9.6       159.9       17.4       271.8       13.0  
151 to 360 days     74.0       6.3       413.9       45.1       487.9       23.4  
Over 361     18.7       1.6       103.5       11.3       122.2       5.8  
     $ 1,170.8       100.0 %    $ 918.2       100.0 %    $ 2,089.0       100.0 % 

           
  December 31, 2013
     Insured Receivables   Uninsured Receivables   Combined
     Amount   Percent of Receivables   Amount   Percent of Receivables   Amount   Percent of Receivables
0 to 90 days   $ 500.6       83.6 %    $ 249.8       27.1 %    $ 750.4       49.3 % 
91 to 150 days     52.5       8.8       155.7       16.9       208.2       13.7  
151 to 360 days     34.7       5.8       354.2       38.4       388.9       25.6  
Over 361     10.9       1.8       163.2       17.6       174.1       11.4  
     $ 598.7       100.0 %    $ 922.9       100.0 %    $ 1,521.6       100.0 % 

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We verify each patient’s insurance coverage as early as possible before a scheduled admission or procedure, including with respect to eligibility, benefits and authorization/pre-certification requirements, in order to notify patients of the amounts for which they will be responsible. We attempt to verify insurance coverage within a reasonable amount of time for all emergency room visits and urgent admissions in compliance with EMTALA.

In general, we perform the following steps in collecting accounts receivable:

if possible, cash collection of deductibles, co-payments and self-pay accounts prior to or at the time service is provided;
billing and follow-up with third party payors;
collection calls;
utilization of collection agencies; and
if collection efforts are unsuccessful, write-off of the accounts.

Our policy is to write-off accounts after all collection efforts have failed, which is generally one year after the date of discharge of the patient. Patient responsibility accounts represent the majority of our write-offs. All of our hospitals retain third-party collection agencies for billing and collection of delinquent accounts. At most of our hospitals, more than one collection agency is used to promote competition and improve performance results. The selection of collection agencies and the timing of referral of an account to a collection agency vary among our hospitals.

We determine the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts utilizing a number of analytical tools and benchmarks. No single statistic or measurement alone determines the adequacy of the allowance. Specifically, we monitor the revenue trends by payor classification on a month-by-month basis along with the composition of our accounts receivable agings. This review is focused primarily on trends in self-pay revenues, accounts receivable, co-payment receivables, historic payment patterns and other factors such as revenue days in accounts receivable.

The process of determining our allowance for doubtful accounts requires us to estimate uncollectible self-pay accounts. Our estimate of uncollectible self-pay accounts is primarily based on our collection history, adjusted for anticipated changes in collection trends, if significant. Our estimate may be impacted by changes in regional economic conditions, business office operations, payor mix and trends in federal or state governmental healthcare coverage or other third party payors. If the actual self-pay collection percentage would change by 1.5% from our estimated self-pay collection percentage for the year ended December 31, 2014, our after-tax income from continuing operations would change by approximately $7.3 million, or diluted earnings per share of $0.15, and our net accounts receivable would change by $3.0 million at December 31, 2014. The resulting change in this analytical tool is considered to be a reasonably likely change that would affect our overall assessment of this critical accounting estimate.

Goodwill Impairment Analysis

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses. Our goodwill included in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $1,636.1 million and $1,651.0 million, respectively. Please refer to Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for a detailed rollforward of our goodwill.

In accordance with ASC 350-10, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350-10”) goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed by us at least annually for impairment. Our business comprises a single operating reporting unit for impairment test purposes. For the purposes of these analyses, our estimate of fair value are based on a combination of the income approach, which estimates the fair value of us based on our future discounted cash flows, and the market approach, which estimates the fair value of us based on comparable market prices. Our estimate of future discounted cash flows is based on assumptions and projections we believe to be currently reasonable and supportable. Our assumptions take into account revenue and expense growth rates, patient volumes, changes in payor mix, and changes in legislation and other payor payment patterns.

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we determine the carrying value of goodwill is impaired, or if the carrying value of a business that is to be sold or otherwise disposed of exceeds its fair value, then we reduce the carrying value, including any allocated goodwill, to fair value. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we performed our annual impairment tests as of October 1, and did not incur an impairment charge.

Reserves for Self-Insurance Claims

We are subject to potential professional liability claims, employee workers’ compensation claims and other claims. To mitigate a portion of this risk, we maintain insurance for individual professional liability claims and employee workers’ compensation claims exceeding a self-insured retention level. Our self-insured retention level for professional liability claims is $5.0 million per claim at December 31, 2014 with a $5.0 million inner aggregate per claim. Our self-insured retention level is evaluated annually as a part of our insurance program’s renewal process.

Additionally, as of December 31, 2014, our self-insured retention level for workers’ compensation claims is $1.0 million per claim in all states in which we operate except for Wyoming. We participate in a state specific program in Wyoming for our workers’ compensation claims arising in this state.

Each year, we obtain quotes from various insurers with respect to the cost of obtaining insurance coverage. We compare these quotes to our most recent actuarially determined estimates of losses at various self-insured retention levels. Accordingly, changes in insurance costs affect the self-insured retention level we choose each year.

Our reserves for self-insurance claims reflects the current estimate of all outstanding losses, including incurred but not reported losses, based upon actuarial calculations as of the balance sheet date. The loss estimates included in the actuarial calculations may change in the future based upon updated facts and circumstances. Our expense for self-insurance claims coverage each year includes: the actuarially determined estimate of losses for the current year, including claims incurred but not reported; the change in the estimate of losses for prior years based upon actual claims development experience as compared to prior actuarial projections; the insurance premiums for losses in excess of our self-insured retention levels; the administrative costs of the insurance program; and interest expense related to the discounted portion of the liability.

Our reserves for professional liability claims are based upon quarterly actuarial calculations. Our reserves for employee workers’ compensation claims are based upon semi-annual actuarial calculations. Our reserve calculations consider historical claims data, demographic considerations, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions, which are discounted to present value. We have discounted our reserves for self-insured claims to their present value using a discount rate of 1.50%, 1.55% and 1.80% at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We select a discount rate by considering a risk-free interest rate that corresponds to the period when the self-insured claims are incurred and projected to be paid.

The following table provides information regarding our reserves for self-insured claims at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

   
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
Undiscounted   $ 186.2     $ 176.5  
Discounted (as reported)   $ 177.5     $ 168.0  

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the changes in our reserves for self-insured claims for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

   
  2014   2013
Reserve at the beginning of the period   $ 168.0     $ 160.2  
Increase for the provision of current year claims, including discontinued operations     55.1       51.3  
Decrease for the provision of prior year claims, including discontinued operations     (5.2 )      (12.9 ) 
Payments related to current year claims     (3.5 )      (4.3 ) 
Payments related to prior year claims     (35.3 )      (32.3 ) 
Provision for the change in discount rate     0.3       1.4  
Professional liability claims assumed as a result of acquisition           2.4  
Noncash change in reserve for claims in excess of self-insured retention levels     (1.9 )      2.2  
Reserve at the end of the period   $ 177.5     $ 168.0  

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, less than 1% of our reserves for self-insured claims represents reserves for settled and unpaid claims. Our average lag time between the settlement and payment of a self-insured claim ranges from 1 to 2 weeks.

Our estimated reserves for self-insured claims will be significantly affected if current and future claims differ from historical trends. While we monitor reported claims closely and consider potential outcomes when determining our reserves for self-insured claims, the complexity of the claims, the extended period of time to settle the claims and the wide range of potential outcomes complicates the estimation process. In addition, certain states have passed varying forms of tort reform which attempt to limit the amount of awards. If such laws are passed in the states where our hospitals are located, our loss estimates could decrease.

Our estimate of reserves for self-insured claims are based upon actuarial calculations and are significantly influenced by key assumptions and other factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: historical paid claims; trending of loss development factors; trends in the frequency and severity of claims, which can differ significantly by jurisdiction as a result of the legislative and judicial climate in such jurisdictions; coverage limits of third-party insurance and actuarial determined statistical confidence levels. Given the number of assumptions and characteristics of each assumption considered in establishing the reserves for self-insured claims, it is difficult to compute the individual financial impact of each assumption or groups of assumptions. Some of the assumptions are dependent upon the quantitative measurement of other assumptions, and therefore are not accurately evaluated in isolation. For example, a change in the frequency of claims assumption is also affected by the estimated severity of these claims resulting in an inability to properly isolate and quantify the impact of a change in this assumption.

Professional and general liability claims are typically resolved over an extended period of time, often as long as five years or more, while workers’ compensation claims are typically resolved in one to two years. Our reserves for self-insured claims are comprised of estimated indemnity and expense payments related to reported events and incurred but not reported events as of the end of the period. We have the ability to reliably determine the amount and timing of payments based on sufficient history of our claims development, the use of external actuarial expertise and our rigorous review process. Actuarial payment patterns are based on our individual hospital historical data both prior to and after our inception in 1999. The processes, performed by both external actuaries and our management, enable us to reliably determine the amount of our ultimate losses as well as the timing of the loss settlements such that discounting of the reserves for self-insured claims is appropriate. Given the number of factors considered in establishing the reserves for self-insured claims, it is neither practical nor meaningful to isolate a particular assumption or parameter of the process and calculate the impact of changing that single item.

Ultimately, from an actuarial standpoint, the sensitivity in the estimates of reserves for self-insured claims is reflected in the various actuarial confidence levels. Our best estimate of our reserves for self-insured claims utilizes a statistical confidence level that is 50%. Higher statistical confidence levels, while not representative

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of our best estimate, reflect reasonably likely outcomes upon the ultimate resolution of related claims. Using a higher statistical confidence level would increase the estimated reserves for self-insured claims. Changes in our estimates of reserves for self-insured claims are non-cash charges and accordingly, do not impact our liquidity or capital resources.

The assumptions included in the table below are presented for the sensitivity analysis (in millions):

 
December 31, 2014 reserve:
        
As reported   $ 177.5  
With 70% Confidence Level   $ 187.4  
With 80% Confidence Level   $ 198.0  
With 90% Confidence Level   $ 227.0  
December 31, 2013 reserve:
        
As reported   $ 168.0  
With 70% Confidence Level   $ 181.3  
With 80% Confidence Level   $ 191.6  
With 90% Confidence Level   $ 219.9  

The combination of changing conditions and the extended time required for claim resolution results in a loss estimation process that requires actuarial skill and the application of judgment, and such estimates require periodic revision. As a result of the variety of factors that must be considered, there is a risk that actual incurred losses may develop differently from estimates. The results of our quarterly and semi-annually completed actuarial calculations decreased our self-insured claims expense by $5.1 million, $12.9 million and $9.1 million, which increased our net income by approximately $3.3 million, $7.9 million and $5.8 million, or $0.07, $0.17 and $0.12 per diluted share, during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We issue stock-based awards, including stock options, appreciation rights and other stock-based awards (nonvested stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance shares) to certain officers, employees and non-employee directors in accordance with our various stockholder-approved stock-based compensation plans. We account for our stock-based awards in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718-10, “Compensation —  Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718-10”) and accordingly recognize compensation expense over each of the stock-based award’s requisite service period based on the estimated grant date fair value. Our stock-based compensation expense was $29.7 million, $25.4 million and $27.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the Hull-White II Valuation Model (“HW-II”) lattice option valuation model and a single option award approach. We use the HW-II because it considers characteristics of fair value option pricing, such as an option’s contractual term and the probability of exercise before the end of the contractual term. In addition, the complications surrounding the expected term of an option are material, as indicated in ASC 718-10. Given our reasonably large pool of unexercised options, we believe a lattice model that specifically addresses this fact and models a full term of exercises is the most appropriate and reliable means of valuing our stock options. We are amortizing the fair value on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are the vesting periods of three years. The stock options vest 33.3% on each grant anniversary date over three years of continued employment.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows the weighted average assumptions we used to develop the fair value estimates under our HW-II option valuation model and the resulting estimates of weighted-average fair value per share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

     
  2014   2013   2012
Expected volatility     29.0 %      30.8 %      36.0 % 
Risk-free interest rate, minimum     0.05       0.02       0.03  
Risk-free interest rate, maximum     2.71       2.90       1.97  
Expected dividends                  
Average expected term (years)     5.4       5.3       5.3  
Fair value per share of stock options granted   $ 13.95     $ 11.98     $ 12.18  

Population Stratification

In accordance with ASC 718-10, a company should aggregate individual awards into relatively homogeneous groups with respect to exercise and post-vesting employment behaviors for the purpose of refining the expected term assumption, regardless of the valuation technique used to estimate the fair value. In addition, ASC 718-10 indicates that a company may generally make a reasonable fair value estimate with as few as one or two groupings. We have determined that a single employee population group is appropriate based on an analysis of our historical exercise patterns.

Expected Volatility

Volatility is a measure of the tendency of investment returns to vary around a long-term average rate. Historical volatility is an appropriate starting point for setting this assumption in accordance with ASC 718-10. According to ASC 718-10, companies should also consider how future experience may differ from the past. This may require using other factors to adjust historical volatility, such as implied volatility, peer-group volatility and the range and mean-reversion of volatility estimates over various historical periods. ASC 718-10 acknowledges that there is likely to be a range of reasonable estimates for volatility. In addition, ASC 718-10 requires that if a best estimate cannot be made, management should use the mid-point in the range of reasonable estimates for volatility. We estimate the volatility of our common stock at the date of grant based on both historical volatility and implied volatility from traded options of our common stock, consistent with ASC 718-10.

Risk-Free Interest Rate

Lattice models require risk-free interest rates for all potential times of exercise obtained by using a grant-date yield curve. A lattice model would, therefore, require the yield curve for the entire time period during which employees might exercise their options. We base the risk-free rate on the implied yield in effect at the time of option grant on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with equivalent remaining terms.

Expected Dividends

We have never paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, we use an expected dividend yield of zero.

Pre-Vesting Forfeitures

Pre-vesting forfeitures do not affect the fair value calculation, but they affect the expense calculation. ASC 718-10 requires us to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and record share-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

We apply a dynamic forfeiture rate methodology over the vesting period of the award. The dynamic forfeiture rate methodology incorporates the lapse of time into the resulting expense calculation and results in a forfeiture rate that diminishes as the granted awards approach its vest date. Accordingly, the dynamic forfeiture rate methodology results in a more consistent stock compensation expense calculation over the vesting period of the award.

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Post-Vesting Cancellations

Post-vesting cancellations include vested options that are cancelled, exercised or expire unexercised. Lattice models treat post-vesting cancellations and voluntary early exercise behavior as two separate assumptions. We use historical data to estimate post-vesting cancellations.

Expected Term

ASC 718-10 calls for an extinguishment calculation, dependent upon how long a granted option remains outstanding before it is fully extinguished. While extinguishment may result from exercise, it can also result from post-vesting cancellation or expiration at the contractual term. Expected term is an output in lattice models so we do not have to determine this amount.

The fair value calculations of our stock option grants are affected by assumptions that are believed to be reasonable based upon the facts and circumstances at the time of grant. Changes in our volatility estimates can materially affect the fair values of our stock option grants. If our estimated weighted-average volatility for the year ended December 31, 2014 were 10% higher, our after-tax income from continuing operations would decrease by approximately $0.5 million, or $0.01 per diluted share.

Generally, the fair value of our other stock-based awards is determined based on the closing price of our common stock on the trading date immediately prior to the grant date. However, of the other stock-based awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2014, 236,000 were performance-based awards. In addition to requiring continuing service of the employee, the percentage of these awards that are earned at the end of the performance period is determined based on our three-year annualized total shareholder return relative to a peer group, Standard and Poor’s Global Industry Classification Standard’s Sub-industry: Health Care Facilities with over $500.0 million in revenues or its equivalent. The number of shares payable at the end of the three-year performance period ranges from 0% to 100% of the targeted units, with any portion of the award that exceeds 100% up to 200% of the targeted units settled in cash equal to the fair market value on the date certification of the level of performance is achieved. For valuation purposes, the awards were bifurcated into their two independent sub-award components for the portion that would be settled in our common stock and for the portion that would be settled in cash and their respective fair values were estimated using the Monte-Carlo simulation valuation model. We recognize compensation expense for the portion of the award that would ultimately be settled in our common stock for the targeted units at its Monte-Carlo simulation value if the requisite service period is rendered, even if the market condition is never satisfied.We classify as a liability and recognize compensation expense for the portion of the award that would ultimately be settled in cash for the targeted units at its Monte-Carlo simulation value that has been and will continue to be marked-to-market until settlement.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets generally represent items that will result in a tax deduction in future years for which we have already recorded the tax benefit in our income statement. We assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent we believe that recovery is not probable, a valuation allowance is established. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance, we must include an expense as part of the income tax provision in our results of operations. Our deferred tax asset balances in our consolidated balance sheets were $280.7 million and $330.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Our valuation allowances for deferred tax assets in our consolidated balance sheets were $66.4 million and $66.8 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In addition, significant judgment is required in determining and assessing the impact of certain tax-related contingencies. We establish accruals when, despite our belief that our tax return positions are fully supportable, it is probable that we have incurred a loss related to tax contingencies and the loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. We adjust the accruals related to tax contingencies as part of our provision for income taxes in our results of operations based upon changing facts and circumstances, such as progress of a tax audit, development of industry related examination issues, as well as legislative, regulatory or judicial developments. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter, for which we have established an accrual, is audited and resolved.

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The first step in determining the deferred tax asset valuation allowance is identifying reporting jurisdictions where we have a history of tax and operating losses or are projected to have losses in future periods as a result of changes in operational performance. We then determine if a valuation allowance should be established against the deferred tax assets for that reporting jurisdiction.

The second step is to determine the amount of the valuation allowance. We will generally establish a valuation allowance equal to the net deferred tax asset (deferred tax assets less deferred tax liabilities) related to the jurisdiction identified in step one of the analysis. In certain cases, we may not reduce the valuation allowance by the amount of the deferred tax liabilities depending on the nature and timing of future taxable income attributable to deferred tax liabilities.

In assessing tax contingencies, we apply the provisions of ASC 740-10, “Income Taxes”. We apply the recognition threshold and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and follow the guidance on various matters such as derecognition, interest, penalties and disclosure. We classify interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.

During each reporting period, we assess the facts and circumstances related to recorded tax contingencies. If tax contingencies are no longer deemed probable based upon new facts and circumstances, the contingency is reflected as a reduction of the provision for income taxes in the current period.

Our deferred tax liabilities exceeded our deferred tax assets by $48.3 million as of December 31, 2014, excluding the impact of valuation allowances. Historically, we have produced federal taxable income, and as such, we believe that the likelihood of not realizing the federal tax benefit of our deferred tax assets is remote. However, we do have subsidiaries with a history of tax losses in certain state jurisdictions and, based upon those historical tax losses, we assumed that the subsidiaries would not be profitable in the future for those states’ tax purposes. If our assertion regarding the future profitability of those subsidiaries was incorrect, then our deferred tax assets would be understated by the amount of the state valuation allowance of $66.0 million at December 31, 2014.

The IRS may propose adjustments for items we have failed to identify as tax contingencies. If the IRS were to propose and sustain assessments equal to 10% of our taxable income for 2014, we would incur approximately $5.8 million of additional tax payments for 2014 plus interest and penalties, if applicable.

Segment Reporting

We have three operating groups as of December 31, 2014. We realign these operating groups frequently based upon changing circumstances, including acquisition and divestiture activity. We consider these three operating groups as one operating segment, healthcare services, for segment reporting purposes and as one reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing in accordance with ASC 280-10, “Segment Reporting” (“ASC 280-10”), and ASC 350-10.

In accordance with ASC 350-10, we determined that our three operating groups and related acute care hospitals comprise one reporting unit because of their similar economic characteristics in each of the following areas:

the way we manage our operations and extent to which our acquired facilities are integrated into our existing operations as a single reporting unit;
our goodwill is recoverable from the collective operations of our three operating groups and related acute care hospitals and not individually from one single operating group or hospital;
our operating groups are frequently realigned based upon changing circumstances, including acquisition and divestiture activity; and
because of the collective size of our three operating groups, each group and acute care hospital benefits from its participation in a group purchasing organization.

Inflation

The healthcare industry is labor-intensive. Wages and other expenses increase during periods of inflation and when labor shortages in marketplaces occur. In addition, suppliers pass along rising costs to us in the form of higher prices. Private insurers pass along their rising costs in the form of lower reimbursement to us.

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our ability to pass on these increased costs in increased rates is limited because of increasing regulatory and competitive pressures and the fact that the majority of our revenues are fee-based. Accordingly, inflationary pressures could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Interest Rates

The following discussion relates to our exposure to market risk based on changes in interest rates:

Outstanding Debt

As of December 31, 2014, we had outstanding debt, excluding a $1.0 million unamortized discount and a $10.9 million unamortized premium, of $2,208.6 million, 29.2%, or $644.5 million, of which was subject to variable rates of interest.

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Term Facility and the Incremental Term Loans under the Senior Credit Agreement, the 6.625% unsecured senior notes due October 1, 2020 (the “6.625% Senior Notes”), the 5.5% Senior Notes and the 3½% Notes as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

       
  Carrying Amount   Fair Value
     December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
Senior Credit Agreement:
                                   
Term Facility   $ 421.9     $ 433.1     $ 420.3     $ 434.2  
Incremental Term Loans, excluding unamortized discount   $ 222.6     $ 222.6     $ 222.0     $ 224.2  
6.625% Senior Notes   $ 400.0     $ 400.0     $ 422.0     $ 425.0  
5.5% Senior Notes, excluding unamortized premium   $ 1,100.0     $ 700.0     $ 1,130.3     $ 703.5  
3½% Notes, excluding unamortized discount   $     $ 575.0     $     $ 622.4  

The fair values of the Term Facility, the Incremental Term Loans, the 6.625% Senior Notes and the 5.5% Senior Notes were estimated based on the average bid and ask price as determined using published rates and categorized as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy in accordance with ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820-10”). The fair values of the 3½% Notes were estimated based on the quoted market prices determined using the closing share price of our common stock and categorized as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy in accordance with ASC 820-10. As more fully discussed in Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report, effective May 12, 2014, we issued $400.0 million of additional 5.5% Senior Notes at a premium of $12.0 million for total net proceeds from the issuance of $412.0 million. The net proceeds from this additional issuance were used to fund, in part, the cash-settled portion of the maturity or conversion of the 3½% Notes on or before May 15, 2014.

Cash Balances

Certain of our outstanding cash balances are invested overnight with high credit quality financial institutions. We do not hold direct investments in auction rate securities, collateralized debt obligations, structured investment vehicles or mortgage-backed securities. We do not have significant exposure to changing interest rates on invested cash at December 31, 2014. As a result, the interest rate market risk implicit in these investments at December 31, 2014, if any, is low.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Information with respect to this Item is contained in our consolidated financial statements beginning on Page F-1 of this report.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

We did not experience a change in or disagreement with our accountants during the year ended December 31, 2014.

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us (including our consolidated subsidiaries) in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have included a report of management’s assessment of the design and operating effectiveness of our internal controls as part of this report. Our independent registered public accounting firm also attested to, and reported on, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report and the independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation report are included in our consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this report under the captions entitled “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2014 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Executive Officers

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the caption “Executive Compensation — Executive Officers of the Company” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders.

Code of Ethics

Our Board of Directors expects its members, as well as our officers and employees, to act ethically at all times and to acknowledge in writing their adherence to the policies comprising our Code of Conduct, which is known as “Common Ground,” and, as applicable, our Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and Chief Executive Officer (the “Code of Ethics”). The Code of Ethics and Common Ground are posted on our website located at www.lifepointhospitals.com under the heading “Corporate Governance.” We intend to disclose any amendments to our Code of Ethics and any waiver from a provision of our code, as required by the SEC, on our website within four business days following such amendment or waiver.

Directors

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the caption “Proposal 1: Election of Directors” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders.

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the caption “Ownership of Equity Securities of the Company — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders.

Stockholder Nominees

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the caption “Proposal 1: Election of Directors — Director Nomination Process” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders.

Audit and Compliance Committee

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the caption “Audit and Compliance Committee Report” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the captions “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation,” “Corporate Governance — Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” and “Director Compensation,” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the captions “Ownership of Equity Securities of the Company” and “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders.

Information concerning our equity compensation plans is included in Part II, Item 5. of this report under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the captions “Corporate Governance — Independence and Related Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance — Board Meetings and Committees” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

This information is incorporated by reference to the information contained under the caption “Proposal 2: Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Fees and Services of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in our proxy statement relating to our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders.

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Index to Consolidated Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits:

(1) Consolidated Financial Statements:

The consolidated financial statements required to be included in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, begin on Page F-1 and are submitted as a separate section of this report.

(2) Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules:

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes in this report.

(3) Exhibits:

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
3.1     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. on April 19, 2005, File No. 333-124151).
3.2     Fifth Amended and Restated By-Laws of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 17, 2014, File No. 000-51251).
4.1     Form of Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended, filed by Historic LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. on October 25, 2004, File No. 333-119929).
4.2     Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated February 25, 2009, by and between LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 25, 2009, File No. 000-51251).
4.3     Indenture, dated May 29, 2007, by and between LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as Issuer and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 31, 2007, File No. 000-51251).
4.4     Indenture, dated September 23, 2010, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as trustee (including the Form of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020) (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 27, 2010, File No. 000-51251).
4.5     Indenture, dated as of December 6, 2013, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as trustee (including the Form of 5.5% Senior Note due 2021) (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 9, 2013, File No. 000-51251).
 4.6     Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 23, 2010, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Barclays Capital Inc. as representative of the several initial purchasers (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 27, 2010, File No. 000-51251).

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
 4.7     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2013, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Barclays Capital Inc. as representative of the several initial purchasers (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 9, 2013, File No. 000-51251).
 4.8     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2014, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Barclays Capital Inc. as representative of the several initial purchasers (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 13, 2014, File No. 000-51251).
10.1     Computer and Data Processing Services Agreement dated May 19, 2008, by and between HCA Information Technology Services, Inc. and LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 21, 2008, File No. 000-51251).
10.2     Amendment to the Computer and Data Processing Services Agreement, dated June 13, 2012, by and between HCA — Information Technology & Services, Inc. and LifePoint Corporate Services, General Partnership (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, File No. 000-51251).
10.3     LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated June 30, 2005, as amended by the Amendment dated May 13, 2008, the Amendment dated December 10, 2008, the Amendment dated April 27, 2010, and the Amendment dated June 8, 2010, the Amendment dated April 23, 2012 and the Amendment dated June 5, 2012 (incorporated by reference from Appendix A and B to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 23, 2012, File No. 000-51251).*
10.4     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.5     LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix C to the Historic LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement dated April 28, 2004, File No. 000-29818).*
10.6     First Amendment, dated December 10, 2008, to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*
10.7     Amendment No. 2 to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 6, 2014, File No. 000-51251).*
10.8     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Performance Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.9      LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 16, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
10.10     LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Plan, dated January 1, 2003, as amended by the Amendment dated May 22, 2003, the Amendment dated May 13, 2008, the Amendment dated December 10, 2008, the Amendment dated March 24, 2009, the Amendment dated April 27, 2010, and the Amendment dated June 8, 2010 (incorporated by reference from Appendix C and D to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 29, 2010, File No. 000-51251).*
10.11     Amendment, dated April 18, 2012 to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, File No. 000-51251).*
10.12     Form of Outside Directors Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, File No. 000-51251).*
10.13     LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan, dated May 12, 2009, as amended by the Amendment dated April 27, 2010, the Amendment dated June 8, 2010 and the Amendment dated June 5, 2012 (incorporated by reference from Appendix C and D to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 23, 2012, File No. 000-51251).*
10.14     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Deferred Restricted Stock Award (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.15     LifePoint Hospitals Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.16     Amendment to the LifePoint Hospitals Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 22, 2010 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, File No. 000-51251).*
10.17     Amendment to the LifePoint Hospitals Deferred Compensation Plan, dated March 14, 2011 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, File No. 000-51251).*
10.18     Amendment to the LifePoint Hospitals Deferred Compensation Plan, dated November 24, 2014 (filed herewith).*
10.19     Credit Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., as borrower, the lenders referred to therein, Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A. and Barclays Bank PLC, as co-syndication agents, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, and Barclays Bank PLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, File No. 000-51251).

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
10.20     Incremental Facility Amendment No. 1, dated as of February 6, 2013, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., as borrower, the lenders referred to therein, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and consented to by Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Bank PLC as leads arrangers, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, among Borrower, the lenders referred to therein, Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A. and Barclays Bank PLC as co-syndication agents and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Bank PLC as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 7, 2013, File No. 000-51251).
10.21     Credit Agreement Amendment No. 2, dated as of August 23, 2013, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and consented to by Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Bank PLC, as lead arrangers, to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A. and Barclays Bank PLC, as co-syndication agents and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Bank PLC as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, as amended by Incremental Facility Amendment No. 1 dated as of February 6, 2013 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 26, 2013, File No. 000-51251).
10.22     Executive Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreement, dated December 11, 2008, by and between LifePoint CSGP, LLC and William F. Carpenter III (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*
10.23     First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Executive Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreement, dated December 11, 2012, by and between HSCGP, LLC and William F. Carpenter III (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 2012, File No. 000-51251).*
10.24     Recoupment Policy Relating to Unearned Incentive Compensation of Executive Officers (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 20, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*
10.25     LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix A to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 24, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.26     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Performance-Based Vesting) (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.27     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.28     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
10.29     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for non-employee directors (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.30     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. 2013 Long-term Incentive Plan Outside Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.31     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. 2013 Long-term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (time-based vesting) (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.32     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. 2013 Long-term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (performance-based vesting) (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.33     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (performance-based vesting) (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014, File No. 000-51251).*
10.34     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (performance-based vesting; deferral provision) (filed herewith).*
10.35     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014, File No. 000-51251).*
10.36     Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012, File No. 000-51251).*
10.37     Voluntary Resignation Agreement and General Release by and between Jeffrey S. Sherman and HSGCP, LLC, dated September 4, 2013 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 6, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
12.1     Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1     List of Subsidiaries
23.1     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1     Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2     Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
32.1     Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2     Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
   101.INS     XBRL Instance Document**
     101.SCH     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document**
    101.CAL     XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document**

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit
Number
    Description of Exhibits
101.DEF     XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document**
101.LAB     XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document**
101.PRE     XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document**

*  —  Management Compensation Plan or Arrangement
**  —  Furnished electronically herewith

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting     F-2  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-4  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-6  
Consolidated Statements of Operations – for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012     F-7  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – for the years ended December 31, 2014,
2013 and 2012
    F-8  
Consolidated Balance Sheets – December 31, 2014 and 2013     F-9  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012     F-10  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity – for the years ended December 31, 2014,
2013 and 2012
    F-11  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – December 31, 2014     F-12  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of its published consolidated financial statements. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and, as such, include amounts based on judgments and estimates made by management. The Company also prepared the other information included in the annual report and is responsible for its accuracy and consistency with the consolidated financial statements.

Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that pertain to the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report reliable financial data. The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting, which is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation of reliable published financial statements and safeguarding of the Company’s assets. The system includes a documented organizational structure and division of responsibility, established policies and procedures, including a code of conduct to foster a strong ethical climate, which are communicated throughout the Company, and the careful selection, training and development of our people.

The Board of Directors, acting through its Audit and Compliance Committee, is responsible for the oversight of the Company’s accounting policies, financial reporting and internal control. The Audit and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors is comprised entirely of outside directors who are independent of management. The Audit and Compliance Committee is responsible for the appointment and compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. It meets periodically with management, the independent registered public accounting firm and the internal auditors to ensure that they are carrying out their responsibilities. The Audit and Compliance Committee is also responsible for performing an oversight role by reviewing and monitoring the financial, accounting and auditing procedures of the Company in addition to reviewing the Company’s financial reports. Internal auditors monitor the operation of the internal control system and report findings and recommendations to management and the Audit and Compliance Committee. Corrective actions are taken to address control deficiencies and other opportunities for improving the internal control system as they are identified. The independent registered public accounting firm and the internal auditors have full and unlimited access to the Audit and Compliance Committee, with or without management, to discuss the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, and any other matters which they believe should be brought to the attention of the Audit and Compliance Committee.

Management recognizes that there are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of internal control. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.

The Company assessed its internal control system as of December 31, 2014 in relation to criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework). Based on its assessment, the Company has determined that, as of December 31, 2014, its system of internal control over financial reporting was effective.

The Company acquired eight hospitals during the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company excluded all eight of these hospitals from its assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. For the year ended December 31, 2014, these hospitals contributed approximately $416.3 million, or 9.3%, of the Company’s total revenues and, as of December 31, 2014, accounted for approximately $471.6 million or 8.6%, of its total assets.

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The consolidated financial statements have been audited by the independent registered public accounting firm of Ernst & Young LLP, which was given unrestricted access to all financial records and related data, including minutes of all meetings of stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board. Reports of the independent registered public accounting firm, which includes the independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, are also presented within this document.

 
/s/ William F. Carpenter III
Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
  /s/ Leif M. Murphy
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

Brentwood, Tennessee
February 12, 2015

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.

We have audited LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.’s (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) (the COSO criteria). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Wilson Medical Center, Rutherford Regional Medical Center, Haywood Regional Medical Center, Harris Regional Hospital, Swain County Hospital, Conemaugh Memorial Medical Center, Meyersdale Medical Center and Miners Medical Center, which are included in the 2014 consolidated financial statements of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and constituted $471.6 million and $267.1 million of total and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2014 and $416.3 million and $3.3 million of revenues and net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., respectively, for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Wilson Medical Center, Rutherford Regional Medical Center, Haywood Regional Medical Center, Harris Regional Hospital, Swain County Hospital, Conemaugh Memorial Medical Center, Meyersdale Medical Center and Miners Medical Center.

In our opinion, LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and our report dated February 12, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee
February 12, 2015

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) and our report dated February 12, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee
February 12, 2015

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
(In millions, except per share amounts)

     
  2014   2013   2012
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $ 5,300.9     $ 4,428.7     $ 4,016.2  
Provision for doubtful accounts     817.8       750.4       624.4  
Revenues     4,483.1       3,678.3       3,391.8  
Salaries and benefits     2,134.5       1,727.4       1,554.5  
Supplies     699.0       577.1       524.6  
Other operating expenses     1,087.3       900.9       799.1  
Other income     (71.9 )      (64.1 )      (32.0 ) 
Depreciation and amortization     250.5       228.2       193.1  
Interest expense, net     123.0       97.0       100.0  
Impairment charges     57.7             4.0  
Debt transaction costs           5.9       4.4  
Gain on settlement of pre-acquisition contingent obligation           (5.6 )       
       4,280.1       3,466.8       3,147.7  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes     203.0       211.5       244.1  
Provision for income taxes     68.1       79.3       88.5  
Income from continuing operations     134.9       132.2       155.6  
Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes           0.4        
Net income     134.9       132.6       155.6  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests     (8.8 )      (4.4 )      (3.7 ) 
Net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 126.1     $ 128.2     $ 151.9  
Basic earnings per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders:
                          
Continuing operations   $ 2.81     $ 2.76     $ 3.22  
Discontinued operations           0.01        
Net income   $ 2.81     $ 2.77     $ 3.22  
Diluted earnings per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders:
                          
Continuing operations   $ 2.69     $ 2.68     $ 3.14  
Discontinued operations           0.01        
Net income   $ 2.69     $ 2.69     $ 3.14  
Weighted average shares and dilutive securities outstanding:
                          
Basic     44.9       46.3       47.2  
Diluted     46.9       47.6       48.4  
Amounts attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders:
                          
Income from continuing operations, net of income taxes   $ 126.1     $ 127.8     $ 151.9  
Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes           0.4        
Net income   $ 126.1     $ 128.2     $ 151.9  

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
(In millions)

     
  2014   2013   2012
Net income   $ 134.9     $ 132.6     $ 155.6  
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of income taxes:
                          
Unrealized (loss) gain on changes in funded status of pension benefit obligations, net of benefit (provision) for income taxes of $4.2 and ($1.9) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013,
respectively
    (7.8 )      3.2       0.2  
Other comprehensive (loss) income     (7.8 )      3.2       0.2  
Comprehensive income     127.1       135.8       155.8  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests     (8.8 )      (4.4 )      (3.7 ) 
Comprehensive income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 118.3     $ 131.4     $ 152.1  

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
(In millions)

   
  2014   2013
ASSETS
                 
Current assets:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 191.5     $ 637.9  
Accounts receivable, less allowances for doubtful accounts of $709.5 and $741.2 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively     752.6       595.7  
Inventories     115.2       102.0  
Prepaid expenses     45.4       38.0  
Income taxes receivable     33.0        
Deferred tax assets     72.8       147.7  
Other current assets     85.7       72.9  
       1,296.2       1,594.2  
Property and equipment:
                 
Land     134.8       112.3  
Buildings and improvements     2,155.9       2,019.6  
Equipment     1,633.8       1,469.9  
Construction in progress (estimated costs to complete and equip after December 31, 2014 is $66.1)     72.9       58.7  
       3,997.4       3,660.5  
Accumulated depreciation     (1,619.9 )      (1,463.3 ) 
       2,377.5       2,197.2  
Deferred loan costs, net     31.7       31.1  
Intangible assets, net     69.1       72.6  
Other assets     46.4       40.7  
Goodwill     1,636.1       1,651.0  
Total assets   $ 5,457.0     $ 5,586.8  
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                 
Current liabilities:
                 
Accounts payable   $ 158.5     $ 135.9  
Accrued salaries     202.4       139.6  
Other current liabilities     203.2       197.2  
Current maturities of long-term debt     19.2       583.0  
       583.3       1,055.7  
Long-term debt     2,199.3       1,793.8  
Deferred income tax liabilities     187.5       233.1  
Long-term portion of reserves for self-insurance claims     133.2       139.8  
Other long-term liabilities     84.7       72.0  
Total liabilities     3,188.0       3,294.4  
Redeemable noncontrolling interests     87.1       59.8  
Equity:
                 
LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders’ equity:
                 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued            
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 90,000,000 shares authorized; 66,245,310 and 65,548,140 shares issued at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively     0.7       0.7  
Capital in excess of par value     1,496.2       1,470.7  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     (4.4 )      3.4  
Retained earnings     1,473.1       1,347.0  
Common stock in treasury, at cost, 21,672,250 and 18,404,586 shares at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively     (811.0 )      (611.7 ) 
Total LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders’ equity     2,154.6       2,210.1  
Noncontrolling interests     27.3       22.5  
Total equity     2,181.9       2,232.6  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 5,457.0     $ 5,586.8  

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
(In millions)

     
  2014   2013   2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
                          
Net income   $ 134.9     $ 132.6     $ 155.6  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                          
Income from discontinued operations           (0.4 )       
Stock-based compensation     27.3       25.4       27.4  
Depreciation and amortization     250.5       228.2       193.1  
Amortization of physician minimum revenue guarantees     14.7       17.2       19.6  
Amortization of debt discounts, premium and deferred loan costs     14.0       26.9       31.4  
Impairment charges     57.7             4.0  
Debt transaction costs           5.9       4.4  
Gain on settlement of pre-acquisition contingent obligation           (5.6 )       
Deferred income taxes (benefit)     22.8       (20.4 )      (24.2 ) 
Reserve for self-insurance claims, net of payments     11.7       3.3       1.6  
Increase (decrease) in cash from operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and divestitures:
                          
Accounts receivable     (54.3 )      (27.0 )      (43.3 ) 
Inventories, prepaid expenses and other current assets     (18.6 )      (17.1 )      (9.7 ) 
Accounts payable, accrued salaries and other current liabilities     (14.4 )      (16.3 )      19.5  
Income taxes payable/receivable     (35.5 )      1.8       2.3  
Other     1.5       (0.4 )      1.2  
Net cash provided by operating activities – continuing operations     412.3       354.1       382.9  
Net cash used in operating activities – discontinued operations           (0.1 )      (0.7 ) 
Net cash provided by operating activities     412.3       354.0       382.2  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                          
Purchases of property and equipment     (207.1 )      (185.2 )      (221.4 ) 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired     (265.6 )      (188.1 )      (199.7 ) 
Other     (0.5 )      1.0       (1.0 ) 
Net cash used in investing activities     (473.2 )      (372.3 )      (422.1 ) 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                          
Proceeds from borrowings     412.0       1,053.0       555.0  
Payments of borrowings     (585.4 )      (453.7 )      (469.3 ) 
Repurchases of common stock     (222.3 )      (39.1 )      (95.5 ) 
Payments of debt financing costs     (7.2 )      (20.0 )      (10.0 ) 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options     23.9       39.2       21.8  
Other     (6.5 )      (8.2 )      (3.3 ) 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (385.5 )      571.2       (1.3 ) 
Change in cash and cash equivalents     (446.4 )      552.9       (41.2 ) 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     637.9       85.0       126.2  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 191.5     $ 637.9     $ 85.0  
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                          
Interest payments   $ 112.8     $ 68.6     $ 70.0  
Capitalized interest   $ 1.0     $ 1.4     $ 2.3  
Income tax payments, net   $ 80.9     $ 98.2     $ 110.5  

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
(In millions)

               
  LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Stockholders
     Common Stock   Capital in
Excess of
Par Value
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Retained Earnings   Treasury
Stock
  Noncontrolling
Interests
  Total
     Shares   Amount
Balance at January 1, 2012     48.3     $ 0.6     $ 1,354.8     $     $ 1,066.9     $ (477.1 )    $ 14.4     $ 1,959.6  
Net income                             151.9             3.7       155.6  
Other comprehensive income                       0.2                         0.2  
Exercise of stock options and tax benefits of stock-based awards     0.7             25.3                               25.3  
Stock activity in connection with employee stock purchase plan                 1.2                               1.2  
Stock-based compensation     0.5             27.4                               27.4  
Repurchases of common stock, at cost     (2.6 )                              (95.5 )            (95.5 ) 
Noncash change in noncontrolling interests as a result of acquisition and other                 (5.2 )                        8.3       3.1  
Cash distributions to noncontrolling interests                                         (3.8 )      (3.8 ) 
Balance at December 31, 2012     46.9       0.6       1,403.5       0.2       1,218.8       (572.6 )      22.6       2,073.1  
Net income                             128.2             4.4       132.6  
Other comprehensive income                       3.2                         3.2  
Exercise of stock options and tax benefits of stock-based awards     1.1       0.1       42.2                               42.3  
Stock activity in connection with employee stock purchase plan                 (0.4 )                              (0.4 ) 
Stock-based compensation                 25.4                               25.4  
Repurchases of common stock, at cost     (0.9 )                              (39.1 )            (39.1 ) 
Noncash change in noncontrolling interests as a result of acquisition and other                                         1.0       1.0  
Cash distributions to noncontrolling interests                                         (5.5 )      (5.5 ) 
Balance at December 31, 2013     47.1       0.7       1,470.7       3.4       1,347.0       (611.7 )      22.5       2,232.6  
Net income                             126.1             2.3       128.4  
Other comprehensive loss                       (7.8 )                        (7.8 ) 
Exercise of stock options, tax benefits of stock-based awards and other     0.8             28.2                               28.2  
Stock activity in connection with employee stock purchase plan                 (0.2 )                              (0.2 ) 
Stock-based compensation                 27.3                               27.3  
Repurchases of common stock, at cost     (3.9 )                              (222.3 )            (222.3 ) 
Conversion of 3½% Notes     0.6             (22.1 )                  23.0             0.9  
Noncash change in noncontrolling interests as a result of acquisition and other                 (7.7 )                        4.4       (3.3 ) 
Cash distributions to noncontrolling interests                                         (1.9 )      (1.9 ) 
Balance at December 31, 2014     44.6     $ 0.7     $ 1,496.2     $ (4.4 )    $ 1,473.1     $ (811.0 )    $ 27.3     $ 2,181.9  

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., a Delaware corporation, acting through its subsidiaries, operates general acute care hospitals primarily in non-urban communities in the United States (“U.S.”). Unless the context otherwise indicates, LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and its subsidiaries are referred to herein as “LifePoint” or the “Company.” At December 31, 2014, on a consolidated basis, the Company operated 67 hospital campuses in 21 states. Effective January 1, 2015, the Company sold Lakeland Community Hospital (“Lakeland”), Northwest Medical Center (“Northwest”) and Russellville Hospital (“Russellville”) located throughout northwest Alabama. Upon completion of this sale, the Company operated 64 hospital campuses in 21 states, having a total of 8,024 licensed beds. Unless noted otherwise, discussions in these notes pertain to the Company’s continuing operations, which exclude the results of those facilities that have previously been disposed prior to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-8, “Presentation of Financial Statements and Property, Plant, and Equipment — Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity” (“ASU 2014-8”).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all subsidiaries and entities controlled by the Company through the Company’s direct or indirect ownership of a majority interest and exclusive rights granted to the Company as the sole general partner or controlling member of such entities. Additionally, the Company consolidates any entities for which it receives the majority of the entity’s expected returns or is at risk for the majority of the entity’s expected losses based upon its investment or financial interest in the entity. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions within the Company have been eliminated in consolidation.

In connection with certain acquisitions, the Company has entered into agreements to provide management and administrative support for the operations of six hospitals. The Company has concluded that these hospitals qualify as variable interest entities in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-10 “Consolidations” and, due to its economic interest in these hospitals combined with its agreements to provide management and administrative support, it is the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the Company has consolidated the operations of these six hospitals.

The Company accounts for its investments in entities in which the Company exhibits significant influence, but not control, in accordance with the equity method of accounting. The Company does not consolidate its equity method investments, but rather measures them at their initial costs and then subsequently adjusts their carrying values through income for their respective shares of the earnings or losses during the period.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Discontinued Operations

In accordance with the provisions of ASC 360-10, “Property, Plant and Equipment”, (“ASC 360-10”), the Company has presented the operating results and cash flows of its previously disposed facilities as discontinued operations, net of income taxes, in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2014-8. Among other provisions and in addition to expanded disclosures, ASU 2014-8 changes the definition of what components of an entity qualify for discontinued operations treatment and reporting from a reportable segment, operating segment, reporting unit, subsidiary or asset group to only those components of an entity that represent a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. Additionally, ASU 2014-8 requires disclosure about a disposal of an individually significant component of an entity that does not qualify for discontinued operations presentation in the financial statements, including the pretax profit or loss, attributable to the component of an entity for the period in which it is disposed of or is classified as held for sale. The disclosure of this information is required for all of the same periods that are presented in the entity’s results of operations for the period. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2014-8 during the year ended December 31, 2014.

As more fully discussed in Note 3, during the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company sold certain assets of River Parishes Hospital (“River Parishes”), located in LaPlace, Louisiana. Additionally, effective January 1, 2015, and again as more fully discussed in Note 3, the Company sold almost all of the assets of Lakeland, Northwest and Russellville. The Company has determined that none of the aforementioned disposals qualify for discontinued operations treatment in accordance with the provisions of ASU 2014-8. However, the Company has provided the additional required disclosures.

General and Administrative Costs

The majority of the Company’s expenses are “cost of revenue” items. Costs that could be classified as “general and administrative” by the Company would include its hospital support center overhead costs, which were $223.4 million, $182.1 million and $173.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Included in the Company’s hospital support center overhead costs are depreciation and amortization expenses related primarily to the Company’s information systems platforms of $29.5 million, $27.0 million and $16.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Additionally, included in the Company’s hospital support center overhead costs are transactional expenses related to the Company’s recent acquisitions, including legal and consulting fees, which were $12.4 million, $6.0 million and $10.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. See Note 2 for a further discussion of the Company’s recent acquisition activity.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

In accordance with ASC 825-10, “Financial Instruments”, the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are further described as follows.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable

The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Long-Term Debt

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Facility”) and senior secured incremental term loans (the “Incremental Term Loans”) under its senior secured credit agreement with, among others, Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”), as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (the “Senior Credit Agreement”), 6.625% unsecured senior notes due October 1, 2020 (the “6.625% Senior Notes”), 5.5% unsecured senior notes due December 1, 2021 (the “5.5% Senior Notes”) and 3½% convertible senior subordinated notes due May 15, 2014 (the “3½% Notes”) as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

       
  Carrying Amount   Fair Value
     December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
Senior Credit Agreement:
                                   
Term Facility   $ 421.9     $ 433.1     $ 420.3     $ 434.2  
Incremental Term Loans, excluding unamortized discount   $ 222.6     $ 222.6     $ 222.0     $ 224.2  
6.625% Senior Notes   $ 400.0     $ 400.0     $ 422.0     $ 425.0  
5.5% Senior Notes, excluding unamortized premium   $ 1,100.0     $ 700.0     $ 1,130.3     $ 703.5  
3½% Notes, excluding unamortized discount   $     $ 575.0     $     $ 622.4  

The fair values of the Term Facility, the Incremental Term Loans, the 6.625% Senior Notes and the 5.5% Senior Notes were estimated based on the average bid and ask price as determined using published rates and categorized as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy in accordance with ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820-10”). The fair values of the 3½% Notes were estimated based on the quoted market prices determined using the closing share price of the Company’s common stock and categorized as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy in accordance with ASC 820-10. As more fully discussed in Note 5, effective May 12, 2014, the Company issued $400.0 million of additional 5.5% Senior Notes at a premium of $12.0 million for total net proceeds from the issuance of $412.0 million. The net proceeds from this additional issuance were used to fund, in part, the cash-settled portion of the maturity or conversion of the 3½% Notes on or before May 15, 2014.

Common Stock Warrant

As more fully discussed Note 2 and Note 8, as partial consideration in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Conemaugh Health System, the Company issued a warrant to the seller. The warrant, classified as a liability, is marked-to-market using an option pricing model which considers the warrant’s contractual term, a combination of both historical volatility and implied volatility from traded options of the Company’s common stock, risk-free interest rates and dividend assumptions. Since all significant inputs are market-based and observable, the warrant is categorized as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy in accordance with ASC 820-10. At December 31, 2014, the fair value of the warrant was $9.2 million and is included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets under the caption “Other long-term liabilities”.

Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable

Overview

The Company recognizes revenues in the period in which services are performed. Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from third-party payors and patients. The Company’s ability to collect outstanding receivables is critical to its results of operations and cash flows. Amounts the Company receives for treatment of patients covered by governmental programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and other third-party payors such as health maintenance organizations (“HMOs”), preferred provider organizations (“PPOs”) and other private insurers are generally less than the Company’s established billing rates.

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Additionally, to provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, the Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the carrying value of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value. Accordingly, the revenues and accounts receivable reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements are recorded at the net amount expected to be received.

On April 5, 2012, a settlement agreement (the “Rural Floor Settlement”) was signed between the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”), the Secretary of HHS, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) and a large number of healthcare service providers, including the Company’s hospitals. The Rural Floor Settlement resolved all claims related to CMS’s calculation of the rural floor budget neutrality adjustment that was created by the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 from federal fiscal year 1998 through and including federal fiscal year 2011 for healthcare service providers that participated in certain court cases and group appeals. As a result of the Rural Floor Settlement, the Company recognized $33.0 million of additional Medicare revenue during the year ended December 31, 2012.

The Company’s revenues by payor and approximate percentages of revenues were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

           
  2014   2013   2012
     Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
Medicare   $ 1,361.4       30.4 %    $ 1,199.5       32.6 %    $ 1,170.3       34.5 % 
Medicaid     619.8       13.8       517.0       14.1       494.6       14.6  
HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers     2,476.7       55.2       1,876.1       51.0       1,645.5       48.5  
Self-pay     744.9       16.6       766.5       20.8       653.9       19.3  
Other     98.1       2.2       69.6       1.9       51.9       1.5  
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts     5,300.9       118.2       4,428.7       120.4       4,016.2       118.4  
Provision for doubtful accounts     (817.8 )      (18.2 )      (750.4 )      (20.4 )      (624.4 )      (18.4 ) 
Revenues   $ 4,483.1       100.0 %    $ 3,678.3       100.0 %    $ 3,391.8       100.0 % 

Contractual Discounts and Cost Report Settlements

The Company derives a significant portion of its revenues from Medicare, Medicaid and other payors that receive discounts from its established billing rates. The Company must estimate the total amount of these discounts to prepare its consolidated financial statements. The Medicare and Medicaid regulations and various managed care contracts under which these discounts must be calculated are complex and are subject to interpretation and adjustment. The Company estimates the allowance for contractual discounts on a payor-specific basis given its interpretation of the applicable regulations or contract terms. These interpretations sometimes result in payments that differ from the Company’s estimates. Additionally, updated regulations and contract renegotiations occur frequently, necessitating regular review and assessment of the estimation process by management. Changes in estimates related to the allowance for contractual discounts affect revenues reported in the Company’s accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Cost report settlements under reimbursement agreements with Medicare and Medicaid are estimated and recorded in the period the related services are rendered and are adjusted in future periods as final settlements are determined. There is a reasonable possibility that recorded estimates will change by a material amount in the near term. The net adjustments to estimated cost report settlements resulted in increases to revenues of approximately $2.5 million, $5.6 million and $7.0 million, increases to net income of approximately $1.6 million, $3.5 million and $4.4 million, and increases to diluted earnings per share of approximately $0.03, $0.07 and $0.09 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The net cost report settlements due from the Company included as a current liability under the caption “Other current liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, were approximately $11.2 million and

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

$13.3 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company’s management believes that adequate provisions have been made for adjustments that may result from final determination of amounts earned under these programs.

Laws and regulations governing Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and subject to interpretation. The Company believes that it is in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and is not aware of any pending or threatened investigations involving allegations of potential wrongdoing that would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future government review and interpretation as well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

Charity Care

Self-pay revenues are derived primarily from patients who do not have any form of healthcare coverage. The revenues associated with self-pay patients are generally reported at the Company’s gross charges. The Company evaluates these patients, after the patient’s medical condition is determined to be stable, for their ability to pay based upon federal and state poverty guidelines, qualifications for Medicaid or other governmental assistance programs, as well as the local hospital’s policy for charity care. The Company provides care without charge to certain patients that qualify under the local charity care policy of each of its hospitals. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company estimates that its costs of care provided under its charity care programs approximated $21.2 million, $35.2 million and $30.9 million, respectively. The decrease in the Company’s estimated costs of charity care was primarily due to a shift from self-pay to Medicaid and HMOs, PPOs and other private insurers for a portion of the Company’s patient population, which primarily was a result of healthcare reform and the expansion of Medicaid coverage in certain of the states in which the Company operates. The Company does not report a charity care patient’s charges in revenues or in the provision for doubtful accounts as it is the Company’s policy not to pursue collection of amounts related to these patients.

The Company’s management estimates its costs of care provided under its charity care programs utilizing a calculated ratio of costs to gross charges multiplied by the Company’s gross charity care charges provided. The Company’s gross charity care charges include only services provided to patients who are unable to pay and qualify under the Company’s local charity care policies. To the extent the Company receives reimbursement through the various governmental assistance programs in which it participates to subsidize its care of indigent patients, the Company does not include these patients’ charges in its cost of care provided under its charity care program.

Provision and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

To provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, the Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the carrying value of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value. The primary uncertainty lies with uninsured patient receivables and deductibles, co-payments or other amounts due from individual patients.

The Company has an established process to determine the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts that relies on a number of analytical tools and benchmarks to arrive at a reasonable allowance. No single statistic or measurement determines the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Some of the analytical tools that the Company utilizes include, but are not limited to, historical cash collection experience, revenue trends by payor classification and revenue days in accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are written off after collection efforts have been followed in accordance with the Company’s policies.

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

A summary of activity in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows (in millions):

       
  Balances at
Beginning of
Year
  Additions
Recognized as
a Reduction to
Revenues
  Accounts
Written Off, Net
of Recoveries
  Balances at
End of Year
Year ended December 31, 2014   $ 741.2     $ 817.8     $ (849.5 )    $ 709.5  
Year ended December 31, 2013   $ 558.4     $ 750.4     $ (567.6 )    $ 741.2  
Year ended December 31, 2012   $ 537.4     $ 624.4     $ (603.4 )    $ 558.4  

The allowances for doubtful accounts as a percentage of gross accounts receivable, net of contractual discounts were 48.5% and 55.4% as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The decrease in the resulting ratio of the allowances for doubtful accounts as a percentage of gross accounts receivable, net of contractual discounts, at December 31, 2014 as compared to December 31, 2013 is primarily the result of our recent acquisitions for which the Company recorded accounts receivable at its estimated fair value net of its estimate of an allowance for doubtful accounts, in addition to the write-off of aged and fully reserved accounts receivable during the year ended December 31, 2014. Additionally, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the allowances for doubtful accounts plus certain contractual allowances and discounts related to self-pay patients as a percentage of self-pay receivables were 88.4% and 86.5%, respectively.

Concentration of Revenues

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, approximately 44.2%, 46.7% and 49.1%, respectively, of the Company’s revenues related to patients participating in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, collectively. The Company’s management recognizes that revenues and receivables from government agencies are significant to the Company’s operations, but it does not believe that there are significant credit risks associated with these government agencies. The Company’s management does not believe that there are any other significant concentrations of revenues from any particular payor that would subject the Company to any significant credit risks in the collection of its accounts receivable.

The Company’s revenues are particularly sensitive to regulatory and economic changes in certain states where the Company generates significant revenues. The following is an analysis by state of revenues as a percentage of the Company’s total revenues for those states in which the Company generates significant revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

             
  Hospital
Campuses in
State as of
December 31,
2014
  Revenue Concentration by State
  2014   2013   2012
  Amount   % of
Revenues
  Amount   % of
Revenues
  Amount   % of
Revenues
Virginia     6     $ 624.4       13.9 %    $ 469.2       12.8 %    $ 413.6       12.2 % 
Kentucky     9       587.9       13.1       520.9       14.2       510.9       15.1  
Michigan     3       460.8       10.3       345.4       9.4       103.9       3.1  
Tennessee     10       404.5       9.0       394.9       10.7       375.3       11.1  
North Carolina     7       372.6       8.3       129.6       3.5       137.6       4.1  
New Mexico     2       266.5       5.9       256.5       7.0       299.6       8.8  
West Virginia     2       246.9       5.5       245.9       6.7       266.2       7.8  
Arizona     2       222.8       5.0       214.7       5.8       204.4       6.0  

Any changes in the current demographic, economic, competitive or regulatory conditions, or to Medicaid programs, in the above-mentioned states or in Pennsylvania, where the Company anticipates Conemaugh Health System will generate significant revenues, could have an adverse effect on the Company’s revenues or results of operations.

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Other Income

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) provides for incentive payments under the Medicare and Medicaid programs for certain hospitals and physician practices that demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology. These provisions of ARRA, collectively referred to as the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (the “HITECH Act”), are intended to promote the adoption and meaningful use of interoperable health information technology and qualified EHR technology.

The Company accounts for EHR incentive payments in accordance with ASC 450-30, “Gain Contingencies” (“ASC 450-30”). In accordance with ASC 450-30, the Company recognizes a gain for EHR incentive payments when its eligible hospitals and physician practices have demonstrated meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period and when the cost report information for the full cost report year that determines the final calculation of the EHR incentive payment is available. The demonstration of meaningful use is based on meeting a series of objectives and varies among hospitals and physician practices, between the Medicare and Medicaid programs and within the Medicaid program from state to state. Additionally, meeting the series of objectives in order to demonstrate meaningful use becomes progressively more stringent as its implementation is phased in through stages as outlined by CMS. EHR incentive payments are subject to audit and potential recoupment if it is determined that the Company’s hospitals did not meet the applicable meaningful use standards required in connection with such incentive payments. Furthermore, EHR incentive payments are subject to retrospective adjustment because the cost report data upon which the payments are based are further subject to audit.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized $71.9 million, $64.1 million and $32.0 million in EHR incentive payments, respectively, in accordance with the HITECH Act under the Medicare and Medicaid programs, collectively. These payments are reflected separately in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations under the caption “Other income”. Amounts recognized as other income that the Company anticipates collecting in future periods, but that were uncollected as of the balance sheet date totaled approximately $36.8 million and $25.4 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets under the caption “Other current assets”.

The Company incurs both capital expenditures and operating expenses in connection with the implementation of its various EHR initiatives. The amount and timing of these expenditures does not directly correlate with the timing of the Company’s receipt or recognition as other income of the EHR incentive payments. As we complete our full implementation of certified EHR technology in accordance with all three phases of the program, our EHR incentive payments will decline and ultimately end.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and marketable securities with original maturities of three months or less. The Company places its cash in financial institutions that are federally insured in limited amounts.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market and are comprised of purchased items. These inventory items are primarily operating supplies used in the direct or indirect treatment of patients.

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Long-Lived Assets

Property and Equipment

Purchases of property and equipment are recorded at cost. Property and equipment acquired in connection with business combinations are recorded at estimated fair value in accordance with the acquisition method of accounting as prescribed in ASC 805-10, “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805-10”). Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures that increase capacities or extend useful lives are capitalized. Fully depreciated assets are retained in property and equipment accounts until they are disposed of. Allocated interest on funds used to pay for the construction or purchase of major capital additions is included in the cost of each capital addition.

Depreciation is calculated by applying the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of buildings and improvements and equipment. Assets under capital and financing leases are generally amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the assets or life of the lease term, excluding any lease renewals, unless the lease renewals are reasonably assured. Capitalized internal-use software costs are amortized over their expected useful life, which is generally four years. Useful lives are as follows:

 
  Years
Buildings and improvements (including those under capital and financing leases)     10 – 40  
Equipment     3 – 10  
Equipment under capital leases     3 – 5  

Depreciation expense was $247.6 million, $222.9 million and $187.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization expense related to assets under capital and financing leases and capitalized internal-use software costs are included in depreciation expense.

As of December 31, 2014, the majority of the Company’s assets under capital and financing leases are primarily comprised of prepaid capital leases. The Company’s assets under capital and financing leases are set forth in the following table at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

   
  2014   2013
Buildings and improvements   $ 287.2     $ 281.0  
Equipment     45.8       37.7  
       333.0       318.7  
Accumulated amortization     (111.3 )      (96.9 ) 
     $ 221.7     $ 221.8  

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for possible impairment whenever circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset, or related group of assets, may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows, in accordance with ASC 360-10. Fair value estimates are derived from established market values of comparable assets or internal calculations of estimated future net cash flows. The Company’s estimates of future cash flows are based on assumptions and projections it believes to be reasonable and supportable. The Company’s assumptions take into account revenue and expense growth rates, patient volumes, changes in payor mix and changes in legislation and other payor payment patterns. These assumptions vary by type of facility.

During the year ended December 31, 2014 and as more fully discussed in Note 3, the Company recognized pre-tax impairment charges totaling approximately $57.7 million in connection with its disposal of River Parishes, effective November 1, 2014, as well as its disposals of Lakeland, Northwest and Russellville, effective January 1, 2015. A portion of these charges related to the write-down of property and equipment to

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

their estimated fair values. Additionally, the Company incurred a $4.0 million pre-tax impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily related to the write-off of certain capitalized information system costs which the Company determined were no longer a necessary component of its ongoing information technology strategy.

Deferred Loan Costs

The Company records deferred loan costs for expenditures related to acquiring or issuing new debt instruments as well as for amendments to its existing debt instruments. These expenditures include bank fees and premiums as well as attorney’s and filing fees. The Company amortizes these deferred loan costs over the life of the respective debt instrument using the effective interest method.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for its acquisitions in accordance with ASC 805-10 using the acquisition method of accounting. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the net amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed. In accordance with ASC 350-10, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350-10”), goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed by the Company at least annually for impairment. The Company’s business comprises a single reporting unit for impairment test purposes. For the purposes of these analyses, the Company’s estimates of fair value are based on a combination of the income approach, which estimates the fair value of the Company based on its future discounted cash flows, and the market approach, which estimates the fair value of the Company based on comparable market prices. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company performed its annual impairment tests as of October 1 and did not incur an impairment charge.

The Company’s intangible assets relate to contract-based physician minimum revenue guarantees; non-competition agreements; certificates of need and certificates of need exemptions; and licenses, provider numbers, accreditations and other. Contract-based physician minimum revenue guarantees and non-competition agreements are amortized over the terms of the agreements. The certificates of need, certificates of need exemptions, licenses, provider numbers, accreditations and other have been determined to have indefinite lives and, accordingly, are not amortized. The Company’s goodwill and intangible assets are further described in Note 4.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent the Company believes that recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance is established. To the extent the Company establishes a valuation allowance or increases this allowance, the Company must include an expense within the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company classifies interest and penalties related to its tax positions as a component of income tax expense. Income taxes are further described in Note 6.

Point of Life Indemnity, Ltd.

The Company operates, with approval from the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority, a captive insurance company under the name Point of Life Indemnity, Ltd. Through this wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, the captive insurance company issues malpractice insurance policies to certain of the Company’s

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

employed physicians in addition to providing property insurance deductible reimbursement for some types of property losses and workers’ compensation deductible coverage. Fees charged to these employed physicians are eliminated in consolidation. Reserves for the Company’s estimate of the related outstanding claims, including incurred but not reported losses, are actuarially determined and are included as a component of the Company’s reserves for professional liability self-insurance claims, as further discussed in this note.

Reserves for Self-Insurance Claims

Given the nature of the Company’s operating environment, it is subject to potential professional liability claims, employee workers’ compensation claims and other claims. To mitigate a portion of this risk, the Company maintains insurance for individual professional liability claims and employee workers’ compensation claims exceeding a self-insured retention level. The Company’s self-insured retention level for professional liability claims is $5.0 million per claim at December 31, 2014 with a $5.0 million inner aggregate per claim. Additionally, the Company’s self-insured retention level for workers’ compensation claims is $1.0 million per claim in all states in which it operates except for Wyoming. The Company participates in a state specific program in Wyoming for its workers’ compensation claims arising in this state. The Company’s self-insured retention levels are evaluated annually as a part of its insurance program’s renewal process.

The Company’s reserves for self-insurance claims reflects the current estimate of all outstanding losses, including incurred but not reported losses, based upon actuarial calculations as of the balance sheet date. The loss estimates included in the actuarial calculations may change in the future based upon updated facts and circumstances. The Company’s expense for self-insurance claims coverage each year includes: the actuarially determined estimate of losses for the current year, including claims incurred but not reported; the change in the estimate of losses for prior years based upon actual claims development experience as compared to prior actuarial projections; the insurance premiums for losses in excess of the Company’s self-insured retention levels; the administrative costs of the insurance program; and interest expense related to the discounted portion of the liability. The Company’s expense for self-insurance claims was approximately $50.6 million, $44.3 million and $42.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company’s reserves for professional liability claims are based upon quarterly actuarial calculations. The Company’s reserves for employee workers’ compensation claims are based upon semi-annual actuarial calculations. These reserve calculations consider historical claims data, demographic considerations, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions, which are discounted to present value. The Company’s reserves for self-insured claims have been discounted to their present value using a discount rate of 1.50%, 1.55% and 1.80% at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company’s management selects a discount rate by considering a risk-free interest rate that corresponds to the period when the self-insured claims are incurred and projected to be paid.

Professional and general liability claims are typically resolved over an extended period of time, often as long as five years or more, while workers’ compensation claims are typically resolved in one to two years. Accordingly, the Company’s reserves for self-insured claims, comprised of estimated indemnity and expense payments related to reported events and incurred but not reported events as of the end of the period, include both a current and long-term component. The current portion of the Company’s reserves for self-insured claims is included under the caption “Other current liabilities” and the long-term portion is included under the caption “Long-term portion of reserves for self-insurance claims” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

The following table provides information regarding the classification of the Company’s reserves for self-insured claims at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

   
  2014   2013
Current portion   $ 44.3     $ 28.2  
Long-term portion     133.2       139.8  
     $ 177.5     $ 168.0  

The combination of changing conditions and the extended time required for claim resolution results in a loss estimation process that requires actuarial skill and the application of judgment, and such estimates require periodic revision. As a result of the variety of factors that must be considered, there is a risk that actual incurred losses may develop differently from estimates. The results of the Company’s quarterly and semi-annual actuarial calculations resulted in changes to its reserves for self-insured claims for prior years. As a result, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company’s related self-insured claims expense decreased by $5.1 million, $12.9 million and $9.1 million, which increased net income by approximately $3.3 million, $7.9 million and $5.8 million, or $0.07, $0.17 and $0.12 per diluted share, respectively.

Self-Insured Medical Benefits

The Company is self-insured for substantially all of the medical expenses and benefits of its employees. The reserve for medical benefits primarily reflects the current estimate of incurred but not reported losses based upon an annual actuarial calculation as of the balance sheet date. The undiscounted reserves for self-insured medical benefits were $28.0 million and $18.9 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are included in the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets under the caption “Other current liabilities”.

Noncontrolling Interests and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represent the portion of equity in a subsidiary not attributable, directly or indirectly, to a parent. The Company’s accompanying consolidated financial statements include all assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses at their consolidated amounts, which include the amounts attributable to the Company and the noncontrolling interest. The Company recognizes as a separate component of equity and earnings on the portion of income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests based on the portion of the entity not owned by the Company.

The following table presents the changes in the Company’s noncontrolling interests during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

 
Balance at January 1, 2013   $ 22.6  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     4.4  
Acquisitions     1.0  
Other     (5.5 ) 
Balance at December 31, 2013     22.5  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     2.3  
Acquisitions     8.3  
Other     (5.8 ) 
Balance at December 31, 2014   $ 27.3  

Certain of the Company’s noncontrolling interests include redemption features that cause these interests not to meet the requirements for classification as equity in accordance with ASC 480-10-S99-3, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity”. Redemption of these interests features would require the delivery of

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

cash. Accordingly, these redeemable noncontrolling interests are classified in the mezzanine section of the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets under the caption “Redeemable noncontrolling interests”. Changes in the fair value of the Company’s redeemable noncontrolling interests are recognized as adjustments to consolidated stockholders’ equity.

The following table presents the changes in the Company’s redeemable noncontrolling interests during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

 
Balance at January 1, 2013   $ 29.4  
Acquisitions     29.9  
Other     0.5  
Balance at December 31, 2013     59.8  
Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests     6.5  
Acquisitions     19.6  
Other     1.2  
Balance at December 31, 2014   $ 87.1  

Redemption features related to the Company’s redeemable noncontrolling interests, if exercised, would require the Company to deliver cash in the following amounts for the years indicated (in millions):

 
2015   $ 47.9  
2016     39.2  
     $ 87.1  

Segment Reporting

The Company has three operating groups as of December 31, 2014. The Company realigns these operating groups frequently based upon changing circumstances, including acquisition and divestiture activity. The Company considers these three operating groups as one operating segment, healthcare services, for segment reporting purposes and as one reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing in accordance with ASC 280-10, “Segment Reporting”, (“ASC 280-10”) and ASC 350-10.

In accordance with ASC 350-10, the Company has determined that its three operating groups and related acute care hospitals comprise one reporting unit because of their similar economic characteristics in each of the following areas:

the way the Company manages its operations and extent to which its acquired facilities are integrated into its existing operations as a single reporting unit;
the Company’s goodwill is recoverable from the collective operations of its three operating groups and related acute care hospitals and not individually from one single operating group or hospital;
its operating groups are frequently realigned based upon changing circumstances, including acquisition and divestiture activity; and
because of the collective size of its three operating groups, each group and acute care hospital benefits from its participation in a group purchasing organization.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company issues stock-based awards to key employees and directors under various stockholder-approved stock-based compensation plans, as further described in Note 9. The Company accounts for its stock-based awards in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718-10 “Compensation — Stock

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Compensation”, (“ASC 718-10”). In accordance with ASC 718-10, the Company recognizes compensation expense over each of the stock-based award’s requisite service period based on the estimated grant date fair value of each stock-based award.

Deferred Cash Awards

The Company grants deferred cash awards to certain employees that are subject to continuing service requirements and a ratable vesting term of three years. The Company recognizes compensation expense for these awards over their requisite service period. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, expense related to the Company’s deferred cash awards was approximately $7.6 million, $7.0 million and $5.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, there was $9.8 million of total estimated unrecognized compensation costs related to deferred cash awards arrangements. The Company expects to recognize this cost over a weighted average period of 1.3 years.

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company maintains multiple defined contribution retirement plans that cover a majority of the Company’s employees with a discretionary matching policy based on the Company’s financial performance and definite contribution formulas for employees at certain facilities. The Company’s expense related to its defined contribution plans was $24.5 million, $11.1 million and $8.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

In connection with its acquisition of Marquette General Health System (“Marquette General”), a 315 bed hospital system located in Marquette, Michigan effective September 1, 2012, through Duke LifePoint Healthcare, a joint venture between LifePoint and a wholly-owned controlled affiliate of Duke University Health Systems, Inc., the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities associated with the benefits in the seller’s defined benefit pension plan of certain employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement. The Company has established a separate defined benefit pension plan (the “Marquette Pension Plan”), to facilitate its administration of the assumed portion of the seller’s defined benefit pension plan. In addition, in connection with its acquisition of Bell Hospital (“Bell”), a 25 bed critical access hospital located in Ishpeming, Michigan, effective December 1, 2013, the Company assumed sponsorship of Bell’s defined benefit pension plan, which provides benefits to certain non-union employees (the “Bell Pension Plan” and, collectively with the Marquette Pension Plan, the “Pension Plans”).

The Company accounts for its Pension Plans in accordance with ASC 715-30 “Compensation — Defined Benefit Plans”, (“ASC 715-30”). In accordance with ASC 715-30, the Company recognizes the unfunded liability of its Pension Plans in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and unrecognized gains (losses) and prior service credits (costs) as changes in other comprehensive income (loss). The measurement date of the Pension Plans’ assets and liabilities coincides with the Company’s year-end. The Company’s pension benefit obligation is measured using actuarial calculations that incorporate discount rates, rate of compensation increases, when applicable, expected long-term returns on plan assets and consider expected age of retirement and mortality.

Earnings Per Share (“EPS”)

EPS is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and dilutive stock options, convertible notes, when dilutive, and nonvested shares. In addition, the numerator of EPS, net income, is adjusted for interest expense related to the Company’s convertible notes, when dilutive, as more fully discussed in Note 5 and Note 12. The computation of the Company’s basic and diluted EPS is set forth in Note 12.

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

ASU No. 2014-9, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-9, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2014-9”). ASU 2014-9 provides for a single comprehensive principles-based standard for the recognition of revenue across all industries through the application of the following five-step process:

Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer.
Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract.
Step 3: Determine the transaction price.
Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.
Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Among other provisions and in addition to expanded disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue as well as certain additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures, ASU 2014-9 changes the healthcare industry specific presentation guidance under ASU 2011-7, “Presentation and Disclosure of Patient Service Revenue, Provision for Bad Debts, and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts for Certain Health Care Entities.” The provisions of ASU 2014-9 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those years. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2014-9 will have on its revenue recognition policies and procedures, financial position, result of operations, cash flows, financial disclosures and control framework.

Note 2. Acquisitions

2014 Acquisitions

Conemaugh Health System (“Conemaugh”)

Effective September 1, 2014, through Duke LifePoint Healthcare, the Company acquired Conemaugh for total consideration, including net working capital, of approximately $125.0 million, comprised of $115.0 million in cash and the issuance of a warrant with an estimated fair value of $10.0 million. The warrant provides the seller rights to purchase 290,514 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $74.15 per share, exercisable ratably beginning one year from the date of issuance to three years after the date of issuance. The warrant expires ten years from the date of issuance. The warrant, classified as a liability and included under the caption “Other long-term liabilities” in the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets, was valued using an option pricing model and will be marked-to-market until settlement.

Conemaugh is comprised of Conemaugh Memorial Medical Center, a 470 bed acute care hospital, 39 bed rehabilitation facility and 30 bed long-term care facility located in Johnstown, Pennsylvania, Meyersdale Medical Center, a 20 bed critical access hospital located in Meyersdale, Pennsylvania, and Miners Medical Center, a 30 bed acute care hospital located in Hastings, Pennsylvania. The Company has committed to invest in Conemaugh an additional $425.0 million in capital expenditures and improvements over the next ten years. The results of operations of Conemaugh are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning on September 1, 2014. The fair values assigned to certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed in relation to the Company’s acquisition of Conemaugh have been prepared on a preliminary basis with information currently available and are subject to change. Specifically, the Company is further assessing the valuation of certain tangible and intangible assets acquired and obligations assumed pending the subsequent settlement for purchased working capital and final appraisals. The Company expects to finalize its analysis during 2015.

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 2. Acquisitions  – (continued)

Haywood Regional Medical Center (“Haywood”)

Effective August 1, 2014, through Duke LifePoint Healthcare, the Company acquired Haywood, a 169 bed acute care hospital located in Clyde, North Carolina for approximately $28.5 million, including net working capital. The Company has committed to invest in Haywood an additional $36.0 million in capital expenditures and improvements over the next eight years. The results of operations of Haywood are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning on August 1, 2014. The fair values assigned to certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed in relation to the Company’s acquisition of Haywood have been prepared on a preliminary basis with information currently available and are subject to change. Specifically, the Company is further assessing the valuation of certain tangible and intangible assets acquired and obligations assumed pending the subsequent settlement for purchased working capital and final appraisals. The Company expects to finalize its analysis during 2015.

WestCare Health System (“WestCare”)

Effective August 1, 2014, through Duke LifePoint Healthcare, the Company acquired WestCare for approximately $19.0 million, including net working capital and the assumption of certain capital leases. WestCare is comprised of Harris Regional Hospital, an 86 bed acute care hospital located in Sylva, North Carolina, and Swain County Hospital, a 48 bed critical access hospital located in Bryson City, North Carolina. The Company has committed to invest in WestCare an additional $43.0 million in capital expenditures and improvements over the next eight years. The results of operations of WestCare are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning on August 1, 2014. The fair values assigned to certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed in relation to the Company’s acquisition of WestCare have been prepared on a preliminary basis with information currently available and are subject to change. Specifically, the Company is further assessing the valuation of certain tangible and intangible assets acquired and obligations assumed pending the subsequent settlement for purchased working capital and final appraisals. The Company expects to finalize its analysis during 2015.

Rutherford Regional Medical Center (“Rutherford”)

Effective June 1, 2014, through Duke LifePoint Healthcare, the Company acquired an 80% interest in an entity that owns Rutherford, a 143 bed acute care hospital located in Rutherfordton, North Carolina for approximately $27.2 million, including net working capital. The Company has committed to invest in Rutherford an additional $60.0 million in capital expenditures and improvements over the next ten years. The results of operations of Rutherford are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning on June 1, 2014.

Wilson Medical Center (“Wilson”)

Effective March 1, 2014, through Duke LifePoint Healthcare, the Company acquired an 80% interest in an entity that owns Wilson, a 294 bed hospital and 90 bed long-term care facility located in Wilson, North Carolina for approximately $59.8 million, including net working capital. The Company has committed to invest in Wilson an additional $120.0 million in capital expenditures and improvements over the next ten years. The results of operations of Wilson are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning on March 1, 2014. The fair values assigned to certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed in relation to the Company’s acquisition of Wilson have been prepared on a preliminary basis with information currently available and are subject to change. Specifically, the Company is further assessing the valuation of certain tangible and intangible assets acquired and obligations assumed pending the subsequent settlement for purchased working capital and final appraisals. The Company expects to finalize its analysis during 2015.

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 2. Acquisitions  – (continued)

2013 Acquisitions

Bell Hospital

Effective December 1, 2013, the Company acquired Bell for approximately $28.3 million, including net working capital, net of cash. The results of operations of Bell are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning on December 1, 2013.

Portage Health (“Portage”)

Effective December 1, 2013, the Company acquired an 80% interest in an entity that owns and operates Portage, a 36 bed hospital and 60 bed long-term care facility located in Hancock, Michigan for approximately $37.3 million, including 80% of the net working capital. The results of operations of Portage are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning on December 1, 2013.

Fauquier Health (“Fauquier”)

Effective November 1, 2013, the Company acquired an 80% interest in an entity that owns and operates Fauquier, a 97 bed hospital and 113 bed long-term care facility located in Warrenton, Virginia for approximately $103.7 million, including 80% of the net working capital. The results of operations of Fauquier are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning on November 1, 2013.

Scott Memorial Hospital (“Scott Memorial”)

In May 2012, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement with Norton Healthcare, Inc. to form the Regional Healthcare Network of Kentucky and Southern Indiana (“RHN”), the purpose of which is to own and operate hospitals in non-urban communities in the Kentucky and Southern Indiana region. Effective January 1, 2013, RHN acquired Scott Memorial, a 25 bed critical access hospital located in Scottsburg, Indiana for approximately $9.5 million, including net working capital. The results of operations of Scott Memorial are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning on January 1, 2013.

2012 Acquisitions

Marquette General

Effective September 1, 2012, the Company, through Duke LifePoint Healthcare, acquired Marquette General for approximately $132.7 million, including net working capital. The results of operations of Marquette General are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning on September 1, 2012.

Woods Memorial Hospital (“Woods Memorial”)

Effective July 1, 2012, the Company acquired Woods Memorial, a 72 bed hospital and an 88 bed long-term care facility located in Etowah, Tennessee for approximately $17.7 million, including net working capital. The results of operations of Woods Memorial are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning on July 1, 2012.

Twin County Regional Hospital (“Twin County”)

Effective April 1, 2012, the Company, through Duke LifePoint Healthcare, acquired an 80% interest in an entity that owns and operates Twin County, a 141 bed hospital located in Galax, Virginia for approximately $20.5 million, including 80% of the net working capital. The results of operations of Twin County are included in the Company’s results of operations beginning April 1, 2012.

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 2. Acquisitions  – (continued)

Ancillary Service-Line Acquisitions

The Company completed certain ancillary service-line acquisitions, including physician practices, totaling $16.1 million, $18.8 million and $19.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Note 3. Divestitures and Impairment Charges

Northwest Alabama Market

In November 2014, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell almost all of the assets of Lakeland, Northwest and Russellville. The sale closed effective January 1, 2015. Included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations are net operating losses before income taxes attributable to these three facilities in the aggregate of $0.3 million and $6.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and net operating income before income taxes attributable to these three facilities in the aggregate of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

In connection with the Company’s entry into a definitive agreement to sell certain assets of Lakeland, Northwest and Russellville and discontinue the hospitals’ operations, the Company recognized impairment charges in the aggregate of $45.5 million, $28.1 million net of income taxes, or $0.60 loss per diluted share, during the year ended December 31, 2014. The impairment charges include the write-down of property, equipment, allocated goodwill and certain other assets to their estimated fair values.

River Parishes

In September 2014, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell certain assets of River Parishes and discontinue its operation. The sale closed effective November 1, 2014. Included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations are net operating losses before income taxes attributable to River Parishes of $4.0 million, $4.5 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

In connection with the Company’s entry into a definitive agreement to sell certain assets of River Parishes and discontinue its operation, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $12.2 million, $7.8 million net of income taxes, or $0.16 loss per diluted share, during the year ended December 31, 2014. The impairment charge includes the write-down of property, equipment and allocated goodwill to their estimated fair values.

Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

 
Balance at January 1, 2013   $ 1,611.8  
Acquisitions     27.3  
Adjustments related to prior year acquisitions     11.9  
Balance at December 31, 2013     1,651.0  
Acquisitions     10.2  
Divestitures     (2.9 ) 
Adjustments related to prior year acquisitions     (22.2 ) 
Balance at December 31, 2014   $ 1,636.1  

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets  – (continued)

The following table provides information regarding the Company’s intangible assets, which are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

   
  2014   2013
Amortized intangible assets:
                 
Contract-based physician minimum revenue guarantees
                 
Gross carrying amount   $ 62.3     $ 73.4  
Accumulated amortization     (35.5 )      (39.4 ) 
Net total     26.8       34.0  
Non-competition agreements and other
                 
Gross carrying amount     23.6       24.5  
Accumulated amortization     (15.9 )      (14.1 ) 
Net total     7.7       10.4  
Total amortized intangible assets
                 
Gross carrying amount     85.9       97.9  
Accumulated amortization     (51.4 )      (53.5 ) 
Net total     34.5       44.4  
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
                 
Certificates of need and certificates of need exemptions     29.5       24.9  
Licenses, provider numbers, accreditations and other     5.1       3.3  
Net total     34.6       28.2  
Total intangible assets:
                 
Gross carrying amount     120.5       126.1  
Accumulated amortization     (51.4 )      (53.5 ) 
Net total   $ 69.1     $ 72.6  

Contract-Based Physician Minimum Revenue Guarantees

The Company has committed to provide certain financial assistance pursuant to recruiting agreements, or “physician minimum revenue guarantees,” with various physicians practicing in the communities it serves. In consideration for a physician relocating to one of its communities and agreeing to engage in private practice for the benefit of the respective community, the Company may advance certain amounts of money to a physician to assist in establishing his or her practice.

The Company accounts for its physician minimum revenue guarantees in accordance with the provisions of ASC 460-10, “Guarantees” (“ASC 460-10”). In accordance with ASC 460-10, the Company records a contract-based intangible asset and a related guarantee liability for new physician minimum revenue guarantees. The contract-based intangible asset is amortized as a component of other operating expenses, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, over the period of the physician contract, which typically ranges from four to five years. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s liability for contract-based physician minimum revenue guarantees was $9.3 million and $11.5 million, respectively. These amounts are included as a current liability under the caption “Other current liabilities” in the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Non-Competition Agreements

The Company has entered into non-competition agreements with certain physicians and other individuals which are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreements.

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets  – (continued)

Certificates of Need and Certificates of Need Exemptions

The construction of new facilities, the acquisition or expansion of existing facilities and the addition of new services and certain equipment at the Company’s facilities may be subject to state laws that require prior approval by state regulatory agencies. These certificate of need laws generally require that a state agency determine the public need and give approval prior to the construction or acquisition of facilities or the addition of new services. The Company operates hospitals in twelve states that have adopted certificate of need laws. The Company has determined that these intangible assets have an indefinite useful life.

Licenses, Provider Numbers, Accreditations and Other

To operate hospitals, the Company must obtain certain licenses, provider numbers and accreditations from federal, state and other accrediting agencies. The Company has determined that these intangible assets have an indefinite useful life.

Amortization Expense

Amortization expense for the Company’s intangible assets, including physician minimum revenue guarantee expense in accordance with ASC 460-10, during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $17.6 million, $22.5 million and $25.6 million, respectively.

Total estimated amortization expense for the Company’s intangible assets during the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in millions):

 
2015   $ 13.2  
2016     9.4  
2017     5.4  
2018     2.8  
2019     1.3  
Thereafter     2.4  
     $ 34.5  

Note 5. Long-Term Debt

The Company’s long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

   
  2014   2013
Senior Borrowings:
                 
Term Facility   $ 421.9     $ 433.1  
Incremental Term Loans     222.6       222.6  
6.625% Senior Notes     400.0       400.0  
5.5% Senior Notes     1,100.0       700.0  
Unamortized discount on Incremental Term Loans     (1.0 )      (1.4 ) 
Unamortized premium on 5.5% Senior Notes     10.9        
       2,154.4       1,754.3  
Subordinated Borrowings:
                 
3½% Notes           575.0  
Unamortized discount on 3½% Notes           (8.1 ) 
             566.9  
Capital and financing leases     64.1       55.6  
Total debt   $ 2,218.5     $ 2,376.8  

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 5. Long-Term Debt  – (continued)

Maturities of the Company’s long-term debt at December 31, 2014, excluding an unamortized debt discount and premium and financing obligations that do not require eventual settlement in cash, are as follows for the years indicated (in millions):

 
2015   $ 19.2  
2016     25.0  
2017     606.9  
2018     1.9  
2019     2.1  
Thereafter     1,526.6  
     $ 2,181.7  

Senior Credit Agreement

Terms

The Senior Credit Agreement, which was issued effective July 24, 2012 and matures on July 24, 2017, provides for the Term Facility, the Incremental Term Loans and a $350.0 million Revolving Facility. The Term Facility requires scheduled quarterly repayments in an amount equal to 2.5% per annum for each of the first, second and third years and 5.0% per annum for the fourth year and first three quarters of the fifth year, with the balance due at maturity. Additionally, the Term Facility and Incremental Term Loans are subject to mandatory prepayments based on excess cash flow, as well as upon the occurrence of certain other events, as specifically described in the Senior Credit Agreement. The Senior Credit Agreement is guaranteed on a senior basis by the Company’s subsidiaries with certain limited exceptions.

Letters of Credit and Availability

The Revolving Facility may be utilized for letters of credit and swingline loans up to a maximum of $75.0 million and $25.0 million, respectively. Issued letters of credit and outstanding swingline loans reduce the amounts available for borrowing under the Revolving Facility. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $22.4 million in letters of credit outstanding that were related to the self-insured retention level of its general and professional liability insurance and workers’ compensation programs as security for payment of claims. Under the terms of the Senior Credit Agreement, amounts available for borrowing under the Revolving Facility were $327.6 million as of December 31, 2014.

The Senior Credit Agreement may, subject to certain conditions and to receipt of commitments from new or existing lenders, be increased up to a total of (i) $800.0 million and (ii) an amount such that, after giving pro forma effect to such increase and to the use of proceeds therefrom, the Company’s secured leverage ratio does not exceed 3.50:1.00; provided that no lender is obligated to participate in any such increase.

Interest Rates

Interest on the outstanding borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement is payable at the Company’s option at either an adjusted London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”) or an adjusted base rate plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin under the Senior Credit Agreement ranges from 1.50% to 2.50% for LIBOR loans and from 0.50% to 1.50% for adjusted base rate loans based on the Company’s total leverage ratio, calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement.

As of December 31, 2014, the applicable annual interest rates under the Term Facility and the Incremental Term Loans were 2.17% and 2.67%, respectively, which were based on the 30-day adjusted LIBOR plus the applicable margins. The 30-day adjusted LIBOR was 0.17% for both the Term Facility and the Incremental Term Loans as of December 31, 2014.

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 5. Long-Term Debt  – (continued)

Covenants

The Senior Credit Agreement requires the Company to satisfy a maximum total leverage ratio calculated on a trailing four quarter basis not to exceed the following thresholds for the indicated date ranges:

 
Date Range   Maximum Total
Leverage Ratio
July 1, 2014 to June 30, 2015     4.75:1.00  
July 1, 2015 to June 30, 2016     4.50:1.00  
July 1, 2016 to June 30, 2017     4.25:1.00  

The Company was in compliance with this covenant as of December 31, 2014.

In addition, the Senior Credit Agreement contains certain customary affirmative and negative covenants, which among other things, limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt, create liens, merge, consolidate, enter into acquisitions, sell assets, effect sale leaseback transactions, pay dividends, pay subordinated debt and effect transactions with its affiliates. It does not contain provisions that would accelerate the maturity dates upon a downgrade in the Company’s credit rating. However, a downgrade in the Company’s credit rating could adversely affect its ability to obtain other capital sources in the future and could increase the Company’s cost of borrowings.

6.625% Senior Notes

Effective September 23, 2010, the Company issued in a private placement $400.0 million of 6.625% unsecured senior notes due October 1, 2020 with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. The 6.625% Senior Notes bear interest at the rate of 6.625% per year, payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1. The 6.625% Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by substantially all of the Company’s existing and future subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Agreement.

The Company may redeem its 6.625% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 1, 2015 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus an applicable make whole premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. The Company may redeem its 6.625% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after October 1, 2015, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption plus a redemption price equal to a percentage of the principal amount of the notes redeemed based on the following redemption schedule:

 
October 1, 2015 to September 30, 2016     103.313 % 
October 1, 2016 to September 30, 2017     102.208 % 
October 1, 2017 to September 30, 2018     101.104 % 
October 1, 2018 and thereafter     100.000 % 

If the Company experiences a change of control under certain circumstances, it must offer to repurchase all of the notes at a price equal to 101.000% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.

The 6.625% Senior Notes contain customary affirmative and negative covenants, which among other things, limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt, create liens, pay dividends, effect transactions with its affiliates, sell assets, pay subordinated debt, merge, consolidate, enter into acquisitions and effect sale leaseback transactions.

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 5. Long-Term Debt  – (continued)

5.5% Senior Notes

Effective December 6, 2013 and again on May 12, 2014, the Company issued in two separate private placements $700.0 million and $400.0 million, respectively, of the 5.5% Senior Notes with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. The $400.0 million of additional 5.5% Senior Notes issued on May 12, 2014 were issued at a premium of $12.0 million for total net proceeds from the issuance of $412.0 million which were used to fund, in part, the cash-settled portion of the maturity or conversion of the 3½% Notes on or before May 15, 2014. Collectively, the 5.5% Senior Notes mature on December 1, 2021 and bear interest at the rate of 5.5% per year, payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1. The 5.5% Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by certain of the Company’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries.

The Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 5.5% Senior Notes, at any time before December 1, 2016, with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 105.500% of the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the 5.5% Senior Notes remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of any such qualified equity offering.

The Company may redeem the 5.5% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to December 1, 2016 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus an applicable make-whole premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. The Company may redeem the 5.5% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 1, 2016, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption plus a redemption price equal to a percentage of the principal amount of the notes redeemed based on the following redemption schedule:

 
December 1, 2016 to November 30, 2017     104.125 % 
December 1, 2017 to November 30, 2018     102.750 % 
December 1, 2018 to November 30, 2019     101.375 % 
December 1, 2019 and thereafter     100.000 % 

If the Company experiences a change in control under certain circumstances, it must offer to purchase the notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase.

The 5.5% Senior Notes contain customary affirmative and negative covenants, which among other things, limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt, create liens, pay dividends, effect transactions with its affiliates, sell assets, pay subordinated debt, merge, consolidate, enter into acquisitions and effect sale leaseback transactions.

3½% Notes

Effective May 15, 2014, the 3½% Notes matured. Prior to maturity, certain holders of the 3½% Notes exercised their right to convert per $1,000 in principal held for (i) an amount in cash, equal to the sum of, for each of the 20 volume-weighted average price trading days during the conversion period, the lesser of the daily conversion value for such volume-weighted average price trading day and $50; and (ii) a number of shares of the Company’s common stock in an amount equal to the sum of, for each of the 20 volume-weighted average price trading days during the conversion period, any excess of the daily conversion value above $50. Upon maturity or conversion of the 3½% Notes, the Company delivered to the holders cash of approximately $574.2 million and approximately 0.6 million shares of its common stock previously held in treasury at an average historical cost basis of $35.86 per share, or $23.0 million.

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 5. Long-Term Debt  – (continued)

Debt Transaction Costs

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company capitalized $7.2 million of deferred loan costs in connection with the issuance of the $400.0 million of additional 5.5% Senior Notes. In connection with various debt transactions effected during the year ended December 31, 2013, including the Company’s issuance of the 5.5% Senior Notes and its partial repayment of the Incremental Term Loans effective December 6, 2013, its amendments of the Senior Credit Agreement and the 6.625% Senior Notes pursuant to which it modified certain restrictive covenants regarding subsidiary guarantees effective August 23, 2013 and the issuance of the Incremental Term Loans effective February 6, 2013, the Company capitalized $19.3 million of deferred loan costs and incurred debt transaction costs totaling approximately $5.9 million. The debt transaction costs include the write-offs of previously capitalized deferred loan costs and new non-capital costs related to these transactions.

Unamortized Discounts on Convertible Debt

In accordance with ASC 470-20, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options” (“ASC 470-20”), the Company separately accounted for the liability and equity components of its convertible debt instruments in a manner that reflected the Company’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rates for its 3½% Notes and its 3¼% Debentures at their fair values at their date of issuance. The resulting discounts were amortized as a component of interest expense over the expected lives of similar liabilities that do not have associated equity components, which for the Company’s 3½% Notes and its 3¼% Debentures was its maturity date. The Company amortized the discount for its 3½% Notes through May 2014 at which point they matured. Additionally, the Company amortized the discount for its 3¼% Debentures through February 2013 at which point they were all repurchased with the proceeds from the issuance of the Incremental Term Loans.

The following table provides information regarding the principal balance, unamortized discount and net carrying balance of the Company’s convertible debt instrument as of December 31, 2013 (in millions):

 
3½% Notes:
                 
Principal balance   $ 575.0  
Unamortized discount     (8.1 ) 
Net carrying balance     566.9  

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the contractual cash interest expense and non-cash interest expense (discount amortization) for the Company’s convertible debt instruments were as follows (in millions):

     
  2014   2013   2012
3½% Notes:
                          
Contractual cash interest expense   $ 7.5     $ 20.1     $ 20.1  
Non-cash interest expense (discount amortization)     8.1       20.5       19.1  
Total interest expense   $ 15.6     $ 40.6     $ 39.2  
3¼% Debentures:
                          
Contractual cash interest expense   $     $ 0.9     $ 7.3  
Non-cash interest expense (discount amortization)           0.9       6.9  
Total interest expense   $     $ 1.8     $ 14.2  

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 5. Long-Term Debt  – (continued)

Considering both the contractual cash interest expense and the non-cash amortization of the discounts for the 3½% Notes and 3¼% Debentures, the effective annual interest rates for the period the 3½% Notes were outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were 7.28%, 7.06% and 6.82%, respectively, and the effective annual interest rates for the period the 3¼% Debentures were outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were 6.50% and 6.31%, respectively.

Note 6. Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 consists of the following (in millions):

     
  2014   2013   2012
Current:
                          
Federal   $ 47.2     $ 94.0     $ 101.2  
State     1.4       9.2       13.9  
       48.6       103.2       115.1  
Deferred:
                          
Federal     26.7       (24.5 )      (20.7 ) 
State     (4.8 )      (5.0 )      (7.0 ) 
       21.9       (29.5 )      (27.7 ) 
Change in valuation allowance     (2.4 )      5.6       1.1  
Total   $ 68.1     $ 79.3     $ 88.5  

The decrease in the valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily a result of the reversal of a valuation allowance established during the year ended December 31, 2013 against the Company’s deferred tax assets for federal net operating losses generated by the Company’s physician practice operations in the state of Michigan, which were previously thought to be unrecoverable. The impact of the reversal during the year ended December 31, 2014 resulted in an increase to net income of $6.0 million, or $0.13 per diluted share. Various subsidiaries have state net operating loss carry forwards in the aggregate of approximately $953.0 million (primarily in Alabama, Florida, Indiana, Louisiana, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Virginia and West Virginia) with expiration dates through the year 2034.

The following is a reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate for income from continuing operations before income taxes and including net income from non-controlling interests for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

     
  2014   2013   2012
Federal statutory rate     35.0 %      35.0 %      35.0 % 
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefits     1.0       2.1       1.8  
Valuation allowances     (1.3 )      2.9       0.6  
Income tax liability reversals     (0.3 )      (0.3 )      (0.1 ) 
Other items, net     0.7       (1.4 )      (0.5 ) 
Effective income tax rate     35.1 %      38.3 %      36.8 % 

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 6. Income Taxes  – (continued)

Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences in the recognition of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses for financial accounting and tax purposes. Sources of these differences and the related tax effects are as follows as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

   
  2014   2013
Deferred income tax liabilities:
                 
Depreciation and amortization   $ (325.8 )    $ (341.9 ) 
Amortization of convertible debt discounts           (3.0 ) 
Prepaid expenses     (2.7 )      (1.5 ) 
Other     (0.5 )      (2.3 ) 
Total deferred income tax liabilities     (329.0 )      (348.7 ) 
Deferred income tax assets:
                 
Provision for doubtful accounts     52.9       119.5  
Employee compensation     89.9       69.9  
Professional liability claims     53.9       46.4  
Net operating losses and other     84.0       94.3  
Total deferred income tax assets     280.7       330.1  
Valuation allowance     (66.4 )      (66.8 ) 
Net deferred income tax assets     214.3       263.3  
Net deferred income tax liabilities   $ (114.7 )    $ (85.4 ) 

The balance sheet classification of deferred income tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows (in millions):

   
  2014   2013
Current   $ 72.8     $ 147.7  
Long-term     (187.5 )      (233.1 ) 
Total   $ (114.7 )    $ (85.4 ) 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows (in millions):

   
  2014   2013
Balance at beginning of year   $ 15.0     $ 14.8  
Additions for tax positions of prior years     2.4       2.3  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years     (15.2 )      (1.8 ) 
Reductions for settlements with taxing authorities     (0.8 )       
Reductions for lapse of statutes of limitations     (0.3 )      (0.3 ) 
Balance at end of year   $ 1.1     $ 15.0  

The components of the long-term income tax liability at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows (in millions):

   
  2014   2013
Unrecognized tax benefits   $ 1.1     $ 15.0  
Accrued interest and penalties     0.6       1.6  
     $ 1.7     $ 16.6  

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 6. Income Taxes  – (continued)

Of the $1.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2014, $0.9 million, if recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate. Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2014 are tax positions of $0.2 million for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred income tax accounting, other than for interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the effective income tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period.

The Company includes interest and penalties as a component of its income tax expense. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded a net $0.6 million reduction of interest expense related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense, which is comprised of an interest benefit of $1.0 million from the expiration of federal and state statutes of limitation, settlements with taxing authorities and interest expense of $0.4 million on unrecognized tax benefits from prior years.

The Company’s U.S. Federal income tax returns for tax years 2011 and beyond remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. The expiration of the statutes of limitation related to the various state income tax returns that the Company and its subsidiaries file, varies by state. Generally, the Company’s various state income tax returns for tax years 2008 and beyond remain subject to examination by various state taxing authorities. As a result of the expiration of the statutes of limitation for specific taxing jurisdictions, the Company’s unrecognized tax positions could change within the next twelve months by a range of zero to $0.9 million.

Note 7. Other Current Liabilities

The following table provides information regarding the Company’s other current liabilities, which are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

   
  2014   2013
Current portion of reserves for self-insurance claims   $ 44.3     $ 28.2  
EHR deferred income           25.6  
Self-insured medical benefits liability     28.0       18.9  
Estimated third party cost report settlements     11.2       13.3  
Accrued interest     12.1       12.2  
Physician minimum revenue guarantee liability     9.3       11.5  
Other     98.3       87.5  
     $ 203.2     $ 197.2  

Note 8. Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock may be issued, of which 90,000 shares have been designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Series A Preferred Stock”). The Board of Directors has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix for each series the voting powers (full, limited or none), and the designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the stock and the number of shares constituting any series and the designations of this series, without any further vote or action by the stockholders. Because the terms of the preferred stock may be fixed by the Board of Directors without stockholder action, the preferred stock could be issued quickly with terms calculated to defeat a proposed takeover or to make the removal of the Company’s management more difficult.

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 8. Stockholders’ Equity  – (continued)

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights

Pursuant to the Company’s stockholders’ rights plan, which was amended and restated on February 25, 2009, each outstanding share of common stock is accompanied by one preferred stock purchase right. Each right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company at a price of $125 per one one-thousandth of a share, subject to adjustment. As of December 31, 2014, and 2013 there was no Series A Preferred Stock outstanding.

Each share of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled, when, as and if declared, to a preferential quarterly dividend payment in an amount equal to the greater of $10 or 1,000 times the aggregate of all dividends declared per share of common stock. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to a minimum preferential liquidation payment equal to $1,000 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions on the stock, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, but will be entitled to an aggregate payment of 1,000 times the payment made per share of common stock. The rights are not exercisable until the rights distribution date as defined in the stockholders’ rights plan. The rights will expire on February 25, 2019, unless the expiration date is extended or unless the rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged.

The rights are designed to deter coercive takeover tactics and to prevent an acquirer from gaining control of the Company without offering a fair price to all of our stockholders. The Rights will not prevent a takeover, but are designed to encourage anyone seeking to acquire the Company to negotiate with its Board of Directors prior to attempting a takeover.

Common Stock

Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders may vote. There are no preemptive, conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to shares of the Company’s common stock. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution, subject to any prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. Delaware law prohibits the Company from paying any dividends unless it has capital surplus or net profits available for this purpose. In addition, the Senior Credit Agreement imposes restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay dividends.

Common Stock in Treasury and Repurchases of Common Stock

The Company’s Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of outstanding shares of its common stock either in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions, subject to market conditions, regulatory constraints and other customary factors in accordance with a repurchase plan adopted in 2011, as subsequently amended and extended in February 2013 (the “2011 Repurchase Plan”) and a repurchase plan adopted in the first quarter of 2014 (the “2014 Repurchase Plan”). The 2011 Repurchase Plan provided for the repurchase of up to $350.0 million in shares of the Company’s common stock, and the Company has repurchased all shares authorized for repurchase under this plan. The 2014 Repurchase Plan provides for the repurchase of up to $150.0 million in shares of the Company’s common stock through October 1, 2015, although it is not obligated to repurchase any specific number of shares. The Company has designated the shares repurchased in accordance with its repurchase plans as treasury stock.

In connection with the 2014 Repurchase Plan, the Company has entered into a trading plan in accordance with SEC Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act to facilitate repurchases of its common stock during its current black out period (the “10b5-1 Trading Plan”). The 10b5-1 Trading Plan became effective on December 17, 2014 and will expire on February 18, 2015.

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 8. Stockholders’ Equity  – (continued)

The following tables summarize the Company’s share repurchases in accordance with stock repurchase plans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions, except per share amounts):

                 
                 
  Year Ended December 31, 2014   Year Ended December 31, 2013   Year Ended December 31, 2012
     Amount   Total Number of Shares Repurchased   Weighted Average Price Paid per Share   Amount   Total Number of Shares Repurchased   Weighted Average Price Paid per Share   Amount   Total Number of Shares Repurchased   Weighted Average
Price Paid
per Share
2011 repurchase plan   $ 164.7       3.1     $ 54.33     $ 30.7       0.7     $ 45.75     $ 89.5       2.5     $ 36.28  
2014 repurchase plan     50.0       0.7     $ 68.03                   N/A                   N/A  
Total   $ 214.7       3.8           $ 30.7       0.7           $ 89.5       2.5        

Additionally, the Company redeems shares from employees for minimum statutory tax withholding purposes upon vesting of certain stock awards granted pursuant to the Company’s various stockholder approved stock-based compensation plans. The Company redeemed approximately 0.1 million, 0.2 million and 0.1 million shares vested under these plans during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 for an aggregate price of approximately $7.6 million, $8.4 million and $6.0 million, respectively. The Company has designated these shares as treasury stock.

Common Stock Warrant

Effective September 1, 2014, as partial consideration in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Conemaugh, the Company issued a warrant to Conemaugh Health System Inc. with rights to purchase 290,514 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $74.15 per share. The warrant is exercisable ratably beginning one year from the date of issuance to three years after the date of issuance and expires ten years from the date of issuance. The warrant, classified as a liability and included under the caption “Other long-term liabilities” in the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets, was valued using an option pricing model and will be marked-to-market until settlement.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of two components: net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that in accordance with ASC 220-10 “Comprehensive Income,” are recorded as an element of stockholders’ equity but are excluded from net income.

Changes in the funded status of the Company’s pension benefit obligations resulted in a pretax comprehensive loss of $12.0 million, or $7.8 million net of taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2014 and pretax comprehensive gains of $5.1 million and $0.2 million, or $3.2 million and $0.2 million net of taxes, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company’s defined benefit pension plans are further discussed in Note 10.

Note 9. Stock-Based Compensation

Overview

The Company issues stock-based awards, including stock options, appreciation rights and other stock-based awards (nonvested stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance shares) to certain officers, employees and non-employee directors in accordance with the Company’s various stockholder-approved stock-based compensation plans. The Company accounts for its stock-based awards in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718-10 and accordingly recognizes compensation expense over each of the stock-based award’s requisite service period based on the estimated grant date fair value.

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 9. Stock-Based Compensation  – (continued)

Stockholder Approved Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Effective June 4, 2013, upon the approval of the Company’s stockholders, the Company replaced the Amended and Restated 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “1998 LTIP”) and Amended and Restated Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “ODSICP”) with the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2013 LTIP”), a combined plan covering all of the Company’s employees and non-employee directors. The 2013 LTIP provides for the grant of 3.6 million shares at a rate of 1.00 share for each stock option or appreciation rights award granted and 2.09 shares for each full-value award granted. No shares remain available for grant under the 1998 LTIP or the ODSICP.

Notwithstanding the specific grant vesting requirements, award agreements under the 2013 LTIP and the 1998 LTIP may provide for accelerated vesting in certain circumstances. Generally, award agreements provide for full vesting upon the death or disability of the participant. Some award agreements also provide for partial or full vesting upon involuntary termination of employment, provided that if the award is performance-based then the accelerated vesting would occur only if the performance goals are attained.

The Company is authorized to issue to its officers and employees shares of the Company’s common stock in the form of restricted stock in accordance with the Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Plan (“MSPP”). The MSPP provides the Company’s officers and employees an opportunity to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a 25% discount through payroll deductions over six-month intervals. During 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors suspended the right to acquire shares in accordance with the MSPP after July 1, 2012, until further notice. Accordingly, there were no shares of restricted stock granted in accordance with the MSPP during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. The Company granted 51,690 shares of restricted stock to certain of its officers and employees in accordance with the MSPP during the year ended December 31, 2012. The restricted stock awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2012 cliff-vest three years from the grant date.

Stock Options

The Company granted options to purchase 716,150 and 67,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to certain officers and employees in accordance with the 2013 LTIP during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Additionally, the Company granted options to purchase 735,200 and 789,800 shares of the Company’s common stock to certain officers and employees in accordance with the 1998 LTIP during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Options to purchase shares granted to the Company’s officers and employees in accordance with the 2013 LTIP and the 1998 LTIP were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the day of grant, based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the trading date immediately prior to the grant date. The options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 become ratably exercisable beginning one year from the date of grant to three years after the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant.

Valuation

The Company estimated the fair value of stock options granted using the Hull-White II (“HW-II”) lattice option valuation model and a single option award approach. The Company uses the HW-II because it considers characteristics of fair value option pricing, such as an option’s contractual term and the probability of exercise before the end of the contractual term. In addition, the complications surrounding the expected term of an option are material, as indicated in ASC 718-10. Given the Company’s relatively large pool of unexercised options, the Company believes a lattice model that specifically addresses this fact and models a full term of exercises is the most appropriate and reliable means of valuing its stock options. The Company is

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 9. Stock-Based Compensation  – (continued)

amortizing the fair value on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is the vesting period of three years. The stock options vest 33.3% on each grant anniversary date over three years of continued employment.

The following table shows the weighted average assumptions the Company used to develop the fair value estimates under its HW-II option valuation model and the resulting estimates of weighted-average fair value per share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

     
  2014   2013   2012
Expected volatility     29.0 %      30.8 %      36.0 % 
Risk-free interest rate, minimum     0.05       0.02       0.03  
Risk-free interest rate, maximum     2.71       2.90       1.97  
Expected dividends                  
Average expected term (years)     5.4       5.3       5.3  
Fair value per share of stock options granted   $ 13.95     $ 11.98     $ 12.18  

Population Stratification

In accordance with ASC 718-10, a company should aggregate individual awards into relatively homogeneous groups with respect to exercise and post-vesting employment behaviors for the purpose of refining the expected term assumption, regardless of the valuation technique used to estimate the fair value. In addition, ASC 718-10 indicates that a company may generally make a reasonable fair value estimate with as few as one or two groupings. The Company has determined that a single employee population group is appropriate based on an analysis of the Company’s historical exercise patterns.

Expected Volatility

Volatility is a measure of the tendency of investment returns to vary around a long-term average rate. Historical volatility is an appropriate starting point for setting this assumption in accordance with ASC 718-10. According to ASC 718-10, companies should also consider how future experience may differ from the past. This may require using other factors to adjust historical volatility, such as implied volatility, peer-group volatility and the range and mean-reversion of volatility estimates over various historical periods. ASC 718-10 acknowledges that there is likely to be a range of reasonable estimates for volatility. In addition, ASC 718-10 requires that if a best estimate cannot be made, management should use the mid-point in the range of reasonable estimates for volatility. The Company estimates the volatility of its common stock at the date of grant based on both historical volatility and implied volatility from traded options of its common stock, consistent with ASC 718-10.

Risk-Free Interest Rate

Lattice models require risk-free interest rates for all potential times of exercise obtained by using a grant-date yield curve. A lattice model would, therefore, require the yield curve for the entire time period during which employees might exercise their options. The Company bases the risk-free rate on the implied yield in effect at the time of option grant on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with equivalent remaining terms.

Expected Dividends

The Company has never paid any cash dividends on its common stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero.

Pre-Vesting Forfeitures

Pre-vesting forfeitures do not affect the fair value calculation, but they affect the expense calculation. ASC 718-10 requires the Company to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 9. Stock-Based Compensation  – (continued)

estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and record share-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

The Company applies a dynamic forfeiture rate methodology over the vesting period of the award. The dynamic forfeiture rate methodology incorporates the lapse of time into the resulting expense calculation and results in a forfeiture rate that diminishes as the granted awards approach its vest date. Accordingly, the dynamic forfeiture rate methodology results in a more consistent stock-based compensation expense calculation over the vesting period of the award.

Post-Vesting Cancellations

Post-vesting cancellations include vested options that are cancelled, exercised or expire unexercised. Lattice models treat post-vesting cancellations and voluntary early exercise behavior as two separate assumptions. The Company uses historical data to estimate post-vesting cancellations.

Expected Term

ASC 718-10 calls for an extinguishment calculation, dependent upon how long a granted option remains outstanding before it is fully extinguished. While extinguishment may result from exercise, it can also result from post-vesting cancellation or expiration at the contractual term. Expected term is an output in lattice models so the Company does not have to determine this amount.

Stock Option Activity

A summary of stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:

           
Stock Options   Number
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Fair Value
  Total Fair
Value
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value(a)
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
                    (In millions)   (In millions)   (In years)
Outstanding at December 31, 2013     3,099,272     $ 36.30     $ 11.40     $ 35.3     $ 51.3       6.87  
Exercisable at December 31, 2013     1,713,341     $ 31.97     $ 10.92     $ 18.7     $ 35.8       5.50  
Unvested at December 31, 2013     1,385,931     $ 41.66     $ 12.00     $ 16.6     $ 15.5       8.55  
Granted     716,150     $ 52.87     $ 13.95     $ 10.0       N/A       N/A  
Exercised     (641,653 )    $ 37.04     $ 12.55     $ (8.0 )    $ 14.8       N/A  
Expired (post-vest cancellation)     (959 )    $ 15.23     $ 5.76     $       N/A       N/A  
Vested     697,930     $ 40.19     $ 11.96     $ 8.3       N/A       N/A  
Outstanding at December 31, 2014     3,172,810     $ 39.90     $ 11.74     $ 37.3     $ 101.6       6.80  
Exercisable at December 31, 2014     1,768,659     $ 33.40     $ 10.74     $ 19.0     $ 68.1       5.44  
Unvested at December 31, 2014     1,404,151     $ 48.09     $ 13.01     $ 18.3     $ 33.4       8.52  

(a) The aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the underlying stock’s market price and the stock’s exercise price.

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $14.8 million, $13.6 million and $8.3 million, respectively. The Company received $23.9 million, $39.2 million and $21.8 million in cash from stock option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from stock option exercises totaled $1.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

F-42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 9. Stock-Based Compensation  – (continued)

As of December 31, 2014, there was $10.1 million of total estimated unrecognized compensation cost related to stock option compensation arrangements. Total estimated unrecognized compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures. The Company expects to recognize this cost over a weighted average period of 1.3 years.

Other Stock-Based Awards

The Company granted 369,871 and 56,162 shares of other stock-based awards to certain officers, employees and non-employee directors in accordance with the 2013 LTIP during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Additionally, the Company granted 410,000 and 469,321 shares of other stock-based awards to certain officers, employees and non-employee directors in accordance with the 1998 LTIP and the ODSICP during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Excluding the fair value of the performance-based awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2014, the fair value of these other stock-based awards was determined based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the trading date immediately prior to the grant date. The other stock-based awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 have either cliff-vesting periods from the grant date of three years, cliff-vesting periods from the grant date of six months and one day or ratable vesting periods beginning one year from the date of grant to three years after the date of grant.

Of the other stock-based awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2014, 236,000 were performance-based awards. In addition to requiring continuing service of the employee, the percentage of these restricted stock units that are earned at the end of the performance period is determined based on the Company’s three-year annualized total shareholder return relative to a peer group, Standard and Poor’s Global Industry Classification Standard’s Sub-industry: Health Care Facilities with over $500.0 million in revenues or its equivalent. The number of shares payable at the end of the three-year performance period ranges from 0% to 100% of the targeted units, with any portion of the award that exceeds 100% up to 200% of the targeted units settled in cash equal to the fair market value on the date certification of the level of performance is achieved. For valuation purposes, the awards were bifurcated into their two independent sub-award components for the portion that would be settled in the Company’s common stock and for the portion that would be settled in cash and their respective fair values were estimated using the Monte-Carlo simulation valuation model. The Company recognizes compensation expense for the portion of the award that would ultimately be settled in the Company’s common stock for the targeted units at its Monte-Carlo simulation value if the requisite service period is rendered, even if the market condition is never satisfied. The Company classifies as a liability and recognizes compensation expense for the portion of the award that would ultimately be settled in cash for the targeted units at its Monte-Carlo simulation value that has been and will continue to be marked-to-market until settlement. The liability related to the cash-settled portion of the award was $2.4 million at December 31, 2014.

Additionally, of the other stock-based awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, 322,000 and 320,000 were performance-based, respectively. In addition to requiring continuing service of an employee, the vesting of these performance-based awards is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain financial goals, specifically related to the achievement of targeted annual revenues or earnings goals within a three-year period. If these goals are achieved, the performance-based awards will cliff-vest three years after the grant date. The performance criteria for the performance-based awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 have not been met and are still subject to continuing service requirements and the three year cliff-vesting provisions. The performance criteria for the performance-based awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2012 have been certified as met by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, however, these awards are still subject to continuing service requirements and the three year cliff-vesting provisions. For purposes of estimating compensation expense for the performance-based awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company has assumed that the performance

F-43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 9. Stock-Based Compensation  – (continued)

goals will be achieved. If the performance goals are not met, no compensation expense will be recognized, and any previously recognized compensation expense will be reversed.

A summary of other stock-based award activity during the year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:

       
Other Stock-Based Awards   Number
Shares
  Weighted
Aggregate Fair
Value(a)
  Total Fair
Value(a)
  Average
Intrinsic
Value
               (In millions)   (In millions)
Outstanding at December 31, 2013     1,189,764     $ 37.79     $ 45.0     $ 62.9  
Granted     369,871     $ 66.91     $ 24.8       N/A  
Vested     (444,023 )    $ 33.44     $ (14.8 )    $ 24.0  
Forfeited (pre-vest cancellation)     (7,592 )    $ 15.81     $ (0.1 )      N/A  
Outstanding at December 31, 2014     1,108,020     $ 49.55     $ 54.9     $ 79.7  
Unvested at December 31, 2014     1,026,393     $ 49.68     $ 51.0     $ 73.8  

(a) Excludes the impact of changes in the fair value of performance-based awards that will be settled in cash and that have been classified as a liability.

As of December 31, 2014, there was $23.2 million of total estimated unrecognized compensation cost related to other stock-based awards granted in accordance with the 2013 LTIP, the 1998 LTIP and the MSPP. Total estimated unrecognized compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures. The Company expects to recognize this cost over a weighted average period of 1.7 years.

F-44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 9. Stock-Based Compensation  – (continued)

Summary of Stock-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes the activity in accordance with all of the Company’s stock-based compensation plans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

           
    Stock Options
Outstanding
  Other Stock-Based
Awards Outstanding
  Deferred
Stock Units
Outstanding
     Shares
Available
For Grant
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Price
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Price
  Number of
Shares
January 1, 2012     2,836,654       3,719,265     $ 31.97       1,523,534     $ 27.46       11,079  
Increase in shares available for grant     555,000                                
Stock options granted     (789,800 )      789,800       39.97                    
Other stock-based awards granted     (521,011 )                  521,011       36.87        
Stock options exercised           (745,474 )      29.34                    
Other stock-based awards vested                       (551,511 )      22.36        
Stock options cancelled     96,546       (96,546 )      35.07                    
Other stock-based awards cancelled     26,873                   (26,873 )      27.62        
December 31, 2012     2,204,262       3,667,045       34.12       1,466,161       32.72       11,079  
Stock options granted under the 1998
LTIP
    (735,200 )      735,200       44.34                    
Other stock-based awards granted under the 1998 LTIP     (410,000 )                  410,000       44.34        
Stock options cancelled prior to the replacement of the 1998 LTIP with the 2013 LTIP     78,370       (78,370 )      38.27                    
Other stock-based awards cancelled prior to the replacement of the 1998 LTIP with the 2013 LTIP     55,685                   (55,685 )      38.25        
Cancellation of shares previously available
for grant under the 1998 LTIP and ODSICP
    (1,188,734 )                               
Shares made available for grant under the
2013 LTIP
    3,600,000                                
Stock options granted under the 2013
LTIP
    (67,000 )      67,000       45.96                    
Other stock-based awards granted under the 2013 LTIP(a)     (117,379 )                  56,162       47.59        
Stock options cancelled that were originally issued under the 1998 LTIP           (146,565 )      41.50                    
Other stock-based awards cancelled that were originally issued under the 1998 LTIP                       (66,839 )      42.30        
Other stock-based awards cancelled under the MSPP     16,186                   (16,186 )      10.60        
Stock options exercised           (1,145,038 )      34.25                    
Other stock-based awards vested                       (603,849 )      31.31        
December 31, 2013     3,436,190       3,099,272       36.30       1,189,764       37.79       11,079  
Stock options granted     (716,150 )      716,150       52.87                    
Other stock-based awards granted(a)     (773,030 )                  369,871       66.91        
Deferred stock units vested                                   (798 ) 
Stock options cancelled that were originally issued under the 1998 LTIP           (959 )      15.23                    
Other stock-based awards cancelled that were originally issued under the 1998 LTIP                       (1,335 )      38.95        
Other stock-based awards cancelled under the MSPP     6,257                   (6,257 )      10.87        
Stock options exercised           (641,653 )      37.04                    
Other stock-based awards vested                       (444,023 )      33.44        
December 31, 2014     1,953,267 (b)      3,172,810     $ 39.90       1,108,020     $ 49.55       10,281  

F-45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 9. Stock-Based Compensation  – (continued)

(a) Full-value awards granted under the 2013 LTIP reduce shares available for grant at a rate of 2.09 shares to 1.00 share.
(b) Of the 1,953,267 shares available for grant as of December 31, 2014, 1,926,441 are available for grant in accordance with the 2013 LTIP and 26,826 are available for grant in accordance with the MSPP.

The following table summarizes the Company’s total stock-based compensation expense as well as the total recognized tax benefits related thereto for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

     
  2014   2013   2012
Equity awards:
                          
Other stock-based awards   $ 18.0     $ 16.8     $ 16.9  
Stock options     9.3       8.6       10.5  
       27.3       25.4       27.4  
Liability awards:
                          
Other stock-based awards     2.4              
Total stock-based compensation expense   $ 29.7     $ 25.4     $ 27.4  
Tax benefit on stock-based compensation expense   $ 11.8     $ 10.1     $ 10.9  

The Company did not capitalize any stock-based compensation cost during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 or 2012. As of December 31, 2014, there was $33.3 million of total estimated unrecognized compensation cost related to all of the Company’s stock compensation arrangements. Total estimated unrecognized compensation cost may be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures. The Company expects to recognize this cost over a weighted-average period of 1.6 years.

Note 10. Defined Benefit and Multiemployer Pension Plans

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

The Company provides for benefits under the Pension Plans to certain employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement at one facility and to certain non-union employees at another facility. Both Pension Plans are closed to new participants. Participants in the Marquette Pension Plan are required to make annual contributions totaling 6% of annual compensation to the Marquette Pension Plan to continue accruing benefits. Participants in the Bell Pension Plan stopped accruing benefits when the Bell Pension Plan was frozen by Bell, effective October 31, 2005, prior to its assumption by the Company. The Company makes contributions to the Pension Plans sufficient to meet its minimum funding requirements as prescribed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

F-46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 10. Defined Benefit and Multiemployer Pension Plans  – (continued)

Status and Expense

The following table presents the changes in the benefit obligations and plan assets of the Pension Plans during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the unfunded liability of the Pension Plans at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

   
  2014   2013
Change in benefit obligation:
                 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year   $ 43.8     $ 35.3  
Benefit obligation assumed in acquisition           11.8  
Service costs     0.5       0.8  
Interest costs     2.1       1.5  
Participant contributions     0.4       0.6  
Actuarial loss (gain)     11.8       (6.1 ) 
Benefits paid     (0.8 )      (0.1 ) 
Benefit obligation at end of year     57.8       43.8  
Change in plan assets:
                 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year     26.1       14.9  
Plan assets acquired in acquisition           9.5  
Actual return on plan assets     1.9       0.1  
Employer contributions     1.4       1.1  
Participant contributions     0.4       0.6  
Benefits and expenses paid     (0.8 )      (0.1 ) 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year     29.0       26.1  
Unfunded liability included in other long-term liabilities in the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheet   $ 28.8     $ 17.7  

The Company recognizes changes in the funded status of the Pension Plans as a direct increase or decrease to stockholders’ equity through accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recognized a pretax comprehensive loss of $12.0 million, or $7.8 million net of taxes, as a decrease in stockholders’ equity through accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized pretax gains of $5.1 million and $0.2 million, or $3.2 million and $0.2 million net of taxes, respectively, as an increase in stockholder’s equity through accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These adjustments were primarily related to changes in the Company’s unfunded pension liability due to changes in the discount rates and mortality assumptions used to measure the projected benefit obligation.

The following table summarizes the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets related to the Pension Plans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

   
  2014   2013
Projected benefit obligation   $ 57.8     $ 43.8  
Accumulated benefit obligation   $ 52.1     $ 38.8  
Fair value of plan assets   $ 29.0     $ 26.1  

F-47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 10. Defined Benefit and Multiemployer Pension Plans  – (continued)

The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used by the Company to determine its benefit obligation as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

   
  2014   2013
Discount rate     3.9 %      4.9 % 
Rate of compensation increases, when applicable     3.0 %      3.0 % 
Expected long-term return on plan assets     7.0 %      7.0 % 

The following table summarizes the components of net periodic costs for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

     
  2014   2013   2012
Service cost   $ 0.5     $ 0.8     $ 0.2  
Interest cost     2.1       1.5       0.5  
Expected return on plan assets     (1.9 )      (1.2 )      (0.4 ) 
Amortization of net actuarial gain     (0.2 )             
Total net periodic benefit cost   $ 0.5     $ 1.1     $ 0.3  

The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used by the Company to determine its net periodic benefit costs during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

     
  2014   2013   2012
Discount rate     4.9 %      4.0 %      3.8 % 
Rate of compensation increases, when applicable     3.0 %      3.0 %      3.0 % 
Expected long-term return on plan assets     7.0 %      7.0 %      7.0 % 

Plan Assets

The investment policy for the Pension Plans has been formulated to achieve a risk adjusted return that balances the need for asset growth against the risk of significant fluctuations in asset prices and the need for significant contributions from the Company. Fixed income investments include corporate and U.S. government bonds and notes as well as asset and mortgage-backed securities that employ liability-directed approaches to investments to minimize changes in the funded status of the Pension Plans. Equity securities investments include mutual funds and collective funds that are balanced to achieve an overall rate of return that minimizes the need for additional employer contributions.

On a quarterly basis, or more frequently as necessary, the current risk levels, asset performance and expected return on assets are reviewed and evaluated against goals and targets by a committee appointed to oversee investment of the Pension Plans’ assets (the “Investment Committee”). The Investment Committee strives to maintain a balance between risk and return through the use of modern portfolio theory methods, in conjunction with Monte Carlo modeling to evaluate the behavior of the portfolio under different scenarios.

The Company measures the fair value of its Pension Plans’ assets in accordance with ASC 820-10. ASC 820-10 establishes a framework for measuring fair value and establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The tiers are as follows:

Level 1  —  defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;
Level 2  —  defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and
Level 3  —  defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

F-48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 10. Defined Benefit and Multiemployer Pension Plans  – (continued)

The Pension Plans’ investments in mutual funds are valued at the net asset value (“NAV”) of shares reported in the active market in which the funds are traded. Investments in corporate and U.S. government bonds and notes are generally valued at the closing price reported in the market in which the related instrument is traded. In certain limited circumstances, other corporate debt instruments are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. The Pension Plans’ investments in collective funds are valued at the NAV using a combination of inputs, including but not limited to quoted prices in active markets, dealer quotes who are market makers in the underlying securities and other directly and indirectly observable inputs. Investments in asset and mortgage-backed securities are valued based on external prices or on the basis of their future principal and interest payments that have been discounted to prevailing interest rates for similar investments, using market spread data and other current market assumptions on prepayments and defaults.

Because quoted prices are available for mutual funds and the markets in which they are traded are generally considered active, the Company has classified each of them as a Level 1 investment. Because all of the inputs used to value corporate and U.S. government bonds and notes, collective funds as well as asset and mortgage-backed securities are either directly or indirectly observable but other than quoted prices in active markets, the Company has classified these assets as Level 2 investments. Although quoted prices are generally available for the Pension Plans’ investments in corporate and U.S. government bonds and notes, in certain limited circumstances, the markets in which the securities are distributed or traded may be limited to one or only a few brokers and vendors. Additionally, in certain other circumstances information regarding the trading volume of these investments is not always available or verifiable. The Company does not consider markets in which there are a limited number of brokers or vendors to be active.

The following table summarizes the assets of the Pension Plans, measured at fair value as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, by major asset category and aggregated by level within the fair value hierarchy (in millions):

       
  December 31, 2014
     Total   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 0.6     $ 0.6     $     $  
Mutual funds     17.4       17.4              
Corporate bonds and notes     8.8             8.8        
U.S. government and municipal bonds and notes     0.9             0.9        
Asset and mortgage-backed securities     1.3             1.3        
Total   $ 29.0     $ 18.0     $ 11.0     $  

       
  December 31, 2013
     Total   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 0.6     $ 0.6     $     $  
Mutual funds     7.9       7.9              
Corporate bonds and notes     8.2             8.2        
Collective funds     6.6             6.6        
U.S. government and municipal bonds and notes     1.5             1.5        
Asset and mortgage-backed securities     1.3             1.3        
Total   $ 26.1     $ 8.5     $ 17.6     $  

F-49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 10. Defined Benefit and Multiemployer Pension Plans  – (continued)

The Company expects to contribute approximately $1.5 million to the Pension Plans during the year ended December 31, 2015. Additionally, the Company expects to make future benefit payments from the Pension Plans as follows for the years indicated (in millions):

 
2015   $ 1.1  
2016     1.3  
2017     1.6  
2018     1.9  
2019     2.1  
Five years thereafter     13.7  
     $ 21.7  

Multiemployer Pension Plan

As a result of the acquisition of Bell effective December 1, 2013, the Company became obligated to contribute to a multiemployer pension plan on behalf of certain employees covered by collective bargaining agreements, in accordance with the terms of such collective bargaining agreements. The Company’s contributions to the multiemployer pension plan are determined based on the terms of the applicable collective bargaining agreements. Multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans because assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers. Also, if a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers. If the Company stops participating in the multiemployer plan, the Company may be required to pay a withdrawal liability based on its portion of the unfunded status of the plan. Currently, the Company does not anticipate ending its participation in this plan.

Note 11. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings and General Liability Claims

Hospitals are, from time to time, subject to claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of business, including claims for damages for personal injuries, medical malpractice, breach of contracts, wrongful restriction of or interference with physicians’ staff privileges and employment related claims. In certain of these actions, plaintiffs request payment for damages, including punitive damages that may not be covered by insurance.

In addition, hospitals are subject to the regulation and oversight of various state and federal governmental agencies. Further, under the federal False Claims Act, private parties have the right to bring qui tam, or “whistleblower,” suits against hospitals that submit false claims for payments to, or improperly retain overpayments from, governmental payors. Some states have adopted similar state whistleblower and false claims provisions. These qui tam or “whistleblower” actions initiated under the civil False Claims Act may be pending but placed under seal by the court to comply with the False Claims Act’s requirements for filing such suits. As a result, they could be proceeding without the Company’s knowledge. Although the healthcare industry has seen numerous ongoing investigations related to compliance and billing practices, hospitals, in particular, continue to be a primary enforcement target for the Office of Inspector General (“OIG”), the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) and other governmental fraud and abuse programs. Certain of the Company’s individual facilities have received, and from time to time, other facilities may receive, inquiries or subpoenas from fiscal intermediaries, federal and state agencies. Any proceedings against the Company may involve potentially substantial amounts as well as the possibility of civil, criminal, or administrative fines, penalties, or other sanctions, which could be material. Settlements of suits involving Medicare and Medicaid issues routinely require both monetary payments as well as corporate integrity agreements. Depending on whether

F-50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 11. Commitments and Contingencies  – (continued)

the underlying conduct in these or future inquiries or investigations could be considered systemic, their resolution could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 imposed an affirmative obligation on healthcare providers to report and refund any overpayments received. “Overpayments” in this context include any amount received from a government program by a provider to which it is not entitled, regardless of the cause. Such overpayments are deemed to be fraudulent and become violations of the False Claims Act if not reported and refunded within 60 days of identification. Hospitals can meet the obligation to report and refund in three ways: (1) refunding overpayments directly to the program; (2) self-disclosing the overpayment to the OIG via its voluntary self-disclosure protocol (with respect to False Claims Act and other violations not related to the Stark law); and (3) self-disclosing to the CMS via the self-referral disclosure protocol (with respect to overpayments caused by potential violations of the Stark law only) for which CMS has the authority to reduce the amounts otherwise owed.

In connection with the Company’s acquisitions of Marquette General and Conemaugh, the two sellers self-disclosed various potentially non-compliant physician arrangements under the CMS voluntary self-disclosure protocol. These self-disclosures are pending with CMS. With respect to Marquette General, to the extent that the seller’s satisfaction of its retained liabilities, including those under its CMS voluntary self-disclosure, causes its net proceeds from the acquisition to be less than $15.0 million, the Company has agreed to pay additional purchase consideration to the seller. With respect to Conemaugh, to the extent that the potential settlement exceeds the seller’s indemnification threshold in accordance with the asset purchase agreement, the Company will likely be responsible for funding any deficit. The Company’s management believes it has made reasonable estimates of its potential exposure for these two matters and at December 31, 2014 has recorded a reserve for Marquette General of $18.0 million.

On September 16, 2013, the Company and two of its hospitals, Vaughan Regional Medical Center, located in Selma, Alabama, and Raleigh General Hospital, located in Raleigh, West Virginia, made a voluntary self-disclosure to the Civil Division of the DOJ. The voluntary self-disclosure related to concerns regarding the clinical appropriateness of certain interventional cardiology procedures conducted by one physician in each of these hospitals' cardiac catheterization laboratories. On September 24, 2013, the U.S. Attorney's Office in the Southern District of West Virginia served a subpoena on Raleigh General Hospital. Raleigh General produced responsive documents to the subpoena, including patient files. The government investigations are ongoing and the Company continues to cooperate with the government in addressing these matters. Following reviews by independent interventional cardiologists, the Company notified patients of these two physicians who may have received an unnecessary procedure of such fact. The Company’s efforts to locate and notify a relatively small number of these patients are ongoing.

The Company and/or Vaughan Regional Medical Center and several of its subsidiaries, as well as Dr. Seydi V. Aksut and certain parties unaffiliated with the Company, are named defendants in 13 individual lawsuits filed in December 2014, and two putative class action lawsuits, all filed in the Circuit Court of Dallas County, Alabama. These lawsuits allege that patients at Vaughan Regional Medical Center received improper interventional cardiology procedures. One of the putative class action lawsuits, filed on November 21, 2014, seeks certification of a class consisting of all Alabama citizens who underwent an invasive cardiology procedure at any LifePoint owned Alabama hospital and who received notice regarding the medical necessity of that procedure. The other putative class action lawsuit, filed on February 6, 2015, seeks certification of a class of individuals that underwent an interventional cardiology procedure that was not medically necessary and performed by Dr. Aksut. This action asserts, among other claims, claims under the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO”), which, if successful, would result in the awarding of treble damages for any injury resulting from the RICO violation and attorneys’ fees.

F-51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 11. Commitments and Contingencies  – (continued)

The lawsuits identified above variously seek compensatory and punitive damages, costs, attorneys’ fees and other available damages. Additional claims, including claims involving patients to whom the Company did not send notice, have been threatened and may be asserted against the Company or the hospital, and claims may also be asserted by patients at Raleigh General Hospital. Any present or future claims that are ultimately successful could result in the Company and/or the hospitals being found liable and the government investigations may also result in damages, fines and penalties. Such liability, damages and penalties could be material. The Company cannot, however, reasonably estimate the potential liability, if any, in connection with any of these matters, and no liability has been recorded as of December 31, 2014.

The Company does not control and cannot predict with certainty the progress or final outcome of discussions with government agencies, investigations and legal proceedings against the Company. Therefore, the final amounts paid to resolve the foregoing matters could be material and could materially differ from amounts currently recorded, if any. Any such changes in the Company’s estimates or any adverse judgments will impact the Company’s future results of operations and cash flows.

Physician Commitments

The Company has committed to provide certain financial assistance pursuant to recruiting agreements with various physicians practicing in the communities it serves. In consideration for a physician’s relocating to one of its communities and agreeing to engage in private practice for the benefit of the respective community, the Company may advance certain amounts of money to a physician, normally over a period of one year, to assist in establishing the physician’s practice. The Company has committed to advance a maximum amount of approximately $23.0 million at December 31, 2014. The actual amount of such commitments to be subsequently advanced to physicians is estimated at $9.3 million and often depends upon the financial results of a physician’s private practice during the guarantee period. Generally, amounts advanced under the recruiting agreements may be forgiven pro rata over a period of 36 to 48 months contingent upon the physician continuing to practice in the respective community. Pursuant to the Company’s standard physician recruiting agreement, any breach or non-fulfillment by a physician under the physician recruiting agreement gives the Company the right to recover any payments made to the physician under the agreement.

Capital Expenditure Commitments

The Company is reconfiguring some of its hospitals to more effectively accommodate patient services and to provide for a greater variety of services, as well as implementing various information system initiatives in its efforts to comply with the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act. The Company has incurred approximately $72.9 million in costs related to uncompleted projects as of December 31, 2014, which is included under the caption “Construction in progress” in the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2014, these uncompleted projects had an estimated cost to complete and equip of approximately $66.1 million. Additionally, the Company is subject to annual capital expenditure commitments in connection with several of its facilities, including its recent acquisitions. At December 31, 2014, the Company estimated its total remaining capital expenditure commitments to be approximately $1,646.8 million.

Acquisitions

The Company has historically acquired businesses with prior operating histories. Acquired companies may have unknown or contingent liabilities, including liabilities for failure to comply with healthcare laws and regulations, medical and general professional liabilities, workers compensation liabilities, previous tax liabilities and unacceptable business practices. Although the Company institutes policies designed to conform practices to its standards following completion of acquisitions, there can be no assurance that the Company will not become liable for past activities that may later be asserted to be improper by private plaintiffs or government agencies. Although the Company generally seeks to obtain indemnification from prospective

F-52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 11. Commitments and Contingencies  – (continued)

sellers covering such matters, there can be no assurance that any such matter will be covered by indemnification, or if covered, that such indemnification will be adequate to cover potential losses and fines.

Leases

Overview

The Company leases real estate properties, buildings, vehicles and equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable leases. The leases expire at various times and have various renewal options. Certain leases that meet the lease capitalization criteria in accordance with ASC 840-10, “Leases”, have been recorded as an asset and liability at the lower of the net present value of the minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease or the fair value of the asset at the inception date. Interest rates used in computing the net present value of the lease payments are based on the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the inception of the lease. Rental expense of operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $45.4 million, $36.5 million and $34.3 million, respectively.

Hospital Support Center Financing Lease

Under a financing lease arrangement which commenced on December 1, 2013, the Company is leasing from an unrelated third party a hospital support center for a period of just over 15 years (the “HSC Lease”). In accordance with ASC 840-40, “Leases — Sale-Leaseback Transactions”, upon commencement of the HSC Lease, the Company recorded an asset under the caption “Buildings and improvements” and a related financing obligation under the caption “Long-term debt” representing the cumulative costs incurred and funded by the unrelated third party to construct the new hospital support center. The Company is depreciating the associated asset and amortizing the related financing obligation over the expected lease agreement term of just over 15 years. At the end of the lease term, the Company expects there to be a residual net book value of the building which will equal the remaining unamortized obligation under the HSC Lease. The remaining unamortized obligation under the HSC Lease will not require the eventual settlement in cash but will rather be offset by the residual net book value of the building at the expiration of the original lease term.

Future minimum lease payments at December 31, 2014, for those leases having an initial or remaining non-cancelable lease term in excess of one year are as follows for the years indicated (in millions):

     
  Operating
Leases
  Capital and
Financing
Lease
Obligations
  Total
2015   $ 26.4     $ 8.3     $ 34.7  
2016     19.5       8.2       27.7  
2017     16.3       7.3       23.6  
2018     10.5       7.4       17.9  
2019     22.3       7.4       29.7  
Thereafter     30.7       62.9       93.6  
     $ 125.7     $ 101.5     $ 227.2  
Less: interest portion           (64.3 )       
           $ 37.2        

Tax Matters

See Note 6 for a discussion of the Company’s contingent tax matters.

F-53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 12. Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (dollars and shares in millions, except per share amounts):

     
  2014   2013   2012
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.:
                          
Income from continuing operations   $ 134.9     $ 132.2     $ 155.6  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests     (8.8 )      (4.4 )      (3.7 ) 
Income from continuing operations attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders     126.1       127.8       151.9  
Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes           0.4        
Net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 126.1     $ 128.2     $ 151.9  
Denominator:
                          
Weighted average shares outstanding – basic     44.9       46.3       47.2  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                          
Stock options and other stock-based awards     1.8       1.3       1.2  
Convertible debt instruments     0.2              
Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted     46.9       47.6       48.4  
Basic earnings per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders:
                          
Continuing operations   $ 2.81     $ 2.76     $ 3.22  
Discontinued operations           0.01        
Net income   $ 2.81     $ 2.77     $ 3.22  
Diluted earnings per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders:
                          
Continuing operations   $ 2.69     $ 2.68     $ 3.14  
Discontinued operations           0.01        
Net income   $ 2.69     $ 2.69     $ 3.14  

The Company’s convertible debt instruments have been included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share whether or not the contingent requirements were met for conversion when their conversion price was less than the average market price of the Company’s common stock for the period the convertible debt instruments were outstanding. Additionally, certain outstanding stock-based awards have been included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share to the extent they were dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

F-54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 13. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Information

The quarterly interim financial information shown below has been prepared by the Company’s management and is unaudited. It should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements appearing herein (in millions, except per share amounts):

       
  2014
     First   Second   Third   Fourth
Revenues   $ 1,007.2     $ 1,047.0     $ 1,166.0     $ 1,262.9  
Net income     37.7       41.8       28.7       26.7  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests     (0.6 )      (2.7 )      (1.2 )      (4.3 ) 
Net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 37.1     $ 39.1     $ 27.5     $ 22.4  
Earnings per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders:
                                   
Basic   $ 0.81     $ 0.88     $ 0.61     $ 0.50  
Diluted   $ 0.78     $ 0.84     $ 0.59     $ 0.48  

       
  2013
     First   Second   Third   Fourth
Revenues   $ 931.1     $ 894.9     $ 899.7     $ 952.6  
Income from continuing operations   $ 33.0     $ 27.2     $ 34.1     $ 37.9  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes     0.1       0.3       0.3       (0.3 ) 
Net income     33.1       27.5       34.4       37.6  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests     (0.7 )      (0.1 )      (1.6 )      (2.0 ) 
Net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 32.4     $ 27.4     $ 32.8     $ 35.6  
Basic earnings per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders:
                                   
Continuing operations   $ 0.71     $ 0.58     $ 0.70     $ 0.77  
Discontinued operations           0.01              
Net income   $ 0.71     $ 0.59     $ 0.70     $ 0.77  
Diluted earnings per share attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders:
                                   
Continuing operations   $ 0.69     $ 0.57     $ 0.68     $ 0.75  
Discontinued operations                        
Net income   $ 0.69     $ 0.57     $ 0.68     $ 0.75  

F-55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information

The 6.625% Senior Notes and the 5.5% Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by substantially all of the Company’s existing subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Agreement. The guarantors are 100% owned by the Company. Additionally, the guarantees are full and unconditional and are subject to customary release provisions as set forth in the agreements for the 6.625% Senior Notes and the 5.5% Senior Notes.

The condensed consolidating financial information for the parent issuer, 100% owned guarantor subsidiaries, non-guarantor subsidiaries, certain eliminations and the Company is presented below for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014
(In millions)

         
  Parent
Issuer
  Guarantors   Non- Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $     $ 3,482.6     $ 1,818.3     $     $ 5,300.9  
Provision for doubtful accounts           576.5       241.3             817.8  
Revenues           2,906.1       1,577.0             4,483.1  
Salaries and benefits     29.7       1,331.5       773.3             2,134.5  
Supplies           419.4       279.6             699.0  
Other operating expenses     (0.6 )      750.4       337.5             1,087.3  
Other income           (56.8 )      (15.1 )            (71.9 ) 
Equity in earnings of affiliates     (196.9 )                  196.9        
Depreciation and amortization           180.0       70.5             250.5  
Interest expense, net     43.4       68.9       10.7             123.0  
Impairment charges           57.7                   57.7  
Management (income) fees           (45.1 )      45.1              
       (124.4 )      2,706.0       1,501.6       196.9       4,280.1  
Income from continuing operations before taxes     124.4       200.1       75.4       (196.9 )      203.0  
(Benefit) provision for income taxes     (1.7 )      69.8                   68.1  
Net income     126.1       130.3       75.4       (196.9 )      134.9  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests           (1.0 )      (7.8 )            (8.8 ) 
Net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 126.1     $ 129.3     $ 67.6     $ (196.9 )    $ 126.1  

F-56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
(In millions)

         
  Parent
Issuer
  Guarantors   Non- Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $     $ 3,333.8     $ 1,094.9     $     $ 4,428.7  
Provision for doubtful accounts           593.4       157.0             750.4  
Revenues           2,740.4       937.9             3,678.3  
Salaries and benefits     25.4       1,265.2       436.8             1,727.4  
Supplies           398.9       178.2             577.1  
Other operating expenses     0.8       697.2       202.9             900.9  
Other income           (55.4 )      (8.7 )            (64.1 ) 
Equity in earnings of affiliates     (182.2 )                  182.2        
Depreciation and amortization           175.3       52.9             228.2  
Interest expense, net     21.5       66.7       8.8             97.0  
Debt transaction costs     5.9                         5.9  
Gain on settlement of pre-acquisition contingent obligation                 (5.6 )            (5.6 ) 
Management (income) fees           (14.1 )      14.1              
       (128.6 )      2,533.8       879.4       182.2       3,466.8  
Income from continuing operations before taxes     128.6       206.6       58.5       (182.2 )      211.5  
Provision for income taxes     0.4       78.9                   79.3  
Income from continuing operations     128.2       127.7       58.5       (182.2 )      132.2  
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes           0.4                   0.4  
Net income     128.2       128.1       58.5       (182.2 )      132.6  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests           (0.8 )      (3.6 )            (4.4 ) 
Net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 128.2     $ 127.3     $ 54.9     $ (182.2 )    $ 128.2  

F-57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
(In millions)

         
  Parent Issuer   Guarantors   Non- Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts   $     $ 3,284.2     $ 732.0     $     $ 4,016.2  
Provision for doubtful accounts           514.2       110.2             624.4  
Revenues           2,770.0       621.8             3,391.8  
Salaries and benefits     27.4       1,244.6       282.5             1,554.5  
Supplies           406.8       117.8             524.6  
Other operating expenses     0.2       672.7       126.2             799.1  
Other income           (27.7 )      (4.3 )            (32.0 ) 
Equity in earnings of affiliates     (200.6 )                  200.6        
Depreciation and amortization           155.3       37.8             193.1  
Interest expense, net     22.4       70.7       6.9             100.0  
Impairment charge           4.0                   4.0  
Debt transaction costs     4.4                         4.4  
Management (income) fees           (13.0 )      13.0              
       (146.2 )      2,513.4       579.9       200.6       3,147.7  
Income from continuing operations before taxes     146.2       256.6       41.9       (200.6 )      244.1  
(Benefit) provision for income taxes     (5.7 )      94.2                   88.5  
Net income     151.9       162.4       41.9       (200.6 )      155.6  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests           (0.7 )      (3.0 )            (3.7 ) 
Net income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 151.9     $ 161.7     $ 38.9     $ (200.6 )    $ 151.9  

F-58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Income
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014
(In millions)

         
  Parent
Issuer
  Guarantors   Non- Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Net income   $ 126.1     $ 130.3     $ 75.4     $ (196.9 )    $ 134.9  
Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes:
                                            
Unrealized gains on changes in funded status of pension benefit obligation     (7.8 )      (2.6 )      (9.4 )      12.0       (7.8 ) 
Other comprehensive income     (7.8 )      (2.6 )      (9.4 )      12.0       (7.8 ) 
Comprehensive income     118.3       127.7       66.0       (184.9 )      127.1  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests           (1.0 )      (7.8 )            (8.8 ) 
Comprehensive income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 118.3     $ 126.7     $ 58.2     $ (184.9 )    $ 118.3  

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Income
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
(In millions)

         
  Parent Issuer   Guarantors   Non- Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Net income   $ 128.2     $ 128.1     $ 58.5     $ (182.2 )    $ 132.6  
Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes:
                                            
Unrealized gains on changes in funded status of pension benefit obligation     3.2       0.2       4.9       (5.1 )      3.2  
Other comprehensive income     3.2       0.2       4.9       (5.1 )      3.2  
Comprehensive income     131.4       128.3       63.4       (187.3 )      135.8  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests           (0.8 )      (3.6 )            (4.4 ) 
Comprehensive income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 131.4     $ 127.5     $ 59.8     $ (187.3 )    $ 131.4  

F-59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Income
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
(In millions)

         
  Parent
Issuer
  Guarantors   Non- Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Net income   $ 151.9     $ 162.4     $ 41.9     $ (200.6 )    $ 155.6  
Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes:
                                            
Unrealized gains on changes in funded status of pension benefit obligation     0.2             0.2       (0.2 )      0.2  
Other comprehensive income     0.2             0.2       (0.2 )      0.2  
Comprehensive income     152.1       162.4       42.1       (200.8 )      155.8  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and redeemable noncontrolling interests           (0.7 )      (3.0 )            (3.7 ) 
Comprehensive income attributable to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc.   $ 152.1     $ 161.7     $ 39.1     $ (200.8 )    $ 152.1  

F-60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
December 31, 2014
(In millions)

         
  Parent
Issuer
  Guarantors   Non- Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
ASSETS
                                            
Current assets:
                                            
Cash and cash equivalents   $     $ 62.0     $ 129.5     $     $ 191.5  
Accounts receivable, net           451.4       301.2             752.6  
Inventories           71.3       43.9             115.2  
Prepaid expenses     0.1       29.1       16.2             45.4  
Income taxes receivable     33.0                            33.0  
Deferred tax assets     72.8                         72.8  
Other current assets           53.5       32.2             85.7  
       105.9       667.3       523.0             1,296.2  
Property and equipment:
                                            
Land           70.0       64.8             134.8  
Buildings and improvements           1,542.2       613.7             2,155.9  
Equipment           1,289.9       343.9             1,633.8  
Construction in progress           49.6       23.3             72.9  
             2,951.7       1,045.7             3,997.4  
Accumulated depreciation           (1,398.3 )      (221.6 )            (1,619.9 ) 
             1,553.4       824.1             2,377.5  
Deferred loan costs, net     31.7                         31.7  
Intangible assets, net           34.6       34.5             69.1  
Investments in subsidiaries     2,025.6                   (2,025.6 )       
Due from subsidiaries     2,352.1                   (2,352.1 )       
Other assets     6.6       19.4       20.4             46.4  
Goodwill           1,440.5       195.6             1,636.1  
Total assets   $ 4,521.9     $ 3,715.2     $ 1,597.6     $ (4,377.7 )    $ 5,457.0  
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                                            
Current liabilities:
                                            
Accounts payable   $     $ 90.4     $ 68.1     $     $ 158.5  
Accrued salaries           130.9       71.5             202.4  
Other current liabilities     14.5       112.7       76.0             203.2  
Current maturities of long-term debt     16.9       0.9       1.4             19.2  
       31.4       334.9       217.0             583.3  
Long-term debt     2,137.5       49.1       12.7             2,199.3  
Due to Parent           1,634.6       717.5       (2,352.1 )       
Deferred income tax liabilities     187.5                         187.5  
Long-term portion of reserves for
self-insurance claims
          103.1       30.1             133.2  
Other long-term liabilities     10.9       24.7       49.1             84.7  
Total liabilities     2,367.3       2,146.4       1,026.4       (2,352.1 )      3,188.0  
Redeemable noncontrolling interests                 87.1             87.1  
Total LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders’ equity     2,154.6       1,567.0       458.6       (2,025.6 )      2,154.6  
Noncontrolling interests           1.8       25.5             27.3  
Total equity     2,154.6       1,568.8       484.1       (2,025.6 )      2,181.9  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 4,521.9     $ 3,715.2     $ 1,597.6     $ (4,377.7 )    $ 5,457.0  

F-61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
December 31, 2013
(In millions)

         
  Parent Issuer   Guarantors   Non- Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
ASSETS
                                            
Current assets:
                                            
Cash and cash equivalents   $     $ 558.3     $ 79.6     $     $ 637.9  
Accounts receivable, net           444.3       151.4             595.7  
Inventories           73.4       28.6             102.0  
Prepaid expenses     0.1       30.6       7.3             38.0  
Deferred tax assets     147.7                         147.7  
Other current assets           53.0       19.9             72.9  
       147.8       1,159.6       286.8             1,594.2  
Property and equipment:
                                            
Land           76.0       36.3             112.3  
Buildings and improvements           1,570.1       449.5             2,019.6  
Equipment           1,256.4       213.5             1,469.9  
Construction in progress           45.6       13.1             58.7  
             2,948.1       712.4             3,660.5  
Accumulated depreciation           (1,309.0 )      (154.3 )            (1,463.3 ) 
             1,639.1       558.1             2,197.2  
Deferred loan costs, net     31.1                         31.1  
Intangible assets, net           40.3       32.3             72.6  
Investments in subsidiaries     1,853.1                   (1,853.1 )       
Due from subsidiaries     2,760.4                   (2,760.4 )       
Other assets     3.4       22.4       14.9             40.7  
Goodwill           1,435.1       215.9             1,651.0  
Total assets   $ 4,795.8     $ 4,296.5     $ 1,108.0     $ (4,613.5 )    $ 5,586.8  
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                                            
Current liabilities:
                                            
Accounts payable   $     $ 99.1     $ 36.8     $     $ 135.9  
Accrued salaries           102.1       37.5             139.6  
Other current liabilities     14.8       146.4       36.0             197.2  
Current maturities of long-term debt     581.4       0.7       0.9             583.0  
       596.2       348.3       111.2             1,055.7  
Long-term debt     1,739.8       50.0       4.0             1,793.8  
Due to Parent           2,324.8       435.6       (2,760.4 )       
Deferred income tax liabilities     233.1                         233.1  
Long-term portion of reserves for self-insurance claims           113.5       26.3             139.8  
Other long-term liabilities     16.6       20.2       35.2             72.0  
Total liabilities     2,585.7       2,856.8       612.3       (2,760.4 )      3,294.4  
Redeemable noncontrolling interests                 59.8             59.8  
Total LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. stockholders’ equity     2,210.1       1,438.2       414.9       (1,853.1 )      2,210.1  
Noncontrolling interests           1.5       21.0                22.5  
Total equity     2,210.1       1,439.7       435.9       (1,853.1 )      2,232.6  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 4,795.8     $ 4,296.5     $ 1,108.0     $ (4,613.5 )    $ 5,586.8  

F-62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014
(In millions)

         
  Parent
Issuer
  Guarantors   Non- Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                            
Net income   $ 126.1     $ 130.3     $ 75.4     $ (196.9 )    $ 134.9  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                              
Equity in earnings of affiliates     (196.9 )                  196.9        
Stock-based compensation     27.3                         27.3  
Depreciation and amortization           180.0       70.5             250.5  
Amortization of physician minimum revenue guarantees           13.1       1.6             14.7  
Amortization of debt discounts, premium and deferred loan costs     14.0                         14.0  
Impairment charges           57.7                   57.7  
Deferred income taxes     22.8                         22.8  
Reserve for self-insurance claims, net of payments           7.9       3.8             11.7  
Increase (decrease) in cash from operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and divestitures:
                                            
Accounts receivable           (5.9 )      (48.4 )            (54.3 ) 
Inventories, prepaid expenses and other current assets           (6.1 )      (12.5 )            (18.6 ) 
Accounts payable, accrued salaries and other current liabilities     2.4       (38.6 )      21.8             (14.4 ) 
Income taxes payable/receivable     (35.5 )                        (35.5 ) 
Other     (0.8 )      1.8       0.5             1.5  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (40.6 )      340.2       112.7             412.3  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                            
Purchases of property and equipment           (139.0 )      (68.1 )            (207.1 ) 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired           (11.4 )      (254.2 )            (265.6 ) 
Other     (3.2 )      3.3       (0.6 )            (0.5 ) 
Net cash used in investing activities     (3.2 )      (147.1 )      (322.9 )            (473.2 ) 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                            
Proceeds from borrowings     412.0                         412.0  
Payments of borrowings     (585.4 )                        (585.4 ) 
Repurchases of common stock     (222.3 )                        (222.3 ) 
Payments of debt financing costs     (7.2 )                        (7.2 ) 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options     23.9                         23.9  
Change in intercompany balances with affiliates, net     423.0       (689.9 )      266.9              
Other     (0.2 )      0.5       (6.8 )            (6.5 ) 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     43.8       (689.4 )      260.1             (385.5 ) 
Change in cash and cash equivalents           (496.3 )      49.9             (446.4 ) 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period           558.3       79.6             637.9  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $     $ 62.0     $ 129.5     $     $ 191.5  

F-63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
(In millions)

         
  Parent
Issuer
  Guarantors   Non- Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                            
Net income   $ 128.2     $ 128.1     $ 58.5     $ (182.2 )    $ 132.6  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                            
Income from discontinued operations           (0.4 )                  (0.4 ) 
Equity in earnings of affiliates     (182.2 )                  182.2        
Stock-based compensation     25.4                         25.4  
Depreciation and amortization           175.3       52.9             228.2  
Amortization of physician minimum revenue guarantees           15.5       1.7             17.2  
Amortization of debt discounts and deferred loan costs     26.9                         26.9  
Debt transaction costs     5.9                         5.9  
Gain on settlement of pre-acquisition contingent obligation                 (5.6 )            (5.6 ) 
Deferred income tax benefit     (20.4 )                        (20.4 ) 
Reserve for self-insurance claims, net of payments           (0.7 )      4.0             3.3  
Increase (decrease) in cash from operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and divestitures:
                                            
Accounts receivable           (22.9 )      (4.1 )            (27.0 ) 
Inventories, prepaid expenses and other current assets           (15.0 )      (2.1 )            (17.1 ) 
Accounts payable, accrued salaries and other current liabilities     (0.1 )      (10.9 )      (5.3 )            (16.3 ) 
Income taxes payable/receivable     1.8                         1.8  
Other           (0.7 )      0.3             (0.4 ) 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities – continuing operations     (14.5 )      268.3       100.3             354.1  
Net cash used in operating activities – discontinued operations           (0.1 )                  (0.1 ) 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (14.5 )      268.2       100.3             354.0  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                            
Purchases of property and equipment           (149.4 )      (35.8 )            (185.2 ) 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired           (46.4 )      (141.7 )            (188.1 ) 
Other     (1.9 )      1.3       1.6             1.0  
Net cash used in investing activities     (1.9 )      (194.5 )      (175.9 )            (372.3 ) 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                            
Proceeds from borrowings     1,053.0                         1,053.0  
Payments of borrowings     (453.7 )                        (453.7 ) 
Repurchases of common stock     (39.1 )                        (39.1 ) 
Payments of debt financing costs     (20.0 )                        (20.0 ) 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options     39.2                         39.2  
Change in intercompany balances with affiliates, net     (562.6 )      459.7       102.9              
Other     (0.4 )      (0.1 )      (7.7 )            (8.2 ) 
Net cash provided by financing activities     16.4       459.6       95.2             571.2  
Change in cash and cash equivalents           533.3       19.6             552.9  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period           25.0       60.0             85.0  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $     $ 558.3     $ 79.6     $     $ 637.9  

F-64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 14. Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Supplementary Information  – (continued)

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
(In millions)

         
  Parent Issuer   Guarantors   Non- Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                            
Net income   $ 151.9     $ 162.4     $ 41.9     $ (200.6 )    $ 155.6  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                            
Equity in earnings of affiliates     (200.6 )                  200.6        
Stock-based compensation     27.4                         27.4  
Depreciation and amortization           155.3       37.8             193.1  
Amortization of physician minimum revenue guarantees           17.7       1.9             19.6  
Amortization of debt discounts and deferred loan costs     31.4                         31.4  
Impairment charge           4.0                   4.0  
Debt transaction costs     4.4                         4.4  
Deferred income tax benefit     (24.2 )                        (24.2 ) 
Reserve for self-insurance claims, net of payments           0.3       1.3             1.6  
Increase (decrease) in cash from operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and divestitures:
                                            
Accounts receivable           (26.1 )      (17.2 )            (43.3 ) 
Inventories, prepaid expenses and other current assets           (4.4 )      (5.3 )            (9.7 ) 
Accounts payable, accrued salaries and other current liabilities     (1.6 )      11.1       10.0             19.5  
Income taxes payable/receivable     2.3                         2.3  
Other           2.1       (0.9 )            1.2  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities –  continuing operations     (9.0 )      322.4       69.5             382.9  
Net cash used in operating activities – discontinued operations           (0.7 )                  (0.7 ) 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (9.0 )      321.7       69.5             382.2  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                            
Purchases of property and equipment           (196.0 )      (25.4 )            (221.4 ) 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired           (40.3 )      (159.4 )            (199.7 ) 
Other     (0.5 )      (0.5 )                  (1.0 ) 
Net cash used in investing activities     (0.5 )      (236.8 )      (184.8 )            (422.1 ) 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                            
Proceeds from borrowings     555.0                         555.0  
Payments of borrowings     (469.3 )                        (469.3 ) 
Repurchases of common stock     (95.5 )                        (95.5 ) 
Payments of debt financing costs     (10.0 )                        (10.0 ) 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options     21.8                         21.8  
Change in intercompany balances with affiliates, net     6.3       (166.0 )      159.7              
Other     1.2       (0.2 )      (4.3 )            (3.3 ) 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     9.5       (166.2 )      155.4             (1.3 ) 
Change in cash and cash equivalents           (81.3 )      40.1             (41.2 ) 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period           106.3       19.9             126.2  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $     $ 25.0     $ 60.0     $     $ 85.0  

F-65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2014

Note 15. Subsequent Event

Effective February 1, 2015, through Duke LifePoint Healthcare, the Company acquired Nason Hospital (“Nason”), a 45 bed acute care hospital located in Roaring Spring, Pennsylvania for approximately $3.5 million, including net working capital. The Company has committed to invest in Nason an additional $8.5 million in capital expenditures and improvements over the next ten years. Nason will operate as part of Conemaugh Health System.

F-66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Brentwood, State of Tennessee, on February 12, 2015.

LIFEPOINT HOSPITALS, INC.

By: /s/ WILLIAM F. CARPENTER III

William F. Carpenter III
Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the date indicated.

   
Name   Title   Date
/s/ WILLIAM F. CARPENTER III

William F. Carpenter III
  Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
(Principal Executive Officer)
  February 12, 2015
/s/ LEIF M. MURPHY

Leif M. Murphy
  Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  February 12, 2015
/s/ MICHAEL S. COGGIN

Michael S. Coggin
  Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  February 12, 2015
/s/ GREGORY T. BIER

Gregory T. Bier
  Director   February 12, 2015
/s/ RICHARD H. EVANS

Richard H. Evans
  Director   February 12, 2015
/s/ DEWITT EZELL, JR.

DeWitt Ezell, Jr.
  Director   February 12, 2015
/s/ MICHAEL P. HALEY

Michael P. Haley
  Director   February 12, 2015
/s/ MARGUERITE W. KONDRACKE

Marguerite W. Kondracke
  Director   February 12, 2015
/s/ JOHN E. MAUPIN, JR.

John E. Maupin, Jr.
  Director   February 12, 2015
/s/ OWEN G. SHELL, JR.

Owen G. Shell, Jr.
  Lead Director   February 12, 2015
/s/ REED V. TUCKSON

Reed V. Tuckson
  Director   February 12, 2015

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit Number     Description of Exhibits
3.1     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. on April 19, 2005, File No. 333-124151).
3.2     Fifth Amended and Restated By-Laws of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 17, 2014, File No. 000-51251).
4.1     Form of Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended, filed by Historic LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. on October 25, 2004, File No. 333-119929).
4.2     Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated February 25, 2009, by and between LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 25, 2009, File No. 000-51251).
4.3     Indenture, dated May 29, 2007, by and between LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. as Issuer and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 31, 2007, File No. 000-51251).
4.4     Indenture, dated September 23, 2010, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as trustee (including the Form of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020) (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 27, 2010, File No. 000-51251).
4.5     Indenture, dated as of December 6, 2013, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as trustee (including the Form of 5.5% Senior Note due 2021) (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 9, 2013, File No. 000-51251).
4.6     Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 23, 2010, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Barclays Capital Inc. as representative of the several initial purchasers (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 27, 2010, File No. 000-51251).
 4.7     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2013, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Barclays Capital Inc. as representative of the several initial purchasers (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 9, 2013, File No. 000-51251).
4.8     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2014, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Barclays Capital Inc. as representative of the several initial purchasers (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 13, 2014, File No. 000-51251).
 10.1       Computer and Data Processing Services Agreement dated May 19, 2008, by and between HCA Information Technology Services, Inc. and LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 21, 2008, File No. 000-51251).

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit Number     Description of Exhibits
 10.2       Amendment to the Computer and Data Processing Services Agreement, dated June 13, 2012, by and between HCA — Information Technology & Services, Inc. and LifePoint Corporate Services, General Partnership (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, File No. 000-51251).
 10.3       LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated June 30, 2005, as amended by the Amendment dated May 13, 2008, the Amendment dated December 10, 2008, the Amendment dated April 27, 2010, and the Amendment dated June 8, 2010, the Amendment dated April 23, 2012 and the Amendment dated June 5, 2012 (incorporated by reference from Appendix A and B to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 23, 2012, File No. 000-51251).*
 10.4       Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
 10.5       LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix C to the Historic LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement dated April 28, 2004, File No. 000-29818).*
 10.6       First Amendment, dated December 10, 2008, to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*
10.7       Amendment No. 2 to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 6, 2014, File No. 000-51251).*
 10.8       Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Performance Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.9      LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 16, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*
  10.10       LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Plan, dated January 1, 2003, as amended by the Amendment dated May 22, 2003, the Amendment dated May 13, 2008, the Amendment dated December 10, 2008, the Amendment dated March 24, 2009, the Amendment dated April 27, 2010, and the Amendment dated June 8, 2010 (incorporated by reference from Appendix C and D to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 29, 2010, File No. 000-51251).*
10.11     Amendment, dated April 18, 2012 to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, File No. 000-51251).*
10.12     Form of Outside Directors Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, File No. 000-51251).*
10.13     LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan, dated May 12, 2009, as amended by the Amendment dated April 27, 2010, the Amendment dated June 8, 2010 and the Amendment dated June 5, 2012 (incorporated by reference from Appendix C and D to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 23, 2012, File No. 000-51251).*

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit Number     Description of Exhibits
10.14     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Deferred Restricted Stock Award (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.15     LifePoint Hospitals Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2009, File No. 000-51251).*
10.16     Amendment to the LifePoint Hospitals Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 22, 2010 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, File No. 000-51251).*
10.17     Amendment to the LifePoint Hospitals Deferred Compensation Plan, dated March 14, 2011 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, File No. 000-51251).*
10.18     Amendment to the LifePoint Hospitals Deferred Compensation Plan, dated November 24, 2014 (filed herewith).*
10.19     Credit Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., as borrower, the lenders referred to therein, Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A. and Barclays Bank PLC, as co-syndication agents, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, and Barclays Bank PLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, File No. 000-51251).
10.20     Incremental Facility Amendment No. 1, dated as of February 6, 2013, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., as borrower, the lenders referred to therein, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and consented to by Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Bank PLC as leads arrangers, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, among Borrower, the lenders referred to therein, Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A. and Barclays Bank PLC as co-syndication agents and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Bank PLC as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 7, 2013, File No. 000-51251).
10.21     Credit Agreement Amendment No. 2, dated as of August 23, 2013, by and among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and consented to by Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Bank PLC, as lead arrangers, to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, among LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., the lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A. and Barclays Bank PLC, as co-syndication agents and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Bank PLC as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, as amended by Incremental Facility Amendment No. 1 dated as of February 6, 2013 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 26, 2013, File No. 000-51251).
10.22     Executive Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreement, dated December 11, 2008, by and between LifePoint CSGP, LLC and William F. Carpenter III (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*

106


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit Number     Description of Exhibits
10.23     First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Executive Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreement, dated December 11, 2012, by and between HSCGP, LLC and William F. Carpenter III (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 2012, File No. 000-51251).*
10.24     Recoupment Policy Relating to Unearned Incentive Compensation of Executive Officers (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 20, 2008, File No. 000-51251).*
10.25     LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix A to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Proxy Statement filed April 24, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.26     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Performance-Based Vesting) (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.27     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.28     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.29     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for non-employee directors (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.30     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. 2013 Long-term Incentive Plan Outside Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.31     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. 2013 Long-term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (time-based vesting) (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.32     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. 2013 Long-term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (performance-based vesting) (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
10.33     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (performance-based vesting) (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014, File No. 000-51251).*
10.34     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (performance-based vesting; deferral provision) (filed herewith).*
10.35     Form of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014, File No. 000-51251).*
10.36     Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012, File No. 000-51251).*

107


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Exhibit Number     Description of Exhibits
10.37     Voluntary Resignation Agreement and General Release by and between Jeffrey S. Sherman and HSGCP, LLC, dated September 4, 2013 (incorporated by reference from exhibits to the LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 6, 2013, File No. 000-51251).*
12.1      Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1      List of Subsidiaries
23.1      Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1      Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2      Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
32.1      Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2      Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
 101.INS      XBRL Instance Document**
  101.SCH     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document**
      101.CAL     XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document**
 101.DEF     XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document**
     101.LAB     XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document**
 101.PRE     XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document**

*  —  Management Compensation Plan or Arrangement
**  —  Furnished electronically herewith

108